17154 lines
719 KiB
Plaintext
17154 lines
719 KiB
Plaintext
#. extracted from helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
|
||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: https://bugs.libreoffice.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=LibreOffice&bug_status=UNCONFIRMED&component=UI\n"
|
||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-20 14:50+0200\n"
|
||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-06-21 19:57+0000\n"
|
||
"Last-Translator: Karl Morten Ramberg <karl.m.ramberg@gmail.com>\n"
|
||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||
"Language: nb\n"
|
||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
|
||
"X-Accelerator-Marker: ~\n"
|
||
"X-Generator: Pootle 2.8\n"
|
||
"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1498075032.000000\n"
|
||
|
||
#: anchor_object.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Positioning Objects"
|
||
msgstr "Plassere objekter"
|
||
|
||
#: anchor_object.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3147828\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>objects;anchoring options</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>positioning;objects (guide)</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>anchors;options</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>frames;anchoring options</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pictures;anchoring options</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>centering;images on HTML pages</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>objekt;forankringsvalg</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>plassering;objekt (hjelp)</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>forankring;alternativer</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>rammer;forankringsalternativer</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>bilder;forankringsalternativer</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sentrering;bilder i HTML sider</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: anchor_object.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3147828\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"anchor_object\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/anchor_object.xhp\" name=\"Positioning Objects\">Positioning Objects</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"anchor_object\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/anchor_object.xhp\" name=\"Positioning Objects\">Plassere objekt</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: anchor_object.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147251\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can use anchors to position an object, graphic, or frame in a document. An anchored item remains in place, or moves when you modify the document. The following anchoring options are available:"
|
||
msgstr "Du kan bruke forankringer for å plassere objekter, bilder og rammer i et dokument. Et forankret element blir det der er, og blir bare flyttet når du gjør endringer i dokumentet. Følgende forankringsvalg er tilgjengelige:"
|
||
|
||
#: anchor_object.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145599\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Anchoring"
|
||
msgstr "Forankring"
|
||
|
||
#: anchor_object.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145622\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Effect"
|
||
msgstr "Effekt"
|
||
|
||
#: anchor_object.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145650\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "As character"
|
||
msgstr "Som tegn"
|
||
|
||
#: anchor_object.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3151181\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Anchors the selected item as a character in the current text. If the height of the selected item is greater than the current font size, the height of the line containing the item is increased."
|
||
msgstr "Forankrer det valgte elementet som et tegn i den gjeldende teksten. Hvis høyden på det valgte elementet er større enn gjeldende skriftstørrelse, blir høyden på linja som inneholder elementet økt."
|
||
|
||
#: anchor_object.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10674\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To center an image on an HTML page, insert the image, anchor it \"as character\", then center the paragraph."
|
||
msgstr "For å midtstille et bilde på en nettside, sett inn bildet, forankre det «som tegn», og midtstill avsnittet."
|
||
|
||
#: anchor_object.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3151212\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To character"
|
||
msgstr "Til tegn"
|
||
|
||
#: anchor_object.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3151235\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Anchors the selected item to a character."
|
||
msgstr "Forankrer det valgte elementet til et tegn."
|
||
|
||
#: anchor_object.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155071\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To paragraph"
|
||
msgstr "Til avsnitt"
|
||
|
||
#: anchor_object.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155094\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Anchors the selected item to the current paragraph."
|
||
msgstr "Forankrer det valgte elementet til det gjeldende avsnittet."
|
||
|
||
#: anchor_object.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155122\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To page"
|
||
msgstr "Til side"
|
||
|
||
#: anchor_object.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155144\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Anchors the selected item to the current page."
|
||
msgstr "Forankrer det valgte elementet til den gjeldende siden."
|
||
|
||
#: anchor_object.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145674\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To frame"
|
||
msgstr "Til ramme"
|
||
|
||
#: anchor_object.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145697\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Anchors the selected item to the surrounding frame."
|
||
msgstr "Forankrer det valgte elementet til den omsluttende ramma."
|
||
|
||
#: anchor_object.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145715\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "When you insert an object, graphic, or frame, an anchor icon appears where the item is anchored. You can position an anchored item by dragging the item to another location. To change the anchoring options of an item, right-click the item, and then choose an option from the <item type=\"menuitem\">Anchor</item> submenu."
|
||
msgstr "Når du setter inn et objekt, bilde eller en ramme, dukker det opp et forankringsikon hvor objektet er forankret. Du kan flytte et forankret element ved å dra det til et annen sted. For å endre forankringsvalget til et objekt, høyreklikk på det og velg deretter et av alternativene fra undermenyen <item type=\"menuitem\">Forankring</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: arrange_chapters.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Rearranging a Document by Using the Navigator"
|
||
msgstr "Omorganisere et dokument ved å bruke «Dokumentstruktur»"
|
||
|
||
#: arrange_chapters.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3149973\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>headings;rearranging</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>rearranging headings</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>moving;headings</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>demoting heading levels</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>promoting heading levels</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>Navigator;heading levels and chapters</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>arranging;headings</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>outlines;arranging chapters</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>overskrifter;omorganisering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>omorganisere overskrifter</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>flytting;overskrifter</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>flyttet overskriftsnivå ned</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>flyttet overskriftsnivå opp</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>dokumentstruktur;overskriftsnivå og kapittel</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>oppstilling;overskrifter</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>disposisjon;organisere kapittel</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: arrange_chapters.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149973\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"arrange_chapters\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/arrange_chapters.xhp\" name=\"Rearranging a Document by Using the Navigator\">Arranging Chapters in the Navigator</link> </variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"arrange_chapters\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/arrange_chapters.xhp\" name=\"Rearranging a Document by Using the Navigator\">Organisere kapitler med «Dokumentstruktur»</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: arrange_chapters.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147795\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can move headings and subordinate text up and down in a document text by using the Navigator. You can also promote and demote heading levels. To use this feature, format the headings in your document with one of the predefined heading paragraph styles. To use a custom paragraph style for a heading, choose <emph>Tools - Chapter Numbering</emph>, select the style in the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> box, and then double-click a number in the <emph>Levels</emph> list."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan flytte overskrifter og tekst oppover og nedover i et dokument ved å bruke Dokumentstruktur. Du kan også endre nivå på overskriftene. For å bruke dette verktøyet, formater overskriftene i dokumentet med en av de forhåndsinnstilte avsnittsstilene. For å bruke en selvvalgt avsnittsstil på en overskrift, velg <emph>Verktøy → Disposisjonsnummerering</emph>, velg stilen i boksen <emph>Avsnittsstil</emph> og dobbeltklikk deretter på et tall i <emph>Nivålista</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: arrange_chapters.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145652\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To quickly move the text cursor to a heading in the document, double-click the heading in the <emph>Navigator</emph> list."
|
||
msgstr "For å flytte skrivemerket til en overskrift i dokumentet, dobbeltklikk på den i lista i <emph>Dokumentstrukturen</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: arrange_chapters.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155461\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To dock the <emph>Navigator</emph>, drag the title bar to the edge of the workspace. To undock the <emph>Navigator</emph>, double-click its frame while holding the <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key."
|
||
msgstr "For å feste <emph>dokumentstruktur vinduet</emph>, dra tillellinjen på det til slutten av arbeidsområdet. For å løsne <emph>dokumentstruktur vinduet</emph> dobbeltklikk på rammen mens du holder nede tasten <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Komamndo</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>."
|
||
|
||
#: arrange_chapters.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3151184\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Move a Heading Up or Down in the Document"
|
||
msgstr "Flytte en overskrift opp og ned i dokumentet"
|
||
|
||
#: arrange_chapters.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id0915200809400790\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Ensure that all heading levels are shown in the Navigator. By default all levels are shown. See steps below how to change the heading levels that are shown."
|
||
msgstr "Pass på å alle overskrifter vises i Datastruktur. Som standard vises alle nivåer. Se stegene nedenfor for å endre overskriftsnivåene som vises."
|
||
|
||
#: arrange_chapters.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3151206\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "On the <emph>Standard Bar</emph>, click the <emph>Navigator</emph> icon <image id=\"img_id5211883\" src=\"cmd/sc_navigator.png\"><alt id=\"alt_id5211883\">Icon</alt></image> to open the <emph>Navigator</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "På verktøylinja <emph>Standard</emph>, klikk på knappen <emph> Datastruktur</emph> <image id=\"img_id5211883\" src=\"cmd/sc_navigator.png\"><alt id=\"alt_id5211883\">Ikon</alt></image> for å åpne <emph>Datastrukturen</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: arrange_chapters.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3151238\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "On the <emph>Navigator</emph>, click the <emph>Content View</emph> icon <image id=\"img_id3156338\" src=\"sw/res/sc20244.png\"><alt id=\"alt_id3156338\">Icon</alt></image>."
|
||
msgstr "I <emph>Datastruktur</emph>, klikk på ikonet <emph>Innholdsvisning</emph>ikon<image id=\"img_id3156338\" src=\"sw/res/sc20244.png\"><alt id=\"alt_id3156338\">Icon</alt></image>."
|
||
|
||
#: arrange_chapters.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155089\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Do one of the following:"
|
||
msgstr "Gjør en av disse:"
|
||
|
||
#: arrange_chapters.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155114\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Drag a heading to a new location in the <emph>Navigator</emph> list."
|
||
msgstr "Dra en overskrift til en ny plassering i <emph>Dokumentstrukturlista</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: arrange_chapters.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155139\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click a heading in the <emph>Navigator</emph> list, and then click the <emph>Promote Chapter</emph> <image id=\"img_id4217546\" src=\"sw/res/sc20174.png\"><alt id=\"alt_id4217546\">Icon</alt></image> or <emph>Demote Chapter</emph> icon <image id=\"img_id6505788\" src=\"sw/res/sc20171.png\"><alt id=\"alt_id6505788\">Icon</alt></image>."
|
||
msgstr "Klikk på overskrifta i <emph>Datastrukturen</emph>, klikk deretter på <emph>Kapittel opp</emph> <image id=\"img_id4217546\" src=\"sw/res/sc20174.png\"><alt id=\"alt_id4217546\">Ikon</alt></image> or <emph>Kapittel ned</emph> ikon <image id=\"img_id6505788\" src=\"sw/res/sc20171.png\"><alt id=\"alt_id6505788\">Ikon</alt></image>."
|
||
|
||
#: arrange_chapters.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145758\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To move the heading without the subordinate text, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> while you drag or click the <emph>Promote Chapter</emph> or <emph>Demote Chapter</emph> icons."
|
||
msgstr "For å flytte overskrifta uten den under hold nede <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Kommando</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl </defaultinline></switchinline>mens du drar eller klikker <emph>Kapittel opp</emph> eller knappen <emph>Kapittel ned</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: arrange_chapters.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155402\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Promote or Demote the Level of a Heading"
|
||
msgstr "Flyttet nivået på en overskrift opp og ned"
|
||
|
||
#: arrange_chapters.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155424\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the heading in the <emph>Navigator</emph> list."
|
||
msgstr "Velg overskrifta i <emph>Dokumentstrukturlista</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: arrange_chapters.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN1081C\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the <emph>Promote Level</emph> <image id=\"img_id5564488\" src=\"sw/res/sc20172.png\"><alt id=\"alt_id5564488\">Icon</alt></image> or <emph>Demote Level</emph> icon <image id=\"img_id3159363\" src=\"sw/res/sc20173.png\"><alt id=\"alt_id3159363\">Icon</alt></image>."
|
||
msgstr "Klikk på <emph>Flytt nivå opp</emph><image id=\"img_id5564488\" src=\"sw/res/sc20172.png\"><alt id=\"alt_id5564488\">Ikon</alt></image> eller <emph>Flytt nivå ned</emph> <image id=\"img_id3159363\" src=\"sw/res/sc20173.png\"><alt id=\"alt_id3159363\">Ikon</alt></image>."
|
||
|
||
#: arrange_chapters.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155525\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Change the Number of Heading Levels That Are Displayed"
|
||
msgstr "Endre antall overskriftsnivåer som vises"
|
||
|
||
#: arrange_chapters.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3151352\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the <emph>Heading Levels Shown</emph> icon <image id=\"img_id3151310\" src=\"sw/res/sc20236.png\"><alt id=\"alt_id3151310\">Icon</alt></image>, and then select a number from the list."
|
||
msgstr "Klikk på knappen <emph>Vis overskriftsnivåer</emph>ikon <image id=\"img_id3151310\" src=\"sw/res/sc20236.png\"><alt id=\"alt_id3151310\">Icon</alt></image>, og velg et nummer fra lista."
|
||
|
||
#: auto_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Creating Numbered or Bulleted Lists as You Type"
|
||
msgstr "Lag nummer- og punktlister mens du skriver"
|
||
|
||
#: auto_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3147407\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>numbering; lists, while typing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>bullet lists;creating while typing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lists;automatic numbering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>numbers;lists</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>automatic bullets/numbers; AutoCorrect function</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>bullets; using automatically</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paragraphs; automatic numbering</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>nummerering; lister, mens man skriver</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>punktlister;lage mens man skriver</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lister;automatisk nummerering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tall;lister</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>automatisk nummerering; automatisk rettefunksjon</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>automatiske punkt</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>avsnitt; automatisk nummerering</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: auto_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3147407\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"auto_numbering\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp\" name=\"Creating Numbered or Bulleted Lists as You Type\">Creating Numbered or Bulleted Lists as You Type</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"auto_numbering\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp\" name=\"Lage nummererte eller punktlister mens du skriver\">Lage nummererte eller punktlister mens du skriver</link> </variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: auto_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155525\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "$[officename] can automatically apply numbering or bullets as you type."
|
||
msgstr "$[officename] kan lage nummererte lister og punktlister automatisk mens du skriver."
|
||
|
||
#: auto_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3154243\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Enable Automatic Numbering and Bulleting"
|
||
msgstr "Slå på automatisk nummerering og punktlister"
|
||
|
||
#: auto_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3152830\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</item>, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Options</item> tab, and then select “Bulleted and numbered lists”."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <item type=\"menuitem\">Verktøy → Autoretting - Autorettingsalternativer</item>, trykk på fanen <item type=\"menuitem\">Alternativer</item> og velg Kule og nummerert lister."
|
||
|
||
#: auto_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3152867\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - AutoCorrect</emph>, and ensure that <emph>While Typing</emph> is selected."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Format → Autoretting</emph> og sjekk at <emph>Ved skriving</emph> er valgt."
|
||
|
||
#: auto_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id2357860\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The automatic numbering option is only applied to paragraphs that are formatted with the \"Default\", \"Text body\", or \"Text body indent\" paragraph style."
|
||
msgstr "Valget for automatisk nummerering gjelder bare for avsnitt som er formatert med avsnittsstilene «Standard», «Brødtekst» eller «Innrykket brødtekst»."
|
||
|
||
#: auto_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3152897\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Create a Numbered or Bulleted List While You Type"
|
||
msgstr "Lage en nummerert liste eller punktliste mens du skriver"
|
||
|
||
#: auto_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147773\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Type 1., i., or I. to start a numbered list. Type * or - to start a bulleted list. You can also type a right parenthesis after the number instead of a period , for example, 1) or i)."
|
||
msgstr "Skriv 1., i., eller I. for å begynne en nummerert liste. Skriv * eller – for å starte en punktliste. Du kan også skrive en sluttparentes etter tallet i stedet for et punktum, for eksempel 1) eller i)."
|
||
|
||
#: auto_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147794\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Enter a space, type your text, and then press Enter. The new paragraph automatically receives the next number or bullet."
|
||
msgstr "Lag et mellomrom, skriv inn teksten og trykk «Enter». Det neste tallet eller punktet kommer deretter opp automatisk i det nye avsnittet."
|
||
|
||
#: auto_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147814\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Press Enter again to finish the list."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på Enter en gang til for å avslutte lista."
|
||
|
||
#: auto_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147287\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can start a numbered list with any number."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan starte en nummerert liste med et tilfeldig tall."
|
||
|
||
#: auto_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154083\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06050000.xhp\" name=\"Format - Numbering/Bullets\">Format - Bullets and Numbering</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06050000.xhp\" name=\"Format → Punkter og nummerering\">Format → Punkter og nummerering</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: auto_off.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_off.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Turning Off AutoCorrect"
|
||
msgstr "Slå av Autoretting"
|
||
|
||
#: auto_off.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_off.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3154250\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>turning off automatic correction</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text;turning off automatic correction</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>uppercase;changing to lowercase</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>capital letters;changing to small letters after periods</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>quotation marks;changing automatically</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>words;automatic replacement on/off</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lines;automatic drawing on/off</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>underlining;quick</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>borders; automatic drawing on/off</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>automatic changes on/off</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>changes;automatic</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function;turning off</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>slå av autoretting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tekst;slå av autoretting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>store bokstaver;bytte til små bokstaver</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>store bokstaver;bytte til små bokstaver etter punktum</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hermetegn;endre automatisk</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>ord;automatisk erstatting av/på</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>linjer;automatisk tegning på/av</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>understreking;rask</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>kantlinjer;automatisk tegning av/på</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>automatiske endringer på/av</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>endringer;automatiske</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>Autoretting;slå av</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: auto_off.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_off.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3147812\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"auto_off\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp\" name=\"Turning Off AutoFormat and AutoCorrect\">Turning Off AutoCorrect</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"auto_off\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp\" name=\"Slå av Autoformatering og Autoretting\">Slå av Autoformatering og Autoretting</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: auto_off.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_off.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147833\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "By default, $[officename] automatically corrects many common typing errors and applies formatting while you type."
|
||
msgstr "Som standard retter $[officename] automatisk mange vanlige skrivefeil og endrer formateringa mens du skriver."
|
||
|
||
#: auto_off.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_off.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN1081B\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To quickly undo an automatic correction or completion, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Z."
|
||
msgstr "For å fjerne en automatisk rettelse eller fullførelse, trykk <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Kommando</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Z"
|
||
|
||
#: auto_off.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_off.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10846\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To turn off most AutoCorrect features, remove the check mark from the menu <emph>Format - AutoCorrect - While Typing</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Fjern avkryssinga i menyen <emph>Format → Autoretting → Ved skriving</emph> for å slå av de fleste automatiske rettingene."
|
||
|
||
#: auto_off.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_off.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3147251\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Remove a Word from the AutoCorrect List"
|
||
msgstr "For å fjerne et ord fra autorettingslista:"
|
||
|
||
#: auto_off.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_off.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147274\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <item type=\"menuitem\">Verktøy → Autoretting - Autorettingsvalg</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: auto_off.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_off.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145596\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the <emph>Replace</emph> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på fanen <emph>Erstatt</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: auto_off.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_off.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145620\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <emph>AutoCorrect</emph> list, select the word pair that you want to remove."
|
||
msgstr "Velg ordparet du vil fjerne i <emph>autorettingslista</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: auto_off.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_off.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145645\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>Delete</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>Slett</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: auto_off.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_off.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3145668\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Stop Replacing Quotation Marks"
|
||
msgstr "For å stoppe erstatting av hermetegn:"
|
||
|
||
#: auto_off.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_off.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3151196\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <item type=\"menuitem\">Verktøy → Autorettingsvalg</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: auto_off.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_off.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3151220\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the <emph>Localized Options</emph> tab"
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>Valg</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: auto_off.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_off.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3151245\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Clear the \"Replace\" check box(es)."
|
||
msgstr "Avmarker avkryssingsboksen (-boksene) «Byt ut»."
|
||
|
||
#: auto_off.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_off.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155076\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Stop Capitalizing the First Letter of a Sentence"
|
||
msgstr "For å stoppe bruk av stor bokstav først i setning"
|
||
|
||
#: auto_off.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_off.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155099\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools – AutoCorrect Options</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <item type=\"menuitem\">Verktøy → Autorettingsvalg</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: auto_off.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_off.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155123\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the <emph>Options</emph> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>Valg</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: auto_off.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_off.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155148\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Clear the \"Capitalize first letter of every sentence\" check box."
|
||
msgstr "Avmarker avkryssingsboksen «Stor bokstav først i alle setninger»."
|
||
|
||
#: auto_off.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_off.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155401\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Stop Drawing a Line When You Type Three Identical Characters"
|
||
msgstr "Ikke gjør om til en linje når du skriver tre like tegn"
|
||
|
||
#: auto_off.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_off.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155415\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "$[officename] automatically draws a line when you type three of the following characters and press Enter: - _ = * ~ #"
|
||
msgstr "$[officename] tegner automatisk en linje når du skriver tre av disse tegnene og trykker på Enter: – _ = * ~ #"
|
||
|
||
#: auto_off.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_off.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155439\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <item type=\"menuitem\">Verktøy → Autorettingsvalg</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: auto_off.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_off.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155463\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the <emph>Options</emph> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>Valg</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: auto_off.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_off.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155488\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Clear the \"Apply border\" check box."
|
||
msgstr "Avmarker avkryssingsboksen «Bruk kantlinjer»."
|
||
|
||
#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Automatically Check Spelling"
|
||
msgstr "Automatisk stavekontroll"
|
||
|
||
#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3154265\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>spellcheck;Automatic Spell Checking on/off</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>automatic spellcheck</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>checking spelling;while typing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>words;disabling spellcheck</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>stavekontroll;slå på/av</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>automatisk stavekontroll</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sjekke staving;ved skriving</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>ord;slå av stavkontroll</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3154265\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"auto_spellcheck\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp\" name=\"Automatically Check Spelling\">Automatically Check Spelling</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"auto_spellcheck\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp\" name=\"Automatically Check Spelling\">Automatisk stavekontroll</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154664\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can have $[officename] automatically check spelling while you type and underline possible misspelt words with a red wavy line."
|
||
msgstr "$[officename] kan automatisk kontrollere stavingen mens du skriver, og streke under ord som kan være feilstavet med en rød krøllstrek."
|
||
|
||
#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3154678\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Check Spelling Automatically While You Type"
|
||
msgstr "For å kontrollere stavinga automatisk mens du skriver"
|
||
|
||
#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155531\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Automatic Spell Checking</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Verktøy → Automatisk stavekontroll</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155569\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Right-click a word with a red wavy underline, and then choose a suggested replacement word from the list, or from the <emph>AutoCorrect </emph>submenu."
|
||
msgstr "Høyreklikk på et ord som er understreket med en rød krøllstrek, og velg deretter et av erstatningsordene som er foreslått i lista eller fra undermenyen <emph>Autoretting</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147759\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If you choose a word from the <item type=\"menuitem\">AutoCorrect</item> submenu, the underlined word and the replacement word are automatically added to the AutoCorrect list for the current language. To view the AutoCorrect list, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Replace</item> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Hvis du velger et ord fra undermenyen <item type=\"menuitem\">Autoretting</item>, blir det understrekede ordet og erstatningsordet automatisk lagt til i lista over autorettinger for det gjeldende språket. Velg <item type=\"menuitem\">Verktøy → Autorettingsvalg</item> og deretter fanen Innstillinger, og klikk på fanen <item type=\"menuitem\">Erstatt</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147819\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can also add the underlined word to your custom dictionary by choosing <emph>Add</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan også legge til det understreka ordet i den lokale ordlista ved å velge <emph>Legg til</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3147220\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Exclude Words From the Spellcheck"
|
||
msgstr "For å fjerne ord fra stavekontrollen"
|
||
|
||
#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147263\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the words that you want to exclude."
|
||
msgstr "Velg ordene du vil fjerne."
|
||
|
||
#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147282\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the Language control on the Status bar to open a menu."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på språknavnet på statuslinja for å åpne en meny."
|
||
|
||
#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145602\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose \"None (Do not check spelling)\"."
|
||
msgstr "Velg Ingen (ikke sjekk staving)."
|
||
|
||
#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145648\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01010401.xhp\" name=\"Creating a new dictionary.\">Creating a new dictionary.</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01010401.xhp\" name=\"Creating a new dictionary.\">Lage en ny ordliste</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: autocorr_except.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"autocorr_except.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Adding Exceptions to the AutoCorrect List"
|
||
msgstr "Legge til unntak i lista over autorettinger"
|
||
|
||
#: autocorr_except.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"autocorr_except.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3152887\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function; adding exceptions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>exceptions; AutoCorrect function</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>abbreviations</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>capital letters;avoiding after specific abbreviations</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>autoretting; legge til unntak</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>unntak; autoretting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>forkortelser</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>store bokstaver;unngå etter visse forkortelser</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: autocorr_except.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"autocorr_except.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3152887\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"autocorr_except\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/autocorr_except.xhp\" name=\"Adding Exceptions to the AutoCorrect List\">Adding Exceptions to the AutoCorrect List</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"autocorr_except\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/autocorr_except.xhp\" name=\"Adding Exceptions to the AutoCorrect List\">Legge til unntak i lista over autorettinger</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: autocorr_except.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"autocorr_except.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154254\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can prevent AutoCorrect from correcting specific abbreviations or words that have mixed capital letters and lowercase letters."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan hindre Autoretting i å rette visse forkortelse eller ord som inneholder forskjellige skriftstørrelser."
|
||
|
||
#: autocorr_except.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"autocorr_except.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155576\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Exceptions</item> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <item type=\"menuitem\">Verktøy → Autoretting</item>, Innstillinger og trykk deretter på fanen <item type=\"menuitem\">Unntak</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: autocorr_except.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"autocorr_except.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147762\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Do one of the following:"
|
||
msgstr "Gjør dette:"
|
||
|
||
#: autocorr_except.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"autocorr_except.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147786\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Type the abbreviation followed by a period in the <emph>Abbreviations (no subsequent capital) </emph>box and click <emph>New</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Skriv inn forkortelsen med punktum etter i boksen <emph>Forkortelser (ikke stor bokstav etter)</emph> og trykk på <emph>Ny</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: autocorr_except.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"autocorr_except.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147812\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Type the word in the <emph>Words with TWo INitial CApitals </emph>box and click <emph>New</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Skriv inn ordet i boksen <emph>Ord som starter med TO STore BOkstaver</emph> og trykk på <emph>Ny</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: autocorr_except.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"autocorr_except.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3144875\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To quickly undo an AutoCorrect replacement, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Z. This also adds the word or abbreviation that you typed to the AutoCorrect exceptions list."
|
||
msgstr "For å fjerne en automatisk retting eller fullføring raskt, trykk <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Z. Du legger da også ordet eller forkortelsen du skrev til i lista over autorettinger."
|
||
|
||
#: autotext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"autotext.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Using AutoText"
|
||
msgstr "Bruke autotekst"
|
||
|
||
#: autotext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"autotext.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3155521\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>AutoText</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>networks and AutoText directories</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lists;AutoText shortcuts</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>printing;AutoText shortcuts</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting;text blocks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text blocks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>blocks of text</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>Autotekst</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>nettverk og autotekst-mapper</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lister;autotekst-snarveier</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>utskrift;autotekst-snarveier</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sette inn;tekstblokker</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tekstblokker</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>blokker med tekst</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: autotext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"autotext.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155521\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"autotext\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp\" name=\"Using AutoText\">Using AutoText</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"autotext\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp\" name=\"Using AutoText\">Bruke autotekst</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: autotext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"autotext.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150534\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In $[officename] Writer, you can store text - also containing graphics, tables, and fields - as AutoText, so that you can quickly insert the text later on. If you want, you can also store formatted text."
|
||
msgstr "I $[officename] Writer kan du lagre tekst, som også må inneholder bilder, tabeller, og felter, som autotekst, slik å du raskt kan sette inn denne teksten senere. Du kan også lagre formatert tekst."
|
||
|
||
#: autotext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"autotext.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155539\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Create an AutoText Entry"
|
||
msgstr "For å lage en autotekstoppføring"
|
||
|
||
#: autotext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"autotext.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155560\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the text, text with graphics, table, or field that you want to save as an AutoText entry. A graphic can only be stored if it is anchored as a character and is preceded and followed by at least one text character."
|
||
msgstr "Velg teksten, tekst med bilder, tabeller eller felter du vil lagre som en autotekstoppføring. Bilder kan bare lagres hvis de er forankret som et tegn og har minst et tegn før og etter."
|
||
|
||
#: autotext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"autotext.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155581\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoText</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <item type=\"menuitem\">Verktøy → Autotekst</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: autotext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"autotext.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147761\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the category where you want to store the AutoText."
|
||
msgstr "Velg hvilket kategori du vil lagre autoteksten i."
|
||
|
||
#: autotext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"autotext.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147779\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Type a name that is longer than four characters. This allows you to use the <emph>Display remainder of name as suggestion while typing</emph> AutoText option. If you want, you can modify the proposed shortcut."
|
||
msgstr "Skriv inn et navn med mer enn fire tegn. Dette tillater deg å bruke autotekstvalget <emph>Vis resten av navnet som et forslag når du skriver</emph>. Hvis du vil, kan du endre den foreslåtte snarveien."
|
||
|
||
#: autotext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"autotext.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147807\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the <emph>AutoText</emph> button, and then choose <emph>New</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på knappen <emph>Autotekst</emph>, og velg deretter <emph>Ny</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: autotext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"autotext.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10732\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the <emph>Close</emph> button."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på knappen <emph>Lukk</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: autotext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"autotext.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3147282\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Insert an AutoText Entry"
|
||
msgstr "For å sette inn en autotekstoppføring"
|
||
|
||
#: autotext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"autotext.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145597\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click in your document where you want to insert an AutoText entry."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på det stedet i dokumentet der du vil sette inn en autotekstoppføring."
|
||
|
||
#: autotext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"autotext.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145615\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - AutoText\"><emph>Tools - AutoText</emph></link>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - AutoText\"><emph>Verktøy - autotekst</emph></link>."
|
||
|
||
#: autotext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"autotext.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145644\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the AutoText that you want to insert, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg autoteksten du vil sette inn, og trykk deretter på <item type=\"menuitem\">Sett inn</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: autotext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"autotext.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145668\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can also type the shortcut for an AutoText entry, and then press F3, or click the arrow next to the <item type=\"menuitem\">AutoText</item> icon on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> bar, and then choose an AutoText entry."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan også skrive inn snarveien til en autotekstoppføring og deretter trykke F3 eller på pila ved siden av ikonet <item type=\"menuitem\">Autotekst</item> på verktøylinja <item type=\"menuitem\">Sett inn</item> og velg en autotekstoppføring."
|
||
|
||
#: autotext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"autotext.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155090\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To quickly enter a %PRODUCTNAME Math formula, type <item type=\"literal\">fn</item>, and then press F3. If you insert more than one formula, the formulae are sequentially numbered. To insert dummy text, type <item type=\"literal\">dt</item>, and then press F3."
|
||
msgstr "For å raskt skrive inn en formel i %PRODUCTNAME Math, skriv <item type=\"literal\">Fn</item>, og trykk på F3. Hvis du setter inn mer enn en formel, blir formelene nummererte etter hvert. For å sette inn en eksempeltekst, skriver du <item type=\"literal\">dt</item> og trykker på F3."
|
||
|
||
#: autotext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"autotext.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155115\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Print a List of AutoText Entries"
|
||
msgstr "Skrive ut en liste over autotekstoppføringer"
|
||
|
||
#: autotext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"autotext.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155136\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organize Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Verktøy → Makroer → Organiser makroer → %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: autotext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"autotext.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155160\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <emph>Macro from</emph> tree control, select %PRODUCTNAME Macros - Gimmicks - AutoText."
|
||
msgstr "I <emph> Makro fra</emph> trekontrollen, velg %PRODUCTNAME Makroer - Gimmikk - Autotekst"
|
||
|
||
#: autotext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"autotext.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3151277\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select \"Main\" in the <emph>Existing macros in: AutoText</emph> list and then click <emph>Run</emph>. A list of the current AutoText entries is generated in a separate text document."
|
||
msgstr "Velg \"Hoved\" i <emph>Eksisterende makroer : Autotekst</emph> listen og klikk så <emph>Kjør</emph>. En liste på eksisterende Autotekst oppføringer blir generert i et separat tekstdokument."
|
||
|
||
#: autotext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"autotext.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3151304\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>File - Print</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Fil → Skriv ut</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: autotext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"autotext.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3151327\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Using AutoText in Network Installations"
|
||
msgstr "Bruke autotekst i nettverksinstallasjoner"
|
||
|
||
#: autotext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"autotext.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3151355\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can store AutoText entries in different directories on a network."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan lagre autotekstoppføringer i ulike mapper på et nettverk."
|
||
|
||
#: autotext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"autotext.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3151370\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "For example, you can store \"read-only\" AutoText entries for your company on a central server, and user-defined AutoText entries in a local directory."
|
||
msgstr "For eksempel kan du lagre «skrivebeskyttede» autotekstoppføringer for firmaet ditt på en sentral tjener, og selvlaget autotekstoppføringer i en lokal mappe."
|
||
|
||
#: autotext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"autotext.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3151390\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The paths for the AutoText directories can be edited in the configuration."
|
||
msgstr "Stiene til autotekstmappene kan endres i oppsettet."
|
||
|
||
#: autotext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"autotext.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154960\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Two directories are listed here. The first entry is on the server installation and the second entry is in the user directory. If there are two AutoText entries with the same name in both directories, the entry from the user directory is used."
|
||
msgstr "To mapper er listet opp her. Den første oppføringen er på tjenerinstallasjonen, og den andre oppføringa er i brukermappa. Hvis mappene har en autotekstoppføring med samme navn, blir oppføringen fra brukermappa brukt."
|
||
|
||
#: autotext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"autotext.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154995\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - AutoText\">Tools - AutoText</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp\" name=\"Edit – AutoText\">Verktøy – Autotekst</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: autotext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"autotext.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155012\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06040600.xhp\" name=\"Word Completion\">Word Completion</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06040600.xhp\" name=\"Word Completion\">Fullføring av ord</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: background.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"background.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Defining Background Colors or Background Graphics"
|
||
msgstr "Velge bakgrunnsfarger eller bakgrunnsbilde"
|
||
|
||
#: background.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"background.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3149346\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>backgrounds;text objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>words;backgrounds</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>paragraphs; backgrounds</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text;backgrounds</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; backgrounds</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells; backgrounds</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>backgrounds;selecting</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>bakgrunner;tekstobjekt</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>ord;bakgrunner</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>avsnitt;bakgrunner</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tekst;bakgrunner</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tabellar; bakgrunner</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>celler; bakgrunner</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bakgrunner;velge</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: background.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"background.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149346\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"background\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/background.xhp\" name=\"Defining Background Colors or Background Graphics\">Defining Background Colors or Background Graphics</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"background\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/background.xhp\" name=\"Defining Background Colors or Background Graphics\">Angi bakgrunnsfarger eller bakgrunnsbilde</link> </variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: background.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"background.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id7355265\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can define a background color or use a graphic as a background for various objects in $[officename] Writer."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan angi en bakgrunnsfarge eller bruke bilder som bakgrunn på ulike objekter i $[officename] Writer."
|
||
|
||
#: background.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"background.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3147653\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Apply a Background To Text Characters"
|
||
msgstr "For å bruke en bakgrunnsfarge på teksttegn"
|
||
|
||
#: background.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"background.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150669\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the characters."
|
||
msgstr "Velg tegnene."
|
||
|
||
#: background.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"background.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155390\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Character</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Format – Tegn</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: background.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"background.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153665\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the <emph>Background</emph> tab, select the background color."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på fanen <emph>Bakgrunn</emph>, og velg bakgrunnsfargen."
|
||
|
||
#: background.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"background.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3153541\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Apply a Background To a Paragraph"
|
||
msgstr "For å bruke en bakgrunn på et avsnitt"
|
||
|
||
#: background.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"background.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145119\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Place the cursor in the paragraph or select several paragraphs."
|
||
msgstr "Plasser skrivemerket i avsnittene eller velg flere avsnitt."
|
||
|
||
#: background.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"background.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3158430\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Paragraph</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Format → Avsnitt</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: background.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"background.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3151245\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "On the <emph>Background</emph> tab page, select the background color or a background graphic."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på fanen <emph>Bakgrunn</emph>, og velg en bakgrunnsfarge eller et bakgrunnsbilde."
|
||
|
||
#: background.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"background.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id0104201010554939\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To select an object in the background, hold down the <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key and click the object. Alternatively, use the Navigator to select the object."
|
||
msgstr "For å velge eit objekt som skal ligge i bakgrunnen, hold nede tasten <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Cmd</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> og klikk på objektet. Du kan også bruke menyvalget «dokumentstruktur» for å velge objekt."
|
||
|
||
#: background.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"background.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149294\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Apply a Background To All or Part of a Table"
|
||
msgstr "For å legge til en bakgrunn på hele eller deler av en teksttabell"
|
||
|
||
#: background.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"background.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154346\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Place the cursor in the table in your text document."
|
||
msgstr "Plasser skrivemerket i tabellen i tekstdokumentet."
|
||
|
||
#: background.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"background.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3148664\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Table - Properties</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Tabell → Tabellegenskaper</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: background.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"background.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154938\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "On the <emph>Background</emph> tab page, select the background color or a background graphic."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på fanen <emph>Bakgrunn</emph>, og velg en bakgrunnsfarge eller et bakgrunnsbilde."
|
||
|
||
#: background.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"background.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156280\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <emph>For</emph> box, choose whether the color or graphic should apply to the current cell, the current row or the whole table. If you select several cells or rows before opening the dialog, the change applies to the selection."
|
||
msgstr "I boksen <emph>For</emph> velger du om fargen eller bildet skal brukes på gjeldende celle, gjeldende rad eller hele tabellen. Hvis du velger flere celler eller rader før du åpner dette dialogvinduet, blir endringa brukt på det valgte området."
|
||
|
||
#: background.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"background.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3151041\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You may also use an icon to apply a background to table parts."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan også bruke en knapp for å legge til en bakgrunn til deler av en tabell."
|
||
|
||
#: background.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"background.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150767\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To apply a background color to cells, select the cells and click the color on the <emph>Background Color</emph> toolbar."
|
||
msgstr "For å legge til en bakgrunnsfarge på celler, velg de ønskede cellene, og klikk på den fargen du vil ha på verktøylinja <emph>Bakgrunnsfarge</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: background.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"background.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147084\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To apply a background color to a text paragraph within a cell, place the cursor into the text paragraph, then click the color on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Background Color</item> toolbar."
|
||
msgstr "For å legge til en bakgrunnsfarge til et tekstavsnitt inne i en celle, sett markøren på tekstavsnittet og klikk på den ønskede fargen i <item type=\"menuitem\">Bakgrunnsfarge</item> på verktøylinja."
|
||
|
||
#: background.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"background.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10A56\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/02/02160000.xhp\">Highlight Color icon</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/02/02160000.xhp\">Ikonet for uthevelse</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: background.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"background.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156180\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030600.xhp\" name=\"Background tab page\">Background tab page</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030600.xhp\" name=\"Background tab page\">Bakgrunns tab side</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: background.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"background.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id4922025\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/guide/background.xhp\">Watermarks</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/guide/background.xhp\">Vannmerke</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: background.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"background.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id478530\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp\">Page Backgrounds as Page Styles</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp\">Bakgrunner på sider som sidestiler</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: border_character.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_character.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Defining Borders for Characters"
|
||
msgstr "Lage kantlinjer på sider"
|
||
|
||
#: border_character.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_character.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3156136\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>characters;defining borders</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>borders; for characters</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>frames; around characters</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>defining;character borders</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>sider;lage kantlinjer</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>kantlinjer; på sider</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>rammer; rundt sider</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lage;kantlinjer på sider</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: border_character.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_character.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3116136\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"border_character\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/border_character.xhp\" name=\"Defining Borders for Characters\">Defining Borders for Characters</link> </variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"border_character\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/border_character.xhp\" name=\"Defining Borders for Characters\">Lage kantstiler for sider</link> </variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: border_character.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_character.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3148413\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If two adjacent text ranges' all border properties are identical (same style, width, color, padding and shadow), then those two ranges will be considered to be part of the same border group and rendered within the same border in the document."
|
||
msgstr "Dersom kantegenskapene for to tilstytende tekstområde er like, dvs. samme stil, bredde, farge avstand og skygge, blir disse to områdene sett på som deler av den samme kantgruppen og blir derfor vist med samme kant i dokumentet."
|
||
|
||
#: border_character.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_character.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3110503\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Set a Predefined Border Style"
|
||
msgstr "For å sette inn en forhåndsvalgt kantstil"
|
||
|
||
#: border_character.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_character.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3118661\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the range of characters around which you want to add a border."
|
||
msgstr "Marker tekstområdet som du vil legge en kant rundt."
|
||
|
||
#: border_character.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_character.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3118473\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Character - Borders</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Format → Tegn → Kantlinjer</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: border_character.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_character.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3110171\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select one of the default border styles in the <emph>Default</emph> area."
|
||
msgstr "Velg en av standardkantlinjene i området <emph>Standard</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: border_character.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_character.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3151046\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select a line style, width and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style."
|
||
msgstr "Velg en linjestil og en farge for den valgte kantstilen i området <emph>Linje</emph>. Disse innstillingene gjelder for alle kantlinjer som er med i den valgte kantstilen."
|
||
|
||
#: border_character.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_character.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3152172\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the distance between the border lines and the selected characters in the <emph>Spacing to contents</emph> area. You can only change distances to edges that have a border line defined."
|
||
msgstr "Velg avstanden mellom kantlinjene og det markerte tegnet i området <emph>Avstand til innhold</emph>. Du kan kun endre avstanden til kanter som har en definert kantlinje."
|
||
|
||
#: border_character.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_character.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3111023\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes."
|
||
msgstr "Klikk på <emph>OK</emph> for å bruke endringene."
|
||
|
||
#: border_character.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_character.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3142068\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Set a Customized Border Style"
|
||
msgstr "For å stille inn en tilpassa kantstil"
|
||
|
||
#: border_character.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_character.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3118613\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the range of characters around which you want to add a border."
|
||
msgstr "Marker tekstområdet som du vil legge en kant rundt."
|
||
|
||
#: border_character.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_character.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3111663\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Character - Borders</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Format → Tegn → Kantlinjer</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: border_character.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_character.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3110541\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <emph>User-defined</emph> area select the edge(s) that you want to appear in a common layout. Click on an edge in the preview to toggle the selection of an edge."
|
||
msgstr "I området <emph>Selvvalgt</emph> velger du kanten som skal vises i et alminnelig utseende. Klikk på en kant i forhåndsvisninga for å slå på en kant."
|
||
|
||
#: border_character.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_character.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3119149\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select a line style, width and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style."
|
||
msgstr "Velg en linjestil og en farge for den valgte kantstilen i området <emph>Linje</emph>. Disse innstillingene gjelder for alle kantlinjer som er med i den valgte kantstilen."
|
||
|
||
#: border_character.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_character.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3116282\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Repeat the last two steps for every border edge."
|
||
msgstr "Gjenta de to siste stegene for hver kantlinje."
|
||
|
||
#: border_character.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_character.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3111041\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the distance between the border lines and the selected characters in the <emph>Spacing to contents</emph> area. You can only change distances to edges that have a border line defined."
|
||
msgstr "Velg avstanden mellom kantlinjene og det markerte tegnet i området <emph>Avstand til innhold</emph>. Du kan kun endre avstanden til kanter som har en definert kantlinje."
|
||
|
||
#: border_character.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_character.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3141606\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes."
|
||
msgstr "Klikk på <emph>OK</emph> for å bruke endringene."
|
||
|
||
#: border_object.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_object.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Defining Borders for Objects"
|
||
msgstr "Lage kantlinjer på objekter"
|
||
|
||
#: border_object.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_object.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3146957\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>objects; defining borders</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>borders; for objects</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>frames; around objects</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>charts;borders</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pictures;borders</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>OLE objects;borders</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>defining;object borders</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>objekt; lage kantlinjer</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>kantlinjer; på objekter</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>rammer; rundt objekter</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>diagram;kantlinjer</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>bilde;kantlinjer</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>OLE-objekt;kantlinjer</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lage;kantlinjer på objekter</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: border_object.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_object.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3146957\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"border_object\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/border_object.xhp\" name=\"Defining Borders for Objects\">Defining Borders for Objects</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"border_object\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/border_object.xhp\" name=\"Angi kantlinjer for objekter\">Angi kantlinjer for objekter</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: border_object.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_object.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3146797\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In Writer, you can define borders around OLE objects, plug-ins, diagrams/charts, graphics and frames. The name of the menu to be used depends on the object selected."
|
||
msgstr "I Writer kan du angi kantlinjer rundt OLE-objekter, programtillegg, diagrammer, bilder og rammer. Navnet på menyen avhenger av det valgte objektet."
|
||
|
||
#: border_object.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_object.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3145673\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Set a Predefined Border Style"
|
||
msgstr "For å sette inn en forhåndsvalgt kantstil"
|
||
|
||
#: border_object.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_object.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155388\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the object for which you want to define a border."
|
||
msgstr "Velg objektet du vil lage kantlinje på."
|
||
|
||
#: border_object.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_object.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149578\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the <emph>Borders</emph> icon on the <emph>OLE-Object</emph> toolbar or <emph>Frame</emph> toolbar to open the <emph>Borders</emph> window."
|
||
msgstr "Klikk på knappen <emph>Kantlinjer</emph> verktøylinja <emph>OLE-objekt </emph> eller på verktøylinja <emph>Ramme</emph> for å åpne dialogvinduet <emph>Kantlinjer</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: border_object.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_object.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3159176\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click one of the predefined border styles. This replaces the current border style of the object with the selected style."
|
||
msgstr "Klikk på en av de forhåndsvalgte kantstilene. Dette erstatter den gjeldende kantstilen for objektet med den valgte stilen."
|
||
|
||
#: border_object.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_object.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3152474\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Set a Customized Border Style"
|
||
msgstr "For å stille inn en tilpassa kantstil"
|
||
|
||
#: border_object.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_object.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153896\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the table cells that you want to modify."
|
||
msgstr "Velg tabellcellene du vil endre."
|
||
|
||
#: border_object.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_object.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156344\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - (object name) – Borders</item>.<br/>Replace (object name) with the actual name of the object type you selected."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <item type=\"menuitem\">Format → (objektnavn) → Kantlinjer</item>.<br/> Erstatt (objektnavn) med det egentlige navnet for objekttypen du valgte."
|
||
|
||
#: border_object.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_object.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3148797\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <emph>User-defined</emph> area select the edge(s) that you want to appear in a common layout. Click on an edge in the preview to toggle the selection of an edge."
|
||
msgstr "I området <emph>Selvvalgt</emph> velger du kanten som skal vises i et alminnelig utseende. Klikk på en kant i forhåndsvisninga for å slå på en kant."
|
||
|
||
#: border_object.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_object.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3152933\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select a line style and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style."
|
||
msgstr "Velg en linjestil og en farge for den valgte kantstilen i området <emph>Linje</emph>. Disse innstillingene gjelder for alle kantlinjer som er med i den valgte kantstilen."
|
||
|
||
#: border_object.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_object.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3125865\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Repeat the last two steps for every border edge."
|
||
msgstr "Gjenta de to siste stegene for hver kantlinje."
|
||
|
||
#: border_object.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_object.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150447\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the distance between the border lines and the page contents in the <emph>Spacing to Contents</emph> area."
|
||
msgstr "Velg avstanden mellom kantlinjene og sideinnholdet i området <emph>Avstand til innhold</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: border_object.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_object.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154908\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes."
|
||
msgstr "Klikk på <emph>OK</emph> for å bruke endringene."
|
||
|
||
#: border_page.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_page.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Defining Borders for Pages"
|
||
msgstr "Lage kantlinjer på sider"
|
||
|
||
#: border_page.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_page.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3156136\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>pages;defining borders</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>borders; for pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>frames; around pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>defining;page borders</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>sider;lage kantlinjer</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>kantlinjer; på sider</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>rammer; rundt sider</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lage;kantlinjer på sider</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: border_page.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_page.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3156136\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"border_page\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp\" name=\"Defining Borders for Pages\">Defining Borders for Pages</link> </variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"border_page\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp\" name=\"Lage kantstiler for sider\">Lage kantstiler for sider</link> </variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: border_page.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_page.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3148473\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In Writer, you define borders for <emph>page styles</emph>, not individual pages. All changes made to borders apply to all pages that use the same page style. Note that page style changes cannot be undone by the Undo function in $[officename]."
|
||
msgstr "I Writer kan du lage kantstiler for <emph>sidestiler</emph>, ikke individuelle sider. Alle endringer gjort på sidestiler kan ikke angres med Angre i $[officename]."
|
||
|
||
#: border_page.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_page.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3150503\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Set a Predefined Border Style"
|
||
msgstr "For å sette inn en forhåndsvalgt kantstil"
|
||
|
||
#: border_page.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_page.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3148491\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Page - Borders</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Format → Side → Kantlinjer</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: border_page.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_page.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150771\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select one of the default border styles in the <emph>Default</emph> area."
|
||
msgstr "Velg en av standardkantlinjene i området <emph>Standard</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: border_page.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_page.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154046\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select a line style, width and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style."
|
||
msgstr "Velg en linjestil og en farge for den valgte kantstilen i området <emph>Linje</emph>. Disse innstillingene gjelder for alle kantlinjer som er med i den valgte kantstilen."
|
||
|
||
#: border_page.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_page.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3152472\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the distance between the border lines and the page contents in the <emph>Spacing to contents</emph> area. You can only change distances to edges that have a border line defined."
|
||
msgstr "Velg avstanden mellom kantlinjene og det markerte tegnet i området <emph>Avstand til innhold</emph>. Du kan kun endre avstanden til kanter som har en definert kantlinje."
|
||
|
||
#: border_page.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_page.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156023\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes."
|
||
msgstr "Klikk på <emph>OK</emph> for å bruke endringene."
|
||
|
||
#: border_page.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_page.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3145068\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Set a Customized Border Style"
|
||
msgstr "For å stille inn en tilpassa kantstil"
|
||
|
||
#: border_page.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_page.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3148663\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Page - Borders</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Format → Side → Kantlinjer</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: border_page.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_page.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150541\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <emph>User-defined</emph> area select the edge(s) that you want to appear in a common layout. Click on an edge in the preview to toggle the selection of an edge."
|
||
msgstr "I området <emph>Selvvalgt</emph> velger du kanten som skal vises i et alminnelig utseende. Klikk på en kant i forhåndsvisninga for å slå på en kant."
|
||
|
||
#: border_page.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_page.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3159149\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select a line style, width and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style."
|
||
msgstr "Velg en linjestil og en farge for den valgte kantstilen i området <emph>Linje</emph>. Disse innstillingene gjelder for alle kantlinjer som er med i den valgte kantstilen."
|
||
|
||
#: border_page.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_page.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156282\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Repeat the last two steps for every border edge."
|
||
msgstr "Gjenta de to siste stegene for hver kantlinje."
|
||
|
||
#: border_page.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_page.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3151041\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the distance between the border lines and the page contents in the <emph>Spacing to contents</emph> area. You can only change distances to edges that have a border line defined."
|
||
msgstr "Velg avstanden mellom kantlinjene og det markerte tegnet i området <emph>Avstand til innhold</emph>. Du kan kun endre avstanden til kanter som har en definert kantlinje."
|
||
|
||
#: border_page.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_page.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145606\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes."
|
||
msgstr "Klikk på <emph>OK</emph> for å bruke endringene."
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "User Defined Borders in Text Documents"
|
||
msgstr "Selvvalgte kantlinjer i tekstdokumenter"
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id6737876\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>borders;for text tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>cells;borders in text tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>defining;table borders in Writer</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>frames;around text tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables;defining borders</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>kantlinjer;for teksttabeller</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>celler;kantlinjer i teksttabeller</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>angi;kantlinjer på tabeller i Writer</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>rammer;rundt teksttabeller</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tabeller;angi kantlinjer</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3614917\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"borders\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp\">User Defined Borders in Text Documents</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"borders\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp\">Selvvalgte kantlinjer i tekstdokumenter</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1069368\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can apply a variety of different cell borders to selected cells in a Writer table and to the whole table. Other objects in text documents can have user defined borders, too. For example, you can assign borders to page styles, to frames, and to inserted pictures or charts."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan bruke ulike typer kantlinjer på valgte celler i en Writer-tabell eller på hele tabellen. Andre objekter i tekstdokumenter kan også ha selvvalgte kantlinjer. For eksempel kan du lage kantlinjer på sidestiler, rammer, bilder eller diagrammer."
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id6527298\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the cell or a block of cells in a Writer table."
|
||
msgstr "Velg cella eller celleområdet i tabellen."
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id6129947\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Table - Properties</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <item type=\"menuitem\">Tabell → Tabellegenskaper</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id8141117\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the dialog, click the <emph>Borders</emph> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på fanen <emph>Kantlinjer</emph> i dette dialogvinduet."
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id6016418\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose the border options you want to apply and click OK."
|
||
msgstr "Velg de ønskede innstillingene for kantlinjene, og trykk på OK."
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id5282448\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The options in the <emph>Line arrangement</emph> area can be used to apply multiple border styles."
|
||
msgstr "Innstillingene i området <emph>Linjeoppstilling</emph> kan brukes for å legge til flere ulike kantlinjestiler."
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3547166\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Selection of cells"
|
||
msgstr "Celleutvalg"
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1108432\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Depending on the selection of cells, the area looks different."
|
||
msgstr "Hvordan området ser ut er avhengig av hvilke celler som er markert."
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id2422559\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Selection"
|
||
msgstr "Utvalg"
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1053498\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Line arrangement area"
|
||
msgstr "Linjeoppsett-området"
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1076998\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "One cell selected in a table that has more than one cells, or cursor inside a table with no cell selected"
|
||
msgstr "En celle som er valgt i en tabell som er større enn en celle, eller et skrivemerke inne i en tabell der ingen celler er valgt."
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id4240241\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<image id=\"img_id1058992\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_1.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.7791in\"><alt id=\"alt_id1058992\">one cell border</alt></image>"
|
||
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id1058992\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_1.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.7791in\"><alt id=\"alt_id1058992\">en cellekant</alt></image>"
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id162053\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "A one cell table, the cell is selected"
|
||
msgstr "Tabell med en celle, cella er valgt"
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id5021820\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<image id=\"img_id7366557\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_2.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.7791in\"><alt id=\"alt_id7366557\">one selected cell border</alt></image>"
|
||
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id7366557\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_2.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.7791in\"><alt id=\"alt_id7366557\">en cellekant</alt></image>"
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3549607\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Cells in a column selected"
|
||
msgstr "Cellene i en kolonne er valgt"
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id2544328\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<image id=\"img_id2298654\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_3.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.7791in\"><alt id=\"alt_id2298654\">column selected border</alt></image>"
|
||
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id2298654\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_3.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.7791in\"><alt id=\"alt_id2298654\">Kantlinje for markert kolonne</alt></image>"
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1636402\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Cells in a row selected"
|
||
msgstr "Cellene i en rad er valgt"
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id7450483\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<image id=\"img_id9033783\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_4.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.7791in\"><alt id=\"alt_id9033783\">row selected border</alt></image>"
|
||
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id9033783\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_4.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.7791in\"><alt id=\"alt_id9033783\">Kanlinje for valgt rad</alt></image>"
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id5741752\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "A whole table of 2x2 or more cells selected"
|
||
msgstr "En hel tabell med 2×2 celler eller mer er valgt"
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id570085\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<image id=\"img_id4776757\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_5.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.7791in\"><alt id=\"alt_id4776757\">block selected border</alt></image>"
|
||
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id4776757\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_5.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.7791in\"><alt id=\"alt_id4776757\">kantlinje rundt markert blokk</alt></image>"
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id5044099\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Default settings"
|
||
msgstr "Standardvalg"
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id626544\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click one of the <emph>Default</emph> icons to set or reset multiple borders."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på en av <emph>standardknappene</emph> for å lage eller fjerne kantlinjer."
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id292062\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The thin gray lines inside an icon show the borders that will be reset or cleared."
|
||
msgstr "De tynne, grå linjene på bildene på ikonene viser hvilket kantlinjer som blir fjernet."
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1361735\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The dark lines inside an icon show the lines that will be set using the selected line style and color."
|
||
msgstr "De mørke linjene på bildene på ikonene viser hvilke kantlinjer som blir laget, med den valgte linjestilen og -fargen."
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id82399\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The thick gray lines inside an icon show the lines that will not be changed."
|
||
msgstr "De tykke grå linjene innenfor ikonene viser hvilke linjer som ikke blir endret."
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id7144993\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Examples"
|
||
msgstr "Eksempler"
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id5528427\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select a block of about 8x8 cells, then choose <emph>Format - Cells - Borders</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Marker en blokk på omkring 8ˣ8 celler og velg deretter <emph>Format → Celler → Kantlinjer</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id4194158\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<image id=\"img_id8221076\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_ca_5.png\" width=\"1.2209in\" height=\"0.2445in\"><alt id=\"alt_id8221076\">default icons for borders</alt></image>"
|
||
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id8221076\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_ca_5.png\" width=\"1.2209in\" height=\"0.2445in\"><alt id=\"alt_id8221076\">standardikoner for kantlinjer</alt></image>"
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id7253028\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the left icon to clear all lines. This removes all outer borders and all inner lines."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på ikonet helt til venstre for å fjerne alle linjer. Dette fjerner både ytre kantlinjer og alle indre linjer."
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id9441206\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the second icon from the left to set an outer border and to remove all other lines."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på det andre ikonet fra venstre for å lage en ytre kantlinje og fjerne alle andre linjer."
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id7276833\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the rightmost icon to set an outer border. The inner lines are not changed."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på ikonet helt til høyre for å lage en ytre kantlinje. De indre linjene blir ikke endret."
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id5273293\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Now you can continue to see which lines the other icons will set or remove."
|
||
msgstr "Nå kan du fortsette for å se hvilke linjer de andre ikonene vil lage eller fjerne."
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id5110019\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "User defined settings"
|
||
msgstr "Selvvalgte valg"
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1820734\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <emph>User defined</emph> area, you can click to set or remove individual lines. The preview shows lines in three different states."
|
||
msgstr "I området <emph>Selvvalgt</emph> kan du trykke for å lage eller fjerne individuelle linjer. Forhåndsvisninga viser linjene i tre ulike former."
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id7093111\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Repeatedly click an edge or a corner to switch through the three different states."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk flere ganger på en kant eller et hjørne for å skifte mellom de tre ulike formene."
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3673818\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Line types"
|
||
msgstr "Linjetyper"
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id2593768\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Image"
|
||
msgstr "Bilde"
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id2055421\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Meaning"
|
||
msgstr "Betydning"
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id9836115\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "A black line"
|
||
msgstr "En svart linje"
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id6485793\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<image id=\"img_id1237525\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_6.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.2555in\"><alt id=\"alt_id1237525\">solid line for border</alt></image>"
|
||
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id1237525\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_6.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.2555in\"><alt id=\"alt_id1237525\">heiltrukket linje for kantlinje</alt></image>"
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1454512\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "A black line sets the corresponding line of the selected cells. The line is shown as a dotted line when you choose the 0.05 pt line style. Double lines are shown when you select a double line style."
|
||
msgstr "En svart linje lager den tilsvarende linja på de markerte cellene. Linja blir vist som en stiplet linje når du bruker linjestilen 0,05 pt. Doble linjer blir vist når du bruker en dobbel linjestil."
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id4618671\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "A gray line"
|
||
msgstr "En grå linje"
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1239356\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<image id=\"img_id2688680\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_7.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.2555in\"><alt id=\"alt_id2688680\">gray line for border</alt></image>"
|
||
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id2688680\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_7.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.2555in\"><alt id=\"alt_id2688680\">grå linje for kantlinje</alt></image>"
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id9474166\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "A gray line is shown when the corresponding line of the selected cells will not be changed. No line will be set or removed at this position."
|
||
msgstr "En grå linje blir vist når den tilsvarende linja på de markerte cellene ikke blir endret. Ingen linjer blir laget eller fjernet i slike tilfeller."
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1545457\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "A white line"
|
||
msgstr "En hvit linje"
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1681875\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<image id=\"img_id7340617\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_8.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.2555in\"><alt id=\"alt_id7340617\">white line for border</alt></image>"
|
||
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id7340617\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_8.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.2555in\"><alt id=\"alt_id7340617\">hvit linje for kantlinje</alt></image>"
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id2316660\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "A white line is shown when the corresponding line of the selected cells will be removed."
|
||
msgstr "En hvit linje blir vist når den tilsvarende linja på de valgte cellene blir fjerna."
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id5908688\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Examples"
|
||
msgstr "Eksempler"
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id5118564\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select a single cell in a Writer table, then choose <emph>Table - Properties - Borders</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg en enkelt celle i en Writer-tabell, og velg deretter <emph>Tabell → Tabellegenskaper → Kantlinjer</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id244758\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select a thick line style."
|
||
msgstr "Velg en tykk linjestil."
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id7741325\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To set a lower border, click the lower edge repeatedly until you see a thick line."
|
||
msgstr "For å lage en nedre kantlinje, trykk på den nedre kanten til en tykk linje blir vist."
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id542313\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<image id=\"img_id4273506\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_6.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.2555in\"><alt id=\"alt_id4273506\">setting thick lower border</alt></image>"
|
||
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id4273506\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_6.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.2555in\"><alt id=\"alt_id4273506\">tykk nedre kant</alt></image>"
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id2210760\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "All cells in a Writer table have at least a left and a lower line by default. Most cells on the table perimeter have more lines applied by default."
|
||
msgstr "Alle celler i en Writer-tabell har som standard minst en venstre og nedre linje. De fleste cellene i ytterkanten av tabellen har flere linjer enn dette som standard."
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id5400860\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "All lines that are shown in white in the preview will be removed from the cell."
|
||
msgstr "Alle linjer som blir vist i hvitt i forhåndsvisninga blir fjernet fra cellen."
|
||
|
||
#: calculate.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Calculating in Text Documents"
|
||
msgstr "Regning i tekstdokumenter"
|
||
|
||
#: calculate.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3149909\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>calculating; in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formulas; calculating in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>references;in Writer tables</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>beregne; i tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formler; beregne i tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>referanser;i Writer-tabeller</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: calculate.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149909\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"calculate\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate.xhp\" name=\"Calculating in Text Documents\">Calculating in Text Documents</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"calculate\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate.xhp\" name=\"Beregne i tekstdokumenter\">Beregne i tekstdokumenter</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: calculate.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149949\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can insert a calculation directly into a text document or into a text table."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan sette inn et regnestykke direkte i et tekstdokument eller en teksttabell."
|
||
|
||
#: calculate.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149972\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click in the document where you want to insert the calculation, and then press F2. If you are in a table cell, type an equals sign =."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på det stedet i dokumentet der du vil sette inn regnestykket, og trykk deretter på F2. Hvis du er i en tabellcelle, tast et er lik-tegn (=)."
|
||
|
||
#: calculate.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155547\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Type the calculation that you want to insert, for example, <item type=\"literal\">=10000/12</item>, and then press Enter."
|
||
msgstr "Skriv inn regnestykket du vil sette inn, for eksempel <item type=\"literal\">«=10000/12»</item>, og trykk på Enter."
|
||
|
||
#: calculate.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155565\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can also click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formula</item> icon on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formula Bar</item>, and then choose a function for your formula."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan også trykke på knappen <item type=\"menuitem\">Formel</item> på <item type=\"menuitem\">Formellinja</item>, og deretter velge en funksjon for formelen."
|
||
|
||
#: calculate.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id8316904\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To reference cells in a Writer text table, enclose the cell address or the cell range in angle brackets. For example, to reference cell A1 from another cell, enter =<A1> into the cell."
|
||
msgstr "For å referere til celler i en teksttabell i Writer, skriv cellenavnet eller celleområdet i vinkelparenteser. Skriv for eksempel =<A1> for å referere til cella A1 i en annen celle."
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_clipboard.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_clipboard.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Calculating and Pasting the Result of a Formula in a Text Document"
|
||
msgstr "Regne ut og lime inn resultatet av en formel i et tekstdokument"
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_clipboard.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_clipboard.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3147692\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>pasting;results of formulas</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>clipboard;calculating in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formulas;pasting results in text documents</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>lime inn;resultatet av formler</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>utklippstavla;regnestykke i tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formler;lime inn resultatet i tekstdokumenter</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_clipboard.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_clipboard.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3147692\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"calculate_clipboard\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhp\" name=\" Calculating and Pasting the Result of a Formula in a Text Document\"> Calculating and Pasting the Result of a Formula in a Text Document</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"calculate_clipboard\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhp\" name=\" Calculating and Pasting the Result of a Formula in a Text Document\"> Regne ut og lime inn resultatet av en formel i et tekstdokument</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_clipboard.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_clipboard.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156366\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If your text already contains a formula, for example \"12+24*2\", $[officename] can calculate, and then paste the result of the formula in your document, without using the <emph>Formula Bar</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Hvis teksten allerede inneholder en formel, for eksempel «12+24*2», kan $[officename] regne ut og deretter lime inn resultatet av formelen i dokumentet uten å bruke <emph>Formellinja</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_clipboard.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_clipboard.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154250\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the formula in the text. The formula can only contain numbers and operators and cannot contain spaces."
|
||
msgstr "Velg formelen i teksten. Formelen kan bare inneholde tall og operatorer, og må ikke inneholde mellomrom."
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_clipboard.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_clipboard.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155496\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Calculate</emph>, or press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Plus Sign (+)."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Verktøy → Beregn</emph>, eller trykk <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Kommando </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> + Plusstegnet (+)."
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_clipboard.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_clipboard.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id5172582\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Place the cursor where you want to insert the result of the formula, and then choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit - Paste</item>, or press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+V.<br/>The selected formula is replaced by the result."
|
||
msgstr "Plasser skrivemerket der du vil sette inn resultatet av formelen, og velg deretter <item type=\"menuitem\">Rediger → Lim inn</item> eller trykk <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Kommando </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> + V.<br/>Den valgte formelen vil bli erstattet av resultatet."
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_intable.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_intable.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Calculating Cell Totals in Tables"
|
||
msgstr "Beregne totalsummer for celler i tabeller"
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_intable.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_intable.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3147400\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>calculating;sums in text tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>totals in text tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables;calculating sums</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>cells;calculating sums</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>table cells;calculating sums</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sums of table cell series</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>regne ut;summer i teksttabeller</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>totalsummer i teksttabeller</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tabeller;regne ut summer</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>celler;regne ut summer</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tabellceller;regne ut summer</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>summer av celleserier i tabeller</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_intable.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_intable.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3147400\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"calculate_intable\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp\" name=\"Calculating Cell Totals in Tables\">Calculating the Sum of a Series of Table Cells</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"calculate_intable\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp\" name=\"Regne ut summen av en serie med celler i en tabell\">Regne ut summen av en serie med celler i en tabell</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_intable.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_intable.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154243\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Table</emph>, and insert a table with one column and more than one row into a text document."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Sett inn → Tabell</emph>, og sett inn en tabell med én kolonne og mer enn en rad i et tekstdokument."
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_intable.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_intable.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154203\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Type a number in each cell of the column, but leave the last cell in the column empty."
|
||
msgstr "Skriv inn ett tall i hver celle i kolonnen, men la den siste cellen i kolonnen være tom."
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_intable.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_intable.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154222\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Place the cursor in the last cell of the column, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Sum</item> icon on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Table Bar</item>.<br/>The <item type=\"menuitem\">Formula Bar</item> appears with the entry \"=sum\"."
|
||
msgstr "Plasser skrivemerket i den siste cella i kolonnen, og trykk på ikonet <item type=\"menuitem\">Sum</item> på <item type=\"menuitem\">Tabellinja</item>.<br/> <item type=\"menuitem\">Formellinja</item> dukker da opp med teksten «=sum»."
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_intable.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_intable.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147775\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click in the first cell of the series you want to sum up, drag to the final cell, and then release.<br/>$[officename] inserts a formula for calculating the sum of the values in the current column."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk i den første cella i serien du vil summere, dra til den siste cella, og slipp.<br/>$[officename] sett inn en formel for å regne ut summen av verdiene i den gjeldende kolonna."
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_intable.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_intable.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150507\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Press Enter, or click <emph>Apply</emph> in the Formula bar. <br/>The sum of the values in the current column is entered in the cell."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på Enter eller <emph>Bruk</emph> på formellinja. <br/>Summen av verdiene i den gjeldende kolonna blir da lagt inn i cellen."
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_intable.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_intable.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150533\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If you enter a different number anywhere in the column, the sum is updated as soon as you click in the last column cell."
|
||
msgstr "Hvis du skriver inn et nytt tall i noen av de andre cellene i kolonnen, så oppdateres summen når du trykker på den siste cellen igjen."
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_intable.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_intable.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155533\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Similarly, you can also quickly calculate the sum of a row of numbers."
|
||
msgstr "På samme vis kan du også raskt regne ut summen av en rad med tall."
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_intext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_intext.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Calculating Complex Formulas in Text Documents"
|
||
msgstr "Regne ut avanserte formler i tekstdokumenter"
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_intext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_intext.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3147406\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>formulas; complex formulas in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>calculating;formulas/mean values</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>regne ut;avanserte formler i tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>regne ut;gjennomsnitt</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_intext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_intext.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3147406\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"calculate_intext\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp\" name=\"Calculating Complex Formulas in Text Documents\">Calculating Complex Formulas in Text Documents</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"calculate_intext\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp\" name=\"Calculating Complex Formulas in Text Documents\">Regne ut avanserte formler i tekstdokumenter</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_intext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_intext.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145245\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can use predefined functions in a formula, and then insert the result of the calculation into a text document."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan bruke forhåndslagde funksjoner i en formel, og deretter sette inn resultatet av utregninga i et tekstdokument."
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_intext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_intext.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3152901\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "For example, to calculate the mean value of three numbers, do the following:"
|
||
msgstr "For eksempel kan du gjøre følgende for å regne ut gjennomsnittet av tre tall:"
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_intext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_intext.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145078\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click in the document where you want to insert the formula, and then press F2."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på det stedet i dokumentet der du vil sette inn formelen, og deretter på F2"
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_intext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_intext.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156382\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formula</item> icon, and choose \"Mean\" from the Statistical Functions list."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på knappen <item type=\"menuitem\">Formel</item>, og velg »Gjennomsnitt» fra lista Statistiske funksjoner."
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_intext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_intext.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149692\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Type the three numbers, separated by vertical slashes (|)."
|
||
msgstr "Skriv inn de tre tallene, adskilt med loddrette streker (|)."
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_intext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_intext.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149481\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Press <emph>Enter</emph>. The result is inserted as a field into the document."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk <emph>Enter</emph>. Resultatet blir satt inn som et felt i dokumentet."
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_intext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_intext.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149823\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To edit the formula, double-click the field in the document."
|
||
msgstr "Dobbeltklikk på feltet i dokumentet for å redigere formelen."
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_intext2.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_intext2.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Displaying the Result of a Table Calculation in a Different Table"
|
||
msgstr "Vise resultatet av en tabellutregning i en annen tabell"
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_intext2.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_intext2.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3153899\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>calculating;in text tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables; performing calculations in</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>utregning;i teksttabeller</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tabeller; utføre utregninger i</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_intext2.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_intext2.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3153899\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"calculate_intext2\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext2.xhp\" name=\"Displaying the Result of a Table Calculation in a Different Table\">Displaying the Result of a Table Calculation in a Different Table</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"calculate_intext2\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext2.xhp\" name=\"Vise resultatet av en tabellutregning i en annen tabell\">Vise resultatet av en tabellutregning i en annen tabell</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_intext2.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_intext2.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154250\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can perform a calculation on cells in one table and display the result in a different table."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan gjøre en utregning på celler i en tabell og vise resultatet i en annen."
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_intext2.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_intext2.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150508\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Open a text document, insert a table with multiple columns and rows, and then insert another table consisting of one cell."
|
||
msgstr "Åpne et tekstdokument, sett inn en tabell med flere kolonner og rader, og sett deretter inn en tabell til med bare en celle."
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_intext2.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_intext2.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150528\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Enter numbers into some of the cells of the large table."
|
||
msgstr "Skriv inn numre i noen av cellene i den store tabellen."
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_intext2.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_intext2.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155532\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Place the cursor in the table with the single cell, and then press F2."
|
||
msgstr "Plasser skrivemerket i tabellen med en celle, og trykk på F2."
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_intext2.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_intext2.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155551\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formula Bar</item>, enter the function that you want to perform, for example, <item type=\"literal\">=SUM</item>."
|
||
msgstr "På verktøylinja <item type=\"menuitem\">Formel</item>, skriv inn funksjonen du vil utføre, f.eks., <item type=\"literal\">=SUM</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_intext2.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_intext2.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155577\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click in a cell in the larger table that contains a number, press the plus sign (+), and then click in a different cell containing a number."
|
||
msgstr "Klikk i en celle i den større tabellen som inneholder et nummer, trykk plusstegnet (+), og klikk i en annen celle som inneholder et nummer."
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_intext2.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_intext2.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155598\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Press <emph>Enter</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>Enter</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_intext2.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_intext2.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147776\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If you want, you can format the table to behave as normal text. Insert the table into a frame, and then anchor the frame as a character. The frame remains anchored to the adjacent text when you insert or delete text."
|
||
msgstr "Hvis du vil, kan du formatere teksten til å oppføre seg som vanlig tekst. Sett inn tabellen i en ramme, og forankre ramma som et tegn. Ramma forblir forankret til teksten ved siden av når du setter inn eller sletter tekst."
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_multitable.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_multitable.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Calculating Across Tables"
|
||
msgstr "Utregning på tvers av tabeller"
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_multitable.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_multitable.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3154248\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>calculating; across multiple text tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables;calculating across</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>utregning; på tvers av teksttabeller</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tabeller;utregninger på tvers av</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_multitable.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_multitable.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3154248\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"calculate_multitable\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp\" name=\"Calculating Across Tables\">Calculating Across Tables</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"calculate_multitable\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp\" name=\"Utregning på tvers av tabeller\">Utregning på tvers av tabeller</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_multitable.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_multitable.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147773\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can perform calculations that span across more than one table in a text document."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan foreta utregningar som strekker seg over mer enn en tabell i et tekstdokument."
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_multitable.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_multitable.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147795\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Open a text document, insert two tables, and type numbers in a few cells in both tables."
|
||
msgstr "Åpne et tekstdokument, sett inn to tabeller, og skriv inn tall i noen celler i hver tabell."
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_multitable.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_multitable.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147815\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Place your cursor in an empty cell in one of the tables."
|
||
msgstr "Plasser skrivemerket i en tom celle i en av tabellene."
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_multitable.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_multitable.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147833\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Press F2."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk F2"
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_multitable.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_multitable.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147228\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formula Bar</item>, enter the function that you want to perform, for example, <item type=\"literal\">=SUM</item>."
|
||
msgstr "På verktøylinja <item type=\"menuitem\">Formel</item>, skriv inn funksjonen du vil utføre, f.eks., <item type=\"literal\">=SUM</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_multitable.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_multitable.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147254\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click in a cell containing a number, press the plus sign (+), and then click in a different cell containing a number."
|
||
msgstr "Klikk i en celle som inneholder et nummer, trykk på plusstegnet (+), og klikk i en annen celle som inneholder et nummer."
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_multitable.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_multitable.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147274\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Press <emph>Enter</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>Enter</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: captions.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"captions.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Using Captions"
|
||
msgstr "Bruke forklaringer"
|
||
|
||
#: captions.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"captions.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3147691\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>inserting; captions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>captions; inserting and editing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>editing;captions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>objects; captioning</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables; labeling</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>frames; labeling</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>charts; labeling</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text frames; labeling</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>draw objects; inserting captions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>legends, see also captions</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>sette inn; bildetekster</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>bildetekster; sette inn og redigere</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>redigere;bildetekster</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>objekter; bildetekster</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tabeller; etiketter</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>rammer; etiketter</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>diagram; etiketter</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tekstrammer; etiketter</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tegneobjekter; sette inn bildetekster</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>beskrivelse, se også bildetekster</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: captions.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"captions.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3150537\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"captions\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp\" name=\"Using Captions\">Using Captions</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"captions\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp\" name=\"Using Captions\">Bruke bildetekster</link> </variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: captions.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"captions.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153156\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In text documents, you can add continuously numbered captions to graphics, tables, frames, and drawing objects."
|
||
msgstr "I tekstdokumenter kan du legge forklaringer som nummeres etter hvert under bilder, tabeller, rammer og tegneobjekter."
|
||
|
||
#: captions.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"captions.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153172\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can edit the text and the number ranges for different types of captions."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan redigere teksten og nummeromerådene for ulike typer bildetekster."
|
||
|
||
#: captions.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"captions.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153186\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "When you add a caption to a picture or to an object, the object and the caption text are placed together in a new frame. When you add a caption to a table, the caption text is inserted as a paragraph next to the table. When you add a caption to a frame, the caption text is added to the text inside the frame, either before or after the existing text."
|
||
msgstr "Når du legger en bildetekst til et bilde eller objekt, blir objektet og teksten plassert sammen i en ny ramme. Når du legger en bildetekst til en tabell, blir denne teksten satt inn som et avsnitt ved siden av tabellen. Når du legger en bildetekst til en ramme, blir denne teksten lagt til teksten inni ramma, enten før eller etter den eksisterende teksten."
|
||
|
||
#: captions.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"captions.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10713\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To move both the object and the caption, drag the frame that contains these items. To update the caption numbering after you move the frame, press F9."
|
||
msgstr "For å flytte både objektet og bildeteksten, dra ramma som inneholder disse elementene. For å oppdatere bildetekstnummereringa etter å ha flyttet ramma, trykk F9."
|
||
|
||
#: captions.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"captions.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155541\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To define a caption proceed as follows:"
|
||
msgstr "Gjør følgende for å lage en bildetekst:"
|
||
|
||
#: captions.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"captions.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155567\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the item that you want to add a caption to."
|
||
msgstr "Velg elementet som du vil legge en bildetekst til."
|
||
|
||
#: captions.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"captions.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155586\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Caption</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Sett inn → Bildetekst</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: captions.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"captions.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147765\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the options that you want, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>. If you want, you can also enter different text in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Category</item> box, for example <item type=\"literal\">Figure</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg de innstillingene du vil ha, og trykk <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>. Hvis du vil, kan du også skrive inn egen tekst i <item type=\"menuitem\">Kategoriboksen</item>, for eksempel <item type=\"literal\">Figur</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: captions.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"captions.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147254\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can edit caption text directly in the document."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan redigere bildeteksten direkte i dokumentet."
|
||
|
||
#: captions.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"captions.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147271\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "A caption is formatted with the paragraph style that matches the name of the caption category. For example, if you insert a \"Table\" caption, the \"Table\" paragraph style is applied to the caption text."
|
||
msgstr "En bildetekst blir formatert med den avsnittsstilen som hører til den typen som er valgt i «Kategoriboksen». For eksempel blir avsnittsstilen «Tabell» brukt på bildeteksten hvis du setter inn en bildestekst av typen «Tabell»."
|
||
|
||
#: captions.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"captions.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145671\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "$[officename] can automatically add a caption when you insert an object, graphic, frame, or table. Choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - AutoCaption</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "$[officename] kan automatisk legge til en bildetekst når du setter inn et objekt, grafikk, ramme, eller tabell. Velg <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Innstillinger</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Verktøy - Alternativer</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - AutoBildetekst</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: captions_numbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Adding Chapter Numbers to Captions"
|
||
msgstr "Legge til kapittelnumre i forklaringer"
|
||
|
||
#: captions_numbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3147684\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>captions; adding chapter numbers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>objects; captioning automatically</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>numbering; captions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>automatic numbering;of objects</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>chapter numbers in captions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting;chapter numbers in captions</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>bildetekster; legge til kapittelnumre</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>objekt; automatiske bildetekster</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>nummerering; bildetekster</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>automatisk nummerering;av objekt</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>kapittelnummer i bildetekster</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sette inn;kapittelnummer i bildetekster</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: captions_numbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3147684\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"captions_numbers\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp\" name=\"Adding Chapter Numbers to Captions\">Adding Chapter Numbers to Captions</link> </variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"captions_numbers\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp\" name=\"Legge til kapittelnumre i bildetekster\">Legge til kapittelnumre i bildetekster</link> </variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: captions_numbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147395\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can include chapter numbers in captions."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan legge til kapittelnumre i bildetekster."
|
||
|
||
#: captions_numbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147408\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Ensure that the text in your document is organized by chapters, and that the chapter titles and, if you want, the section titles, use one of the predefined heading paragraph styles. You must also assign a numbering option to the heading paragraph styles."
|
||
msgstr "Du må også ta med kapittelnumre i bildetekster.Pass på å dokumentet er delt opp i kapitler og å titlene på kapitlene (ev. også titlene på inndelingene) bruker forhåndslagde overskriftsstiler. Du må også nummerere avsnittsoverskriftene."
|
||
|
||
#: captions_numbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154249\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the item that you want to add a caption to."
|
||
msgstr "Velg elementet som du vil legge en bildetekst til."
|
||
|
||
#: captions_numbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150503\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Caption</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Sett inn → Bildetekst</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: captions_numbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150527\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select a caption title from the <item type=\"menuitem\">Category</item> box, and select a numbering style in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering</item> box. <br/>You also can enter a caption text in this dialog. If you want, enter text in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Caption</item> box."
|
||
msgstr "Velg en bildeteksttittel i <item type=\"menuitem\">Kategoriboksen</item>, og velg en nummereringsstil i boksen <item type=\"menuitem\">Nummerering</item>. <br/>Du kan også skrive inn en bildetekst her. Bruk da skrivefeltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Bildetekst</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: captions_numbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153166\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>Options</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>Valg</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: captions_numbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153190\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Level</item> box, select the number of heading levels to include in the chapter number."
|
||
msgstr "Velg antall overskriftsnivåer du vil ha i kapittelnummeret i boksen <item type=\"menuitem\">Nivå</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: captions_numbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155553\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Type the character that you want to separate the chapter number(s) from the caption number in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Separator</item> box, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Skriv inn tegnet du vil må skille kapittelnummer(ene) fra bildetekstnummeret i boksen <item type=\"menuitem\">Deletegn</item>, og trykk deretter <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: captions_numbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155586\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <emph>Caption</emph> dialog, click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klikk på <emph>OK</emph> i dialogvinduet <emph>Bildetekst</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: captions_numbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147226\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "$[officename] can automatically add a caption when you insert an object, graphic, or table. Choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - AutoCaption</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "$[officename] kan sette inn en bildetekst automatisk når du seter inn et objekt, bilde eller en tabell. Velg <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME → Innstillinger</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Verktøy → Innstillinger</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> → %PRODUCTNAME Writer → Automatisk bildetekst</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: captions_numbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145567\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01041100.xhp\" name=\"Caption dialog\">AutoCaption dialog</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01041100.xhp\" name=\"Caption dialog\">Dialogvinduet for automatisk forklaring</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: captions_numbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145574\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp\" name=\"Chapter numbering\">Chapter numbering</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp\" name=\"Chapter numbering\">Kapittelnummerering</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: change_header.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"change_header.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Creating a Page Style Based on the Current Page"
|
||
msgstr "Lage en sidestil basert på den gjeldende siden"
|
||
|
||
#: change_header.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"change_header.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3146875\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>headers; inserting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>footers; inserting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>page styles; changing from selection</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>new page styles from selection</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>topptekster; sette inn</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bunntekster; sette inn</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sidestiler; endre fra utvalg</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>nye sidestiler fra utvalg</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: change_header.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"change_header.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3146875\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"change_header\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp\" name=\"Creating a Page Style Based on the Current Page\">Creating a Page Style Based on the Current Page</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"change_header\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp\" name=\"Creating a Page Style Based on the Current Page\">Lage en sidestil basert på den gjeldende siden</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: change_header.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"change_header.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153584\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can design a page layout and then create a page style based on it."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan lage et sideoppsett og deretter en sidestil basert på det."
|
||
|
||
#: change_header.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"change_header.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154245\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "For example, you can create a page style that displays a particular header, and another page style that displays a different header."
|
||
msgstr "For eksempel kan du lage en sidestil som viser en topptekst og en annen sidestil som viser en annen topptekst."
|
||
|
||
#: change_header.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"change_header.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150503\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Open a new text document, choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>, and then click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon."
|
||
msgstr "Åpne et nytt tekstdokument, velg <emph>Format → Stilbehandler</emph>, trykk deretter på ikonet <emph>Sidestiler</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: change_header.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"change_header.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150532\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the <emph>New Style from Selection</emph> icon and select <emph>New Styles from Selection</emph> from the submenu."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på ikonet <emph>Ny stil fra utvalg</emph>, og velg <emph>Ny stil fra utvalg</emph> fra undermenyen."
|
||
|
||
#: change_header.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"change_header.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153153\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Type a name for the page in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style name</item> box, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Skriv inn et navn på siden i boksen <item type=\"menuitem\">Stilnavn</item>, og trykk deretter på <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: change_header.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"change_header.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153184\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Double-click the name in the list to apply the style to the current page."
|
||
msgstr "Dobbeltklikk på navnet i lista for å bruke stilen på den gjeldende sida."
|
||
|
||
#: change_header.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"change_header.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155541\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Header and Footer - Header</emph>, and choose the new page style from the list."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Sett inn → Topptekst</emph>, og velg en ny sidestil fra lista."
|
||
|
||
#: change_header.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"change_header.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155572\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Type the text that you want in the header. Position the cursor into the main text area outside of the header."
|
||
msgstr "Skriv teksten som skal være i toppteksten. Plasser skrivemerket i hovedområdet for teksten utenfor toppteksten."
|
||
|
||
#: change_header.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"change_header.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155592\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Manual Break</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Sett inn → Manuelt skift</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: change_header.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"change_header.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147771\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> area, select <item type=\"menuitem\">Page break</item> and then select “Default” from the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style</item> box."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> i området <item type=\"menuitem\">Sideskift</item>, og velg deretter Standard i <item type=\"menuitem\">Stilboksen</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: change_header.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"change_header.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147810\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Repeat steps 2-6 to create a second custom page style with a different header."
|
||
msgstr "Gjenta punkta 2–6 for å lage en ny tilpasset Sidestil med en annen topptekst."
|
||
|
||
#: chapter_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Chapter Numbering"
|
||
msgstr "Kapittelnummerering"
|
||
|
||
#: chapter_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3147682\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>outlines;numbering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>chapters;numbering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>deleting;heading numbers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>chapter numbering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>headings; numbering/paragraph styles</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>numbering;headings</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>disposisjon;nummerering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>slette;overskriftsnumre</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>kapittelnummerering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>overskrifter; nummerering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>nummerering;overskrifter</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>overskrifter; egne avsnittsstiler</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: chapter_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3147682\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"chapter_numbering\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp\" name=\"Chapter Numbering\">Chapter Numbering</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"chapter_numbering\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp\" name=\"Chapter Numbering\">Kapittelnummerering</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: chapter_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155605\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can modify the heading hierarchy or assign a level in the hierarchy to a custom paragraph style. You can also add chapter and section numbering to heading paragraph styles. By default, the \"Heading 1\" paragraph style is at the top of the chapter hierarchy."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan endre disposisjonen på overskriftene eller gi et nivå i disposisjonen en tilpassset avsnittsstil. Du kan også legge nummerering av kapitler og bolker til stiler for avsnittsoverskrifter. Som standard står avsnittsstilen «Overskrift 1» på øverste stilnivå."
|
||
|
||
#: chapter_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155626\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Add Automatic Numbering to a Heading Style"
|
||
msgstr "For å legge til automatisk nummerering til en overskriftsstil"
|
||
|
||
#: chapter_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154255\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Chapter Numbering</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering</item> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <item type=\"menuitem\">Verktøy → Kapittelnummerering</item> og trykk på fanen <item type=\"menuitem\">Nummerering</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: chapter_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155891\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Paragraph Style</item> box, select the heading style that you want to add chapter numbers to."
|
||
msgstr "Velg hvilket overskriftsstil du vil gi kapittelnumre i boksen <item type=\"menuitem\">Avsnittsstil</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: chapter_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150513\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbers</item> box, select the numbering style that you want to use, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
|
||
msgstr "I boksen <item type=\"menuitem\">Tall</item> velger du hvilken nummereringsstil du vil bruke. Deretter trykker du på <item type=\"menuitem\"> OK</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: chapter_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN107CE\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Remove Automatic Chapter Numbering From a Heading Paragraph"
|
||
msgstr "For å fjerne automatisk kapittelnummerering fra en avsnittsstil"
|
||
|
||
#: chapter_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN107D5\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click at the beginning of the text in the heading paragraph, after the number."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på begynnelsen av teksten i avsnittsoverskriften, etter tallet."
|
||
|
||
#: chapter_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN107D9\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Press the Backspace key to delete the number."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på tilbaketasten for å slette tallet."
|
||
|
||
#: chapter_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155552\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Use a Custom Paragraph Style as a Heading"
|
||
msgstr "For å bruke en tilpassset avsnittsstil som en topptekst:"
|
||
|
||
#: chapter_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155571\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Chapter Numbering</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering</item> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <item type=\"menuitem\">Verktøy → Kapittelnummerering</item> og trykk på fanen <item type=\"menuitem\">Nummerering</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: chapter_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147758\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the custom style in the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> box."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på den tilpassa stilen i lista <emph>Avsnittsstiler</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: chapter_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147782\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the heading level that you want to assign to the custom paragraph style in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Level</item> list."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på overskriftnivået du vil knytte tilpassa avsnittstiler til i <item type=\"menuitem\">Nivålista</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: chapter_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147808\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: conditional_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Conditional Text"
|
||
msgstr "Vilkårstekst"
|
||
|
||
#: conditional_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3155619\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>matching conditional text in fields</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>if-then queries as fields</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>conditional text; setting up</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text; conditional text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>defining;conditions</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>bruke vilkårstekst i felter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hvis oppfylt-spørringer som felter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>vilkårstekst; sette opp</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tekst; vilkårstekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>definere;vilkår</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: conditional_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155619\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"conditional_text\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp\" name=\"Conditional Text\">Conditional Text</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"conditional_text\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp\" name=\"Conditional Text\">Vilkårstekst</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: conditional_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155879\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can set up fields in your document that display text when a condition that you define is met. For example, you can define the conditional text that is displayed in a series of reminder letters."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan stille inn felt i dokumentet ditt som viser tekst når et angitt vilkår er møtt. For eksempel kan du lage en vilkårstekst som vises i en serie purrebrev."
|
||
|
||
#: conditional_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155895\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Setting up conditional text in this example is a two-part process. First you create a variable, and then you create the condition."
|
||
msgstr "Å sette opp en vilkårstekst er i dette eksempelet en prosess i to deler. Først lager du en variabel, og deretter lager du vilkåret."
|
||
|
||
#: conditional_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3153175\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Define a Conditional Variable"
|
||
msgstr "For å lage en vilkårsvariabel"
|
||
|
||
#: conditional_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153185\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The first part of the example is to define a variable for the condition statement."
|
||
msgstr "Den første delen av dette eksempelet er å lage en variabel for vilkårsteksten."
|
||
|
||
#: conditional_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155566\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Field - More Fields</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Variables</item> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <item type=\"menuitem\">Sett inn → Felt → Andre</item>, og klikk på fanen <item type=\"menuitem\">Variabler</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: conditional_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147759\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click \"Set variable\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> list."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på Velg variabel i lista <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: conditional_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147784\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Type a name for the variable in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Name</item> box, for example <item type=\"literal\">Reminder</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Gi variabelen et navn i boksen <item type=\"menuitem\">Navn</item>, for eksempel<item type=\"literal\"> «Purring».</item>"
|
||
|
||
#: conditional_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147810\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click \"Text\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Format</item> list."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på «Tekst» i listen <item type=\"menuitem\">Format</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: conditional_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id7748344\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Enter <item type=\"literal\">1</item> in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Value</item> box, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item>.<br/>The Format list now displays a \"General\" format."
|
||
msgstr "Skriv inn <item type=\"literal\">1</item> i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Verdi</item> og trykk på <item type=\"menuitem\">Sett inn</item>.<br/> Formatlista viser nå et «Standard»-format ."
|
||
|
||
#: conditional_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3145645\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Define a Condition and the Conditional Text"
|
||
msgstr "For å lage vilkåret og vilkårsteksten"
|
||
|
||
#: conditional_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145659\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The second part of the example is to define the condition that must be met, and to insert a placeholder for displaying the conditional text in your document."
|
||
msgstr "Den andre delen av dette eksempelet er å angi vilkåret som må møtes, og å sette inn en plassholder for å vise vilkårsteksten i dokumentet."
|
||
|
||
#: conditional_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3151193\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Place the cursor where you want to insert the conditional text in your text."
|
||
msgstr "Plasser skrivemerket der du vil sette inn vilkårsteksten."
|
||
|
||
#: conditional_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3151212\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Field - More Fields</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Functions</item> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <item type=\"menuitem\">Sett inn → Felt → Andre</item>, og trykk på fanen <item type=\"menuitem\">Funksjoner</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: conditional_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3151250\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click \"Conditional text\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> list."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på «Vilkårstekst» i lista <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: conditional_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155936\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Type <item type=\"literal\">Reminder EQ \"3\"</item> in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Condition</item> box. In other words, the conditional text will be displayed when the variable in the field that you defined in the first part of this example is equal to three."
|
||
msgstr "Skriv <item type=\"literal\">Purring EQ «3»</item> i boksen <item type=\"menuitem\">Vilkår</item>. Dette vil si at vilkårsteksten blir vist når variabelen i feltet du laget i den første delen av dette eksempelet er lik tre."
|
||
|
||
#: conditional_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155969\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The quotation marks enclosing the \"3\" indicate that the variable that you defined in the first part of this example is a text string."
|
||
msgstr "Hermetegnene som omslutter «3» indikerer at variabelen som ble angitt i den første delen av dette eksempelet er en tekststreng."
|
||
|
||
#: conditional_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150446\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Type the text that you want to display when the condition is met in the <emph>Then</emph> box. There is almost no limit to the length of the text that you can enter. You can paste a paragraph into this box."
|
||
msgstr "Skriv inn teksten som skal vises når vilkåret møtes i skrivefeltet <emph>Og så</emph>. Det er nesten ingen grense for hvor lang teksten du skriver inn kan være."
|
||
|
||
#: conditional_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150473\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>, and then click <emph>Close</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>Sett inn</emph> og <emph>Lukk</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: conditional_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155073\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Display the Conditional Text"
|
||
msgstr "For å vise vilkårsteksten"
|
||
|
||
#: conditional_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155086\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In this example, the conditional text is displayed when the value of the conditional variable is equal to 3."
|
||
msgstr "I dette eksempelet blir vilkårsteksten vist når verdien på vilkårsvariabelen er lik 3."
|
||
|
||
#: conditional_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155110\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Place your cursor in front of the field that you defined in the first part of this example, and then choose <emph>Edit - Fields</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Plasser skrivemerket foran feltet du lagde i den første delen av dette eksempelet, og trykk <emph>Rediger → Felter</emph>"
|
||
|
||
#: conditional_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155136\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Replace the number in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Value</item> box with 3, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">Close</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Erstatt tallet i boksen <item type=\"menuitem\">Verdi</item> med «3», og trykk på <item type=\"menuitem\">Lukk</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: conditional_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155168\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If the field does not automatically update, press F9."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på F9 hvis feltet ikke automatisk blir oppdatert."
|
||
|
||
#: conditional_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145714\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\" name=\"List of conditional operators\">List of conditional operators</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\" name=\"List of conditional operators\">Liste over vilkårsoperatorer</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: conditional_text2.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"conditional_text2.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Conditional Text for Page Counts"
|
||
msgstr "Vilkårstekst for sidetelling"
|
||
|
||
#: conditional_text2.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"conditional_text2.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3153108\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>page counts</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>conditional text;page counts</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>sideteller</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>vilkårstekst;sidetall</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: conditional_text2.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"conditional_text2.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3153108\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"conditional_text2\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/conditional_text2.xhp\" name=\"Conditional Text for Page Counts\">Conditional Text for Page Counts</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"conditional_text2\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/conditional_text2.xhp\" name=\"Conditional Text for Page Counts\">Vilkårstekst for sidetelling</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: conditional_text2.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"conditional_text2.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156228\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can create a conditional text field that displays the word \"pages\" instead of \"page\" in conjunction with a page count field if your document contains more than one page."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan lage en vilkårstekst som viser ordet «sider» i stedet for «side», i tillegg til et felt som viser antall sider, hvis dokumentet inneholder mer enn en side."
|
||
|
||
#: conditional_text2.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"conditional_text2.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156257\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Place the cursor in your document where you want to insert the page count."
|
||
msgstr "Plasser skrivemerket der antallet sider skal settes inn."
|
||
|
||
#: conditional_text2.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"conditional_text2.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150513\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Field - Page Count</item>, and then enter a space."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <item type=\"menuitem\">Sett inn → Felt → Antall sider</item>, og skriv inn et mellomrom."
|
||
|
||
#: conditional_text2.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"conditional_text2.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150537\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Field - More Fields</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Functions</item> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <item type=\"menuitem\">Sett inn → Felt → Andre</item>, og trykk på fanen <item type=\"menuitem\">Funksjoner</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: conditional_text2.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"conditional_text2.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153166\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click \"Conditional text\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> list."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på «Vilkårstekst» i lista <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: conditional_text2.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"conditional_text2.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145256\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Type <item type=\"literal\">Page > 1</item> in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Condition</item> box."
|
||
msgstr "Skriv <item type=\"literal\">Page > 1</item> i boksen <item type=\"menuitem\">Vilkår</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: conditional_text2.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"conditional_text2.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145280\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Type <item type=\"literal\">Pages</item> in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Then</item> box."
|
||
msgstr "Skriv <item type=\"literal\">Sider</item> i boksen <item type=\"menuitem\">Og så</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: conditional_text2.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"conditional_text2.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145305\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Type <item type=\"literal\">Page</item> in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Else</item> box."
|
||
msgstr "Skriv <item type=\"literal\">Side</item> i skrivefeltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Ellers</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: conditional_text2.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"conditional_text2.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155535\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>, and then click <emph>Close</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>Sett inn</emph> og <emph>Lukk</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: delete_from_dict.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"delete_from_dict.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Removing Words From a User-Defined Dictionary"
|
||
msgstr "Fjerne ord fra egne ordlister"
|
||
|
||
#: delete_from_dict.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"delete_from_dict.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3147688\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>user-defined dictionaries; removing words from</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>custom dictionaries; removing words from</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>deleting;words in user-defined dictionaries</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>egne ordlister; fjerne ord fra</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tilpasssa ordlister; fjerne ord fra</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>slette;ord i egne ordlister</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: delete_from_dict.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"delete_from_dict.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3147688\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"delete_from_dict\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/delete_from_dict.xhp\" name=\"Removing Words From a User-Defined Dictionary\">Removing Words From a User-Defined Dictionary</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"delete_from_dict\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/delete_from_dict.xhp\" name=\"Removing Words From a User-Defined Dictionary\">Fjerne ord fra egne ordlister</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: delete_from_dict.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"delete_from_dict.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153417\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Language Settings - Writing Aids</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Innstillinger</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Verktøy - Alternativer</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Språkinnstillinger - Skrivestøtte</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: delete_from_dict.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"delete_from_dict.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3151391\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the user-defined dictionary that you want to edit in the <item type=\"menuitem\">User-defined</item> list, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg ordlista du vil redigere i listen <item type=\"menuitem\">Egne ordlister</item>, og trykk deretter på <item type=\"menuitem\">Rediger</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: delete_from_dict.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"delete_from_dict.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154233\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the word that you want to delete in the <emph>Word</emph> list, and then click <emph>Delete</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg ordet du vil slette i listen <emph>Ord</emph>, og trykk på <emph>Slett</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: dragdroptext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"dragdroptext.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Moving and Copying Text in Documents"
|
||
msgstr "Flytte og kopiere tekst i dokumenter"
|
||
|
||
#: dragdroptext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"dragdroptext.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3155919\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>sections;moving and copying</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>moving; text sections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>copying; text sections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pasting;cut/copied text sections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>mouse;moving and copying text</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>seksjoner;flytte og kopier</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>moving; flytte; tekstseksjoner</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>kopiere; tekstseksjoner</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lim inn;utklipte/kopiertetekstseksjoner</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>mus;flytte og kopiere tekst</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: dragdroptext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"dragdroptext.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155919\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"dragdroptext\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/dragdroptext.xhp\" name=\"Moving and Copying Text in Documents\">Moving and Copying Text in Documents</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"dragdroptext\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/dragdroptext.xhp\" name=\"Moving and Copying Text in Documents\">Flytte og kopiere tekst i dokumenter</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: dragdroptext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"dragdroptext.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3152994\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the text that you want to move or copy."
|
||
msgstr "Velg teksten som skal flyttes eller kopieres."
|
||
|
||
#: dragdroptext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"dragdroptext.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155606\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Do one of the following:"
|
||
msgstr "Gjør dette:"
|
||
|
||
#: dragdroptext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"dragdroptext.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154236\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To move the selected text, drag the text to a different location in the document and release. While you drag, the mouse pointer changes to include a gray box.<br/><image id=\"img_id3153148\" src=\"media/helpimg/movedata.png\" width=\"0.3335in\" height=\"0.3335in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3153148\">Mouse cursor moving data</alt></image>"
|
||
msgstr "For å flytte teksten, dra den til et annen sted i dokumentet og slipp den. Mens du drar, får musepekeren en grå boks under seg.<br/><image id=\"img_id3153148\" src=\"media/helpimg/movedata.png\" width=\"0.3335in\" height=\"0.3335in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3153148\">Flytte data ved hjelp av pekeren</alt></image>"
|
||
|
||
#: dragdroptext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"dragdroptext.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154257\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To copy the selected text, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> while you drag. The mouse pointer changes to include a plus sign (+).<br/><image id=\"img_id3152868\" src=\"media/helpimg/copydata.png\" width=\"0.3335in\" height=\"0.3335in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3152868\">Mouse cursor copying data</alt></image>"
|
||
msgstr "For å kopiere den valgte teksten, hold nede <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Kommando </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> mens du drar. Pekeren endres til å inkludere et plusstegn (+).<br/><image id=\"img_id3152868\" src=\"media/helpimg/copydata.png\" width=\"0.3335in\" height=\"0.3335in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3152868\">Kopiere data ved hjelp av pekeren</alt></image>"
|
||
|
||
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Alternating Page Styles on Odd and Even Pages"
|
||
msgstr "Ulike sidestiler på par- og oddetallssider"
|
||
|
||
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3153407\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>page styles; left and right pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>blank pages with alternating page styles</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>empty page with alternating page styles</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pages; left and right pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formatting; even/odd pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>title pages; page styles</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>First Page page style</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>Left Page page style</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>right pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>even/odd pages;formatting</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>sidestiler; venstre- og høyresider</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tomme sider med ulike sidestiler</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tomme sider med ulike sidestiler</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sider; venstre- og høyresider</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formatering; par- og oddetallssider</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tittelsider; sidestiler</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>førstesiden sin sidestil</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>venstresiden sin sidestil</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>høyresiden sin sidestil</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>par- og oddetallssider;formatering</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3153407\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"even_odd_sdw\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp\" name=\"Alternating Page Styles on Odd and Even Pages\">Alternating Page Styles on Odd and Even Pages</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"even_odd_sdw\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp\" name=\"Alternating Page Styles on Odd and Even Pages\">Ulike sidestiler på par- og oddetallssider</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154265\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3155876\" src=\"cmd/sc_designerdialog.png\" width=\"0.473cm\" height=\"0.473cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3155876\">Icon</alt></image>"
|
||
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3155876\" src=\"cmd/sc_designerdialog.png\" width=\"0.473cm\" height=\"0.473cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3155876\">Ikon</alt></image>"
|
||
|
||
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147126\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "$[officename] can automatically apply alternating page styles on even (left) and odd pages (right) in your document. For example, you can use page styles to display different headers and footers on even and odd pages. The current page style is displayed in the <emph>Status Bar</emph> at the bottom of the workplace."
|
||
msgstr "$[officename] kan automatisk legge til ulike sidestiler på partallssider (venstresider) og oddetallssider (høyresider) i dokumentet. For eksempel kan du bruke sidestiler som viser ulike topp- og bunntekster på par- og oddetallssider. Den gjeldende sidestilen kan du se på <emph>statuslinja</emph> nederst i arbeidsområdet."
|
||
|
||
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id8194219\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Set Up Alternating Page Styles"
|
||
msgstr "For å lage og legge til sidestiler"
|
||
|
||
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150526\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">View - Styles and Formatting</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Page Styles</item> icon."
|
||
msgstr "Åpne et nytt tekstdokument, velg <item type=\"menuitem\">Format → Stilbehandler</item>, og trykk på ikonet <item type=\"menuitem\">Sidestiler</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153153\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the list of page styles, right-click \"Left Page\" and choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Høyreklikk på Venstreside i lista over sidestiler, og velg <emph>Rediger</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153179\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the <emph>Organizer</emph> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på fanen <emph>Behandler</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145267\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select \"Right Page\" in the <emph>Next Style</emph> box, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg «Høyreside» i boksen <emph>Neste stil</emph>, og trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145299\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the list of page styles, right-click \"Right Page\" and choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Høyreklikk på «Høyreside» i lista over sidestiler, og velg <emph>Rediger</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155529\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select \"Left Page\" in the <emph>Next Style</emph> box, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg «Venstreside» i boksen <emph>Neste stil</emph>, og trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155561\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Go to the first page in your document, and double-click \"Right Page\" in the list of page styles in the Styles and Formatting window."
|
||
msgstr "Gå til den første siden i dokumentet, og dobbeltklikk på «Høyreside» i lista over sidestiler i Stilbehandleren."
|
||
|
||
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155588\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To add a header to one of the page styles, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Header and Footer - Header</item>, and choose the page style that you want to add the header to. In the header frame, type the text that you want to use as the header."
|
||
msgstr "For å legge til en overskrift til en av sidestilene, velg <item type=\"menuitem\">Sett inn → Topptekst</item>, og velg sidestilen du vil legge toppteksten til. I topptekstramma skriver du inn den ønskede teksten."
|
||
|
||
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147772\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To add a footer to one of the page styles, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Header and Footer - Footer</item>, and choose the page style that you want to add the footer to. In the footer frame, type the text that you want to use as a footer."
|
||
msgstr "For å legge til en overskrift til en av sidestilene, velg <item type=\"menuitem\">Sett inn → Bunntekst</item>, og velg sidestilen du vil legge toppteksten til. I bunntekstramma skriver du inn den ønskede teksten."
|
||
|
||
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147254\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If you do not want to have a header or a footer on the title page of your document, apply the \"First Page\" style to the title page."
|
||
msgstr "Hvis du ikke vil ha noen topp- eller bunntekst på tittelsiden på dokumentet, bruk stilen Første side på den."
|
||
|
||
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id888698\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Suppress the Printout of Empty Pages"
|
||
msgstr "Unngå utskrift av tomme sider"
|
||
|
||
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3394573\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If two even or two odd pages directly follow each other in your document, Writer will insert an empty page by default. You can suppress those automatically generated empty pages from printing and from exporting to PDF."
|
||
msgstr "Hvis to partallssider eller to oddetallssider kommer rett etter hverandre i et dokument, setter Writer automatisk inn en tom side som standard. Du kan unngå at disse tomme sidene blir skrevet ut eller eksporteres til PDF-filer."
|
||
|
||
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id7594225\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Print</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Innstillinger</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Verktøy - Alternativer</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Skriv ut</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id8147221\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Remove the check mark from <emph>Print automatically inserted blank pages</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Fjern avkryssinga <emph>Ta med innsatte tomme sider</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145596\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Break dialog\">Insert Break dialog</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Break dialog\">Sett inn skift</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: field_convert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"field_convert.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Converting a Field into Text"
|
||
msgstr "Gjøre et felt om til tekst"
|
||
|
||
#: field_convert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"field_convert.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3154079\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>fields; converting into text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>converting;fields, into text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>replacing;fields, by text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>changing;fields, into text</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>felt; gjøre om til tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>gjøre om;felt, til tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>erstatte;felt, med tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>endre;felt, til tekst</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: field_convert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"field_convert.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3154079\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"field_convert\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/field_convert.xhp\" name=\"Converting a Field into Text\">Converting a Field into Text</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"field_convert\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/field_convert.xhp\" name=\"Converting a Field into Text\">Gjøre et felt om til tekst</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: field_convert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"field_convert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149281\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can change a field to regular text, so that it is no longer updated. After you change a field to text, you cannot change the text back into a field."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan gjøre et felt om til vanlig tekst, slik å det ikke lenger blir oppdatert. Etter å du har endre et felt til tekst, kan du ikke endre teksten tilbake til et felt."
|
||
|
||
#: field_convert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"field_convert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155608\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the field and choose <emph>Edit - Cut</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg feltet og <emph>Rediger → Klipp ut</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: field_convert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"field_convert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154238\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Edit - Paste Special</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Rediger – Lim inn utvalg</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: field_convert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"field_convert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154262\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click \"Unformatted text\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Selection</item> list, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på «Uformatert tekst» i lista <item type=\"menuitem\">Utvalg</item> og trykk på <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: field_convert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"field_convert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3157551\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02070000.xhp\" name=\"Paste Special\">Paste Special</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02070000.xhp\" name=\"Paste Special\">Lim inn utvalg</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: fields.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "About Fields"
|
||
msgstr "Om felt"
|
||
|
||
#: fields.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3145576\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>fields;updating/viewing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>updating;fields</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>Help tips;fields</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>properties;fields</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>disabling;field highlighting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>changing;field shadings</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>viewing;fields</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>felt;oppdatere/vise</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>oppdatere;felt</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>Help tips;felt</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>egenskaper;felt</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>slå av;framheving av felt</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>endre;feltskygger</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>vise;felt</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: fields.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3145576\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"fields\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp\" name=\"About Fields\">About Fields</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"fields\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp\" name=\"About Fields\">Om felt</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: fields.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154246\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Fields are used for data that changes in a document, such as the current date or the total number of pages in a document."
|
||
msgstr "Felt blir brukt for data som endrer seg i et dokument, som for eksempel dato eller det totale antallet sider i et dokument."
|
||
|
||
#: fields.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3154262\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Viewing Fields"
|
||
msgstr "Vise felt"
|
||
|
||
#: fields.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150509\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Fields consist of a field name and the field content. To switch the field display between the field name or the field content, choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/03090000.xhp\" name=\"View - Field Names\"><emph>View - Field Names</emph></link>."
|
||
msgstr "Felt inneholder et navn og et innhold. For å skifte mellom visning av navnet og innholdet i feltet, velg <link href=\"text/swriter/01/03090000.xhp\" name=\"Vis → Feltnavn\"><emph>Vis → Feltnavn</emph></link>."
|
||
|
||
#: fields.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150536\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To display or hide field highlighting in a document, choose <emph>View - Field Shadings</emph>. To permanently disable this feature, choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - $[officename] - Application Colors</emph>, and clear the check box in front of <emph>Field shadings</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "For å vise eller skjule feltutheving i et dokument, velg <emph>Vis - Feltskygge</emph>. Ønsker du å slå av denne funksjonen, velg <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Innstillinger</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Verktøy - Alternativer</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - $[officename] - Programfarger </emph>, og fjern markeringen foran boksen x <emph>Feltskygger </emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: fields.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3152885\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To change the color of field shadings, choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01012000.xhp\" name=\"$[officename] - Application Colors\"><item type=\"menuitem\">$[officename] - Application Colors</item></link>, locate the <item type=\"menuitem\">Field shadings</item> option, and then select a different color in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Color setting</item> box."
|
||
msgstr "For å endre skyggeleggingsfargene, velg<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME -> Innstillinger</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Verktøy -> Alternativer</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> -> </emph><link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01012000.xhp\" name=\"$[officename] - Application Colors\"><item type=\"menuitem\">$[officename] -> Programfarger</item></link>, finn <item type=\"menuitem\">Feltskygger</item> og velg så den fargen du vil bruke i<item type=\"menuitem\">Fargealternative</item>"
|
||
|
||
#: fields.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3153166\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Field Properties"
|
||
msgstr "Feltegenskaper"
|
||
|
||
#: fields.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153180\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Most field types in a document, including database fields, store and display variable values."
|
||
msgstr "De fleste typene felt i et dokument, også databasefelt, lagrer og viser data."
|
||
|
||
#: fields.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155533\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The following field types execute an action when you click the field:"
|
||
msgstr "Disse typene felt utfører en handling når du trykker på dem:"
|
||
|
||
#: fields.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155582\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Field Type"
|
||
msgstr "Felttype"
|
||
|
||
#: fields.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147760\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Property"
|
||
msgstr "Egenskap"
|
||
|
||
#: fields.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147789\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Placeholder"
|
||
msgstr "Plassholder"
|
||
|
||
#: fields.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147812\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Opens a dialog to insert the object for which the placeholder was set."
|
||
msgstr "Åpner et dialogvindu for å sette inn objektet plassholderen var ment for."
|
||
|
||
#: fields.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147216\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Insert Reference"
|
||
msgstr "Sett inn referanse"
|
||
|
||
#: fields.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147239\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Moves the mouse pointer to the reference."
|
||
msgstr "Flytter musepekeren til referansen."
|
||
|
||
#: fields.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147267\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Run macro"
|
||
msgstr "Utfør makro"
|
||
|
||
#: fields.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147290\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Runs a macro."
|
||
msgstr "Kjører en makro."
|
||
|
||
#: fields.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145614\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Input Field"
|
||
msgstr "Innliste"
|
||
|
||
#: fields.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145637\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Opens a dialog to edit the contents of the field."
|
||
msgstr "Åpner et dialogvindu for å redigere innholdet i feltet."
|
||
|
||
#: fields.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3151244\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Placeholder, hidden text, insert reference, variable, database, and user-defined fields display a help tip when you rest the mouse pointer over the field in a document. To enable this feature, ensure that the Extended Tips option (<item type=\"menuitem\">What's This?</item>) is selected in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Help</item> menu."
|
||
msgstr "Plassholder, skjult tekst, sett inn referanse, variabel, database og selvvalgte felt viser et tips når du holder pekeren over dem i et dokument. For å slå på denne funksjonen, pass på å innstillinga <item type=\"menuitem\">Utvidet tips</item> er valgt i <item type=\"menuitem\">Hjelp</item>menyen."
|
||
|
||
#: fields.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155937\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Updating Fields"
|
||
msgstr "Oppdatere felt"
|
||
|
||
#: fields.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155963\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To update all of the fields in a document, press F9, or choose <emph>Edit - Select All</emph>, and then press F9."
|
||
msgstr "For å oppdatere alle feltene i et dokument, trykk på F9 eller velg først <emph>Rediger → Merk alt</emph> og deretter F9."
|
||
|
||
#: fields.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155984\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To update a field that was inserted from a database, select the field, and then press F9."
|
||
msgstr "For å oppdatere et felt som er satt inn fra en database, velg feltet, og trykk F9."
|
||
|
||
#: fields_date.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_date.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Inserting a Fixed or Variable Date Field"
|
||
msgstr "Sette inn et fast eller variabelt datofelt"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_date.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_date.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id5111545\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>inserting;date fields</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>dates;inserting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>date fields;fixed/variable</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>fixed dates</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>variable dates</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>sette inn;datafelt</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>datoer;sette inn</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>datofelt;faste/variable</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>faste datoer</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>variable datoer</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_date.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_date.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155165\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"fields_date\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields_date.xhp\" name=\"Inserting a Fixed or Variable Date Field\">Inserting a Fixed or Variable Date Field</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"fields_date\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields_date.xhp\" name=\"Inserting a Fixed or Variable Date Field\">Sette inn et fast eller variabelt datofelt</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_date.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_date.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154491\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can insert the current date as a field that updates each time you open the document, or as a field that does not update."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan sette inn gjeldende dato som et felt som blir oppdatert hver gang du åpner dokumentet, eller som et felt som ikke blir oppdatert."
|
||
|
||
#: fields_date.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_date.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147679\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph> and click the <emph>Document</emph> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Sett inn → Felt → Andre</emph>, og trykk på fanen <emph>Dokument</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: fields_date.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_date.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153415\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click “Date” in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> list and do one of the following:"
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på «Dato» <item type=\"menuitem\">Typelista</item> og gjør følgende:"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_date.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_date.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155602\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To insert the date as a field that updates each time you open the document, click ”Date” in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Select</item> list."
|
||
msgstr "For å sette inn datoen som et felt som oppdateres hver gang dokumentet åpnes, trykk på «Dato» i <item type=\"menuitem\">Valglista</item> ."
|
||
|
||
#: fields_date.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_date.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154241\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To insert the date as a field that does not update, click “Date (fixed)” in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Select</item> list."
|
||
msgstr "For å sette inn datoen som et felt som ikke oppdateres, trykk på «Dato (fast)» i <item type=\"menuitem\">Valglista</item> ."
|
||
|
||
#: fields_enter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_enter.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Adding Input Fields"
|
||
msgstr "Legge til innlister"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_enter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_enter.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3155916\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; input fields</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>fields; input fields in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>input fields in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting;input fields</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tekst; innlister</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>felt; inntastingsfelt i tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inntastingsfelt i tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sette inn;inntastingsfelt</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_enter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_enter.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155916\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"fields_enter\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields_enter.xhp\" name=\"Adding Input Fields\">Adding Input Fields</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"fields_enter\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields_enter.xhp\" name=\"Adding Input Fields\">Legge til inntastingsfelt</link> </variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_enter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_enter.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153409\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "An input field is a variable that you can click in a document to open a dialog where you can edit the variable."
|
||
msgstr "En skrivefelt er en variabel som kan trykkes på i et dokument for å åpne et dialogvindu der den kan redigeres."
|
||
|
||
#: fields_enter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_enter.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145776\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Field - More Fields</item> and click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Functions</item> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <item type=\"menuitem\">Sett inn → Felt → Andre</item>, og trykk på fanen <item type=\"menuitem\">Funksjoner</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: fields_enter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_enter.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155620\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click “Input field”in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> list."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på «inntastingsfelt» i <item type=\"menuitem\">Typelista</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: fields_enter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_enter.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154257\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> and type the text for the variable."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på <item type=\"menuitem\">Sett inn</item> og skriv inn teksten for variabelen."
|
||
|
||
#: fields_enter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_enter.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155888\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: fields_enter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_enter.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150708\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To quickly open all input fields in a document for editing, press Ctrl+Shift+F9."
|
||
msgstr "For raskt å åpne og redigere alle inntastingsfeltene i et dokument, trykk Ctrl+Shift+F9."
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Querying User Data in Fields or Conditions"
|
||
msgstr "Spørre etter brukerdata i felt eller vilkår"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3153398\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>fields; user data</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>user data; querying</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>conditions; user data fields</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>hiding;text, from specific users</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text; hiding from specific users, with conditions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>user variables in conditions/fields</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>felt; brukerdata</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>brukerdata; spørringer</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>vilkår; brukerdata-felt</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>skjule;tekst, fra visse brukere</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tekst; skjule fra visse brukere, med vilkår</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>brukervariabler i vilkår/felt</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3153398\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"fields_userdata\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp\" name=\"Querying User Data in Fields or Conditions\">Querying User Data in Fields or Conditions</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"fields_userdata\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp\" name=\"Querying User Data in Fields or Conditions\">Spørre etter brukerdata i felt eller vilkår</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154239\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can access and compare some user data from conditions or fields. For example, you can compare user data with the following operators:"
|
||
msgstr "Du kan åpne og sammenligne noen brukerdata fra vilkår og felt. For eksempel kan du sammenligne brukerdata med disse operatorene:"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155889\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Operator"
|
||
msgstr "Operator"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147110\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Meaning"
|
||
msgstr "Betydning"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150508\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "== or EQ"
|
||
msgstr "== eller EQ"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150531\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "equals"
|
||
msgstr "er lik"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150725\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "!= or NEQ"
|
||
msgstr "!= eller NEQ"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150748\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "is not equal to"
|
||
msgstr "er ikke lik"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153167\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If you want, you can use a condition to hide specific text in your document from a specific user."
|
||
msgstr "Vilkår kan brukes til å skjule tekst i dokumentet for en spesiell bruker."
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153190\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the text in the document that you want to hide."
|
||
msgstr "Velg teksten i dokumentet som skal skjules."
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145273\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Sett inn → Seksjon</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145297\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Hide</item> area, select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Hide</item> check box."
|
||
msgstr "I området <item type=\"menuitem\">Skjul</item>, velg avkryssingsboksen <item type=\"menuitem\">Skjul</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155533\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <emph>With Condition</emph> box, type <emph>user_lastname == \"Doe\"</emph>, where \"Doe\" is the last name of the user that you want to hide the text from."
|
||
msgstr "I boksen <emph>Med vilkår</emph>, skriver du <emph>user_lastname == «Hansen»</emph>, der «Hansen» er etternavnet på brukeren du vil skjule teksten for."
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155573\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph> and then save the document."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>Sett inn</emph>, og lagre dokumentet."
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147760\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The name of the hidden section can still be seen in the Navigator."
|
||
msgstr "Man kan fortsatt se navnet på den skjulte seksjonen i Dokumentstrukturen."
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147777\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The following table is a list of the user variables that you can access when defining a condition or a field:"
|
||
msgstr "Dette er en liste over brukervariablene du kan bruke når du lager et vilkår eller et felt:"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147819\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "User variables"
|
||
msgstr "Brukervariabler"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147218\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Meaning"
|
||
msgstr "Betydning"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147245\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "user_firstname"
|
||
msgstr "user_firstname"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147268\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "First name"
|
||
msgstr "Fornavn"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145592\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "user_lastname"
|
||
msgstr "user_lastname"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145615\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Last name"
|
||
msgstr "Etternavn"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145642\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "user_initials"
|
||
msgstr "user_initials"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145666\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Initials"
|
||
msgstr "Forbokstaver"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3151200\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "user_company"
|
||
msgstr "user_company"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3151223\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Company"
|
||
msgstr "Firma"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3151250\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "user_street"
|
||
msgstr "user_street"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3152912\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Street"
|
||
msgstr "Gatenavn"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3152940\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "user_country"
|
||
msgstr "user_country"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3152963\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Country"
|
||
msgstr "Land"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3152990\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "user_zipcode"
|
||
msgstr "user_zipcode"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145679\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Zip Code"
|
||
msgstr "Postnummer"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145706\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "user_city"
|
||
msgstr "user_city"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145729\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "City"
|
||
msgstr "Poststed"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145756\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "user_title"
|
||
msgstr "user_title"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145779\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Title"
|
||
msgstr "Tittel"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156284\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "user_position"
|
||
msgstr "user_posisjon"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156307\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Position"
|
||
msgstr "Stilling"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156334\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "user_tel_work"
|
||
msgstr "user_tel_work"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156357\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Business telephone number"
|
||
msgstr "Jobbtelefon"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156384\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "user_tel_home"
|
||
msgstr "user_tel_home"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149728\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Home telephone number"
|
||
msgstr "Hjemmetelefon"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149756\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "user_fax"
|
||
msgstr "user_fax"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149778\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Fax number"
|
||
msgstr "Faksnummer"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149806\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "user_email"
|
||
msgstr "user_email"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147294\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "E-mail address"
|
||
msgstr "E-postadresse"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147321\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "user_state"
|
||
msgstr "user_state"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147344\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "State"
|
||
msgstr "Delstat/område"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147392\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\" name=\"List of operators\">List of operators</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\" name=\"List of operators\">Liste over operatorer</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Finding and Replacing in Writer"
|
||
msgstr "Søke og erstatte i Writer"
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id1163670\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>finding; text/text formats/styles/objects</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>replacing; text and text formats</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>styles;finding</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>searching, see also finding</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text formats; finding</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formats; finding and replacing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>searching; formats</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>objects;finding by Navigator</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>Asian languages;search options</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>søke etter; tekst/tekstformatering/stiler/objekter</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>erstatte; tekst og tekstformatering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>stiler;finne</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>finne, se søke etter</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tekstformatering; finne</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formatering; søke etter og erstatt</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>søke etter; formatering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>objekt;finne med dokumentstruktur</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>asiatiske språk;søkeinnstillinger</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id8568681\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"finding\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp\">Finding and Replacing in Writer</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"finding\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp\">Søke og erstatte i Writer</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id611285\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In text documents you can find words, formatting, styles, and more. You can navigate from one result to the next, or you can highlight all results at once, then apply another format or replace the words by other text."
|
||
msgstr "I tekstdokumenter kan du søke etter ord, formatering, stiler og mer. Du kan gå fra et resultat til det neste, eller så kan du framheve alle resultatene på en gang, og deretter endre formateringa, eller erstatte ordene med annen tekst."
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id6226081\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The Find & Replace dialog"
|
||
msgstr "Dialogvinduet «Søk og erstatt»"
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id6702780\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To find text within the whole document, open the Find & Replace dialog without any active text selection. If you want to search only a part of your document, first select that part of text, then open the Find & Replace dialog."
|
||
msgstr "For å søke etter tekst i hele dokumentet, åpne dialogvinduet «Søk og erstatt» (Rediger → Søk og erstatt) uten at tekst er valgt i dokumentet. Hvis du bare vil søke i en del av dokumentet, velg først denne delen av teksten, og åpne deretter dialogvinduet «Søk og erstatt»."
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3158970\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Find Text"
|
||
msgstr "For å finne tekst"
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id6957304\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Edit - Find & Replace</emph> to open the Find & Replace dialog."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Rediger → Søk og erstatt</emph> for å åpne dialogvinduet «Søk og erstatt»."
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id2164677\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Enter the text to find in the <emph>Find</emph> text box."
|
||
msgstr "Skriv inn søketeksten i tekstfeltet <emph>Søk etter</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id5684072\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Either click <emph>Find Next</emph> or <emph>Find All</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klikk <emph>Søk</emph> eller <emph>Søk etter alle</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id4377269\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "When you click <emph>Find Next</emph>, Writer will show you the next text that is equal to your entry. You can watch and edit the text, then click <emph>Find Next</emph> again to advance to the next found text."
|
||
msgstr "Når du trykker på <emph>Søk</emph> viser Writer den neste teksten i dokumentet som er lik søketeksten. Du kan kontrollere og redigere teksten og deretter trykke en gang til på <emph>Søk</emph> for å gå til neste tekst."
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1371807\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If you closed the dialog, you can press a key combination (Ctrl+Shift+F) to find the next text without opening the dialog."
|
||
msgstr "Hvis du lukka dialogvinduet, kan du trykke Ctrl + Shift +F for å finne den neste teksten uten å åpne dialogvinduet."
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id924100\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Alternatively, you can use the icons at the lower right of the document to navigate to the next text or to any other object in the document."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan også bruke ikonene i det nedre høyre hjørnet av dokumentet for å gå til den neste teksten eller til andre objekter i dokumentet."
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id9359416\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "When you click <item type=\"menuitem\">Find All</item>, Writer selects all text that is equal to your entry. Now you can for example set all found text to bold, or apply a character style to all at once."
|
||
msgstr "Når du trykker på <item type=\"menuitem\">Finn alle</item> velger Writer all tekst som er lik søketeksten. Nå kan du for eksempel gjøre all denne teksten fet eller gi den en spesiell tegnstil."
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id5891598\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Replace Text"
|
||
msgstr "For å erstatte tekst"
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1780755\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Unlike searching text, replacing text cannot be restricted to the current selection only."
|
||
msgstr "I motsetning til å søke etter tekst, kan ikke erstatting av tekstet begrenses til det gjeldende valget."
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id2467421\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose Edit - Find & Replace to open the Find & Replace dialog."
|
||
msgstr "Velg Rediger → Søk og erstatt for å åpne dialogvinduet «Søk og erstatt»."
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id4286935\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Enter the text to search in the <emph>Find</emph> text box."
|
||
msgstr "Skriv inn søketeksten i tekstfeltet <emph>Søk etter</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id9959410\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Enter the text to replace the found text in the <emph>Replace with</emph> text box."
|
||
msgstr "Skriv inn teksten som skal erstatte søketeksten i skrivefeltet <emph>Erstatt med</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id24109\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Either click <emph>Replace</emph> or <emph>Replace All</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk enten på <emph>Erstatt</emph> eller <emph>Erstatt alle</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id703451\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "When you click <emph>Replace</emph>, Writer will search the whole document for the text in the <emph>Find</emph> box, starting at the current cursor position. When text is found, Writer highlights the text and waits for your response. Click <emph>Replace</emph> to replace the highlighted text in the document with the text in the <emph>Replace</emph> text box. Click <emph>Find Next</emph> to advance to the next found text without replacing the current selection."
|
||
msgstr "Når du trykker på <emph>Erstatt</emph> søker Writer i hele dokumentet etter teksten i boksen <emph>Søk etter</emph>. Søket begynner der skrivemerket er plassert. Når teksten er funnet blir den framhevet, og du kan gjøre hva du vil med den. Trykk på <emph>Erstatt</emph> for å erstatte den framheva teksten i dokumentet med teksten i boksen <emph>Erstatt med</emph>. Trykk på <emph>Søk</emph> for å fortsette til neste tekst uten å erstatte den gjeldende teksten."
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id7540818\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "When you click <emph>Replace All</emph>, Writer replaces all text that matches your entry."
|
||
msgstr "Når du trykker på <emph>Erstatt alle</emph> erstatter Writer all tekst som er lik søketeksten."
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id9908444\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Find Styles"
|
||
msgstr "For å finne stiler"
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id8413953\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You want to find all text in your document to which a certain Paragraph Style is assigned, for example the \"Heading 2\" style."
|
||
msgstr "Hvis du vil finne tekst i dokumentet som har en spesiell avsnittstil, for eksempel «Overskrift»."
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id2696920\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose Edit - Find & Replace to open the Find & Replace dialog."
|
||
msgstr "Velg Rediger → Søk og erstatt for å åpne dialogvinduet «Søk og erstatt»."
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id896938\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>Other options</emph> to expand the dialog."
|
||
msgstr "Klikk på knappen <emph>Flere valg</emph> for å utvide dialogvinduet."
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id9147007\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Check <item type=\"menuitem\">Paragraph Styles</item>.<br/>The <item type=\"menuitem\">Find</item> text box now is a list box, where you can select any of the Paragraph Styles that are applied in the current document."
|
||
msgstr "Velg avkryssingsboksen <item type=\"menuitem\">Søk etter stiler</item>.<br/>Skrivefeltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Søk etter</item> er nå en listeboks hvor du kan en villkårlig avsnittsstil som er brukt i det gjeldende dokumentet."
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id679342\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the style to search for, then click <emph>Find Next</emph> or <emph>Find All</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg hvilken stil du vil søke etter, og trykk på <emph>Søk</emph> eller <emph>Søk etter alle</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3231299\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Find Formats"
|
||
msgstr "For å søke etter formatering"
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id8087405\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You want to find all text in your document to which a certain direct character formatting is assigned."
|
||
msgstr "Hvis du vil finne tekst i dokumentet tilknytta en direkte tegnformatering:"
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3406170\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Finding formats only finds direct character attributes, it does not find attributes applied as part of a style."
|
||
msgstr "Å finne formater finner bare direkte tegnattributter. Det finner ikke attributter lagt til som en del av en stil."
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id2448805\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose Edit - Find & Replace to open the Find & Replace dialog."
|
||
msgstr "Velg Rediger → Søk og erstatt for å åpne dialogvinduet «Søk og erstatt»."
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id4542985\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>More Options</emph> to expand the dialog."
|
||
msgstr "Klikk på knappen <emph>Flere valg</emph> for å utvide dialogvinduet."
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id4679403\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the <emph>Format</emph> button."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på knappen <emph>Format</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id7783745\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>Find Next</emph> or <emph>Find All</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klikk <emph>Søk</emph> eller <emph>Søk etter alle</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id5597094\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "More options"
|
||
msgstr "Flere valg"
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id9919431\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The similarity search can find text that is almost the same as your search text. You can set the number of characters that are allowed to differ."
|
||
msgstr "Likhetssøket kan finne tekst som er nesten lik søketeksten. Du kan velge hvor mange tegn som kan være ulike."
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id8533280\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Check the <emph>Similarity search</emph> option and optionally click the <emph>Similarities</emph> button to change the settings. (Setting all three numbers to 1 works fine for English text.)"
|
||
msgstr "Kryss av for valget <emph>Likhetssøk</emph>. Alternativt trykk på knappen <emph>Lignende</emph> for å endre innstillingene. (Endrer alle tre tallene til 1 virker bra for Engelsk tekst.)"
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id4646748\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "When you have enabled Asian language support under <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Language Settings - Languages</emph>, the Find & Replace dialog offers options to search Asian text."
|
||
msgstr "Er støtte for asiatiske språk aktivert under <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME → Innstillinger</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Verktøy → Innstillinger</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> → Språkinnstillinger - Språk</emph>, vil dialogvinduet «Søk og bytt ut» ha innstillinger for å søke i asiatisk tekst."
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id2489394\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The Navigator"
|
||
msgstr "Dokumentstruktur"
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id9934385\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The Navigator is the main tool for finding and selecting objects. You can also use the Navigator to move and arrange chapters, providing an outline view to your document."
|
||
msgstr "Dokumentstrukturen er det viktigste verktøyet for å finne og velge objekter. Du kan også bruke dette verktøyet til å flytte og organisere kapitler ved hjelp av disposisjonsvisningen av dokumentet."
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id4159062\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Navigator</emph> to open the Navigator window."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Rediger → Dokumentstruktur</emph> for å vise dokumentstrukturen."
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id7421796\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Use the Navigator for inserting objects, links and references within the same document or from other open documents. See the <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp\">Navigator</link> guide for more information."
|
||
msgstr "Bruk dokumentstrukturen til å sette inn objekter, lenker og referanser i ett dokument, eller fra andre dokumenter. Se veiviseren <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp\">Dokumentstruktur</link> for mer informasjon."
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id6417432\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the icon with the blue circle at the bottom right part of your document to open the small <emph>Navigation</emph> window."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på ikonet med den blå sirkelen på den nedre høyre delen av dokumentet for å åpne det vesle <emph>dokumentstrukturen</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id4639728\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Use the small Navigation window to quickly jump to the next object or find the next text in your document."
|
||
msgstr "Bruk det vesle dokumentstruktur-vinduet for raskt å gå til neste objekt eller finne den neste teksten i dokumentet."
|
||
|
||
#: footer_nextpage.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footer_nextpage.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Inserting Page Numbers of Continuation Pages"
|
||
msgstr "Sette inn sidetall til kommende sider"
|
||
|
||
#: footer_nextpage.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footer_nextpage.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3145819\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>pages; continuation pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>next page number in footers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>continuation pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>page numbers; continuation pages</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>sider; kommende sider</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>next sidetall i bunntekst</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>kommende sider</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sidetall; kommende sider</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: footer_nextpage.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footer_nextpage.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3145819\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"footer_nextpage\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footer_nextpage.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Page Numbers of Continuation Pages\">Inserting Page Numbers of Continuation Pages</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"footer_nextpage\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footer_nextpage.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Page Numbers of Continuation Pages\">Sette inn sidetallet til kommende sider</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: footer_nextpage.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footer_nextpage.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154242\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can easily insert the page number of the next page in a footer by using a field."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan lett sette inn sidenumre på neste side i en bunntekst ved å bruke et felt."
|
||
|
||
#: footer_nextpage.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footer_nextpage.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154256\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The page number is only displayed if the following page exists."
|
||
msgstr "Sidenumre vises kun hvis de følgende sidene finnes."
|
||
|
||
#: footer_nextpage.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footer_nextpage.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155886\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Header and Footer - Footer</emph> and select the page style that you want to add the footer to."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Sett inn → Bunntekst</emph> og velg sidestilen som denne skal legges til."
|
||
|
||
#: footer_nextpage.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footer_nextpage.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147109\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Place the cursor in the footer and choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Plasser skrivemerket i bunnteksten, og velg <emph>Sett inn → Felt → Andre</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: footer_nextpage.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footer_nextpage.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147134\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <emph>Fields</emph> dialog, click the <emph>Document</emph> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Klikk på fanen <emph>Dokument</emph> i dialogvinduet <emph>Felter</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: footer_nextpage.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footer_nextpage.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150955\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click 'Page' in the <emph>Type</emph> list and 'Next page' in the <emph>Select</emph> list."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>Side</emph> i Typelista og Neste side i lista <emph>Velg</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: footer_nextpage.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footer_nextpage.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150517\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click a numbering style in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Format</item> list."
|
||
msgstr "Velg en nummereringsstil i lista <item type=\"menuitem\">Format</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: footer_nextpage.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footer_nextpage.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150537\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If you select 'Text' in the <emph>Format</emph> list, only the text that you enter in the <emph>Value</emph> box is displayed in the field."
|
||
msgstr "Hvis du velger Tekst i <emph>Formatlista</emph>, blir bare teksten du skriver inn i boksen <emph>Verdi</emph> vist i feltet."
|
||
|
||
#: footer_nextpage.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footer_nextpage.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150727\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph> to insert the field with the page number."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>Sett inn</emph> for å sette inn feltet med sidetall."
|
||
|
||
#: footer_pagenumber.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footer_pagenumber.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Inserting Page Numbers in Footers"
|
||
msgstr "Sette inn sidetall i bunntekster"
|
||
|
||
#: footer_pagenumber.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footer_pagenumber.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3155624\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>footers; with page numbers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pages; numbers and count of</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>page numbers; footers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>numbering;pages</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>bunntekster; med sidetall</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sider; tall og telling av</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sidetall; bunntekster</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>nummerering;sider</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: footer_pagenumber.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footer_pagenumber.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155624\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"footer_pagenumber\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Page Numbers in Footers\">Inserting Page Numbers in Footers</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"footer_pagenumber\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp\" name=\"Sette inn sidenumre i bunntekster\">Sette inn sidenumre i bunntekster</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: footer_pagenumber.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footer_pagenumber.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id8230842\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can easily insert a page number field in the footer of your document. You can also add a page count to the footer, for example, in the form \"Page 9 of 12\""
|
||
msgstr "Du kan lett sette inn et sidetallsfelt i bunteksten i dokumentet. Du kan også legge til sidetelling til bunnteksten, for eksempel som «Side 9 av 12»"
|
||
|
||
#: footer_pagenumber.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footer_pagenumber.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id7867366\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Insert a Page Number"
|
||
msgstr "For å sette inn sidetall"
|
||
|
||
#: footer_pagenumber.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footer_pagenumber.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150508\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Header and Footer - Footer</emph> and select the page style that you want to add the footer to."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Sett inn → Bunntekst</emph> og velg sidestilen som denne skal legges til."
|
||
|
||
#: footer_pagenumber.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footer_pagenumber.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150534\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Field - Page Number</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Sett inn → Felt → Sidetall</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: footer_pagenumber.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footer_pagenumber.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153155\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If you want, you can align the page number field as you would text."
|
||
msgstr "Sidetallsfeltet kan justeres på samme måte som tekst."
|
||
|
||
#: footer_pagenumber.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footer_pagenumber.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id2988677\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Additionally Add a Page Count"
|
||
msgstr "For å legge til enda en sidetelling"
|
||
|
||
#: footer_pagenumber.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footer_pagenumber.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155532\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click in front of the page number field, type <item type=\"literal\">Page</item> and enter a space; click after the field, enter a space and then type <item type=\"literal\">of</item> and enter another space."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk foran sidetallfeltet og skriv <item type=\"literal\">Side </item>. Trykk etter feltet, lag et mellomrom og skriv <item type=\"literal\">av</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: footer_pagenumber.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footer_pagenumber.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155554\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Field - Page Count</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Sett inn → Felt → Sidetall</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: footnote_usage.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Inserting and Editing Footnotes or Endnotes"
|
||
msgstr "Sette inn/redigere fotnoter og sluttnoter"
|
||
|
||
#: footnote_usage.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3145819\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>endnotes;inserting and editing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting;footnotes/endnotes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>deleting;footnotes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>editing;footnotes/endnotes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>organizing;footnotes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>footnotes; inserting and editing</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>sluttnoter;sette inn og redigere</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sette inn;fotnoter/sluttnoter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>slette;fotnoter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>redigere;fotnoter/sluttnoter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>organisere;fotnoter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>fotnoter; sette inn og redigere</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: footnote_usage.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3145819\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"footnote_usage\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp\" name=\"Inserting and Editing Footnotes or Endnotes\">Inserting and Editing Footnotes or Endnotes</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"footnote_usage\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp\" name=\"Inserting and Editing Footnotes or Endnotes\">Sette inn/redigere fotnoter og sluttnoter</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: footnote_usage.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154258\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Footnotes reference more information about a topic at the bottom of a page and endnotes reference information at the end of the document. $[officename] automatically numbers the footnotes and endnotes."
|
||
msgstr "Fotnoter refererer til mer informasjon om et emne på bunnen av sida, mens sluttnoter refererer til informasjon på bunnen av dokumentet. $[officename] nummererer fotnoter og sluttnoter automatisk."
|
||
|
||
#: footnote_usage.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155881\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Insert a Footnote or Endnote"
|
||
msgstr "For å sette inn en fotnote eller sluttnote:"
|
||
|
||
#: footnote_usage.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155903\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click in your document where you want to place the anchor of the note."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på stedet i dokumentet der du vil plassere referansepunktet til fot-/sluttnoten."
|
||
|
||
#: footnote_usage.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147120\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Footnote\"><emph>Insert - Footnote and Endnote - Footnote or Endnote</emph></link>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp\" name=\"Sett inn → Fotnote/sluttnote\"><emph>Sett inn → Fotnote/sluttnote</emph></link>."
|
||
|
||
#: footnote_usage.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150937\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering</item> area, select the format that you want to use. If you select <item type=\"menuitem\">Character</item>, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Choose</item> button and select the character that you want to use for the footnote."
|
||
msgstr "Velg hvilket format du vil bruke i området <item type=\"menuitem\">Nummerering</item>. Hvis du velger <item type=\"menuitem\">Tegn</item>, trykk på knappen <item type=\"menuitem\">…</item>) og velg hvilket tegn du vil bruke på fotnoten."
|
||
|
||
#: footnote_usage.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150508\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> area, select <item type=\"menuitem\">Footnote</item> or <item type=\"menuitem\">Endnote</item>."
|
||
msgstr "I området <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item>, velg <item type=\"menuitem\">Fotnote</item> eller <item type=\"menuitem\">Sluttnote</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: footnote_usage.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150704\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: footnote_usage.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150729\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Type the note."
|
||
msgstr "Skriv inn fot-/sluttnoten."
|
||
|
||
#: footnote_usage.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3148843\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3148857\" src=\"cmd/sc_insertfootnote.png\" width=\"0.564cm\" height=\"0.564cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3148857\">Icon</alt></image>"
|
||
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3148857\" src=\"cmd/sc_insertfootnote.png\" width=\"0.564cm\" height=\"0.564cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3148857\">Ikon</alt></image>"
|
||
|
||
#: footnote_usage.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153176\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can also insert footnotes by clicking the <emph>Insert Footnote Directly</emph> icon on the <emph>Insert</emph> toolbar."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan også sette inn fotnoter ved å trykke på ikonet <emph>Sett inn fotnote direkte</emph> på verktøylinja <emph>Sett inn</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: footnote_usage.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155543\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Edit a Footnote or Endnote"
|
||
msgstr "For å redigere fotnoter og sluttnoter"
|
||
|
||
#: footnote_usage.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150167\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The mouse pointer changes to a hand when you rest it over a footnote or endnote anchor in your document."
|
||
msgstr "Pekeren endrer seg til en hånd når du holder musa over ankerpunktet til en fotnote eller sluttnote i dokumentet."
|
||
|
||
#: footnote_usage.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155563\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To edit the text of a footnote or endnote, click in the note, or click the anchor for the note in the text."
|
||
msgstr "For å redigere teksten i en fotnote eller sluttnote, trykk på den, eller på ankerpunktet i teksten."
|
||
|
||
#: footnote_usage.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145029\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To change the format of a footnote, click in the footnote, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command+T</caseinline><defaultinline>F11</defaultinline></switchinline> to open the Styles and Formatting window, right-click \"Footnote\" in the list, and then choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "For å endre formatet til en fotnote, klikk inne i fotnoten, trykk <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command+T</caseinline><defaultinline>F11</defaultinline></switchinline> for å åpne Stiler og Formateringsvinduet, høyreklikk \"Fotnote\" i listen, og velg deretter <emph>Endre</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: footnote_usage.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145062\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To jump from the footnote or endnote text to the note anchor in the text, press PageUp."
|
||
msgstr "For å gå fra en fotnote eller sluttnote til notepunktet i teksten, trykk Page Up."
|
||
|
||
#: footnote_usage.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145081\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To edit the numbering properties of a footnote or endnote anchor, click in front of the anchor, and choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp\" name=\"Edit - Footnote\"><emph>Edit - Footnote/Endnote</emph></link>."
|
||
msgstr "For å redigere nummereringsegenskapene for fotnote- og sluttnotetegn, trykk foran tegnet, og velg <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp\" name=\"Edit – Footnote\"><emph>Rediger → Fotnote/Sluttnote</emph></link>."
|
||
|
||
#: footnote_usage.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147776\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To change the formatting that $[officename] applies to footnotes and endnotes, choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/06080000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Footnotes\"><emph>Tools - Footnotes and Endnotes</emph></link>."
|
||
msgstr "For å endre formateringa $[officename] bruker på fot- og sluttnoter, velg <link href=\"text/swriter/01/06080000.xhp\" name=\"Verktøy → Fotnoter\"><emph>Verktøy → Fotnoter/sluttnoter</emph></link>."
|
||
|
||
#: footnote_usage.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147813\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To edit the properties of the text area for footnotes or endnotes, choose <emph>Format - Page</emph>, and then click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp\" name=\"Footnote\"><emph>Footnote</emph></link> tab."
|
||
msgstr "For å redigere tekstområdet for fot- og sluttnoter, <emph>Format → Side</emph>, og trykk på fanen <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp\" name=\"Footnote\"><emph>Fotnote</emph></link>."
|
||
|
||
#: footnote_usage.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147232\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To remove a footnote, delete the footnote anchor in the text."
|
||
msgstr "For å fjerne en fotnote, slett fotnoteankeret i teksten."
|
||
|
||
#: footnote_with_line.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Spacing Between Footnotes"
|
||
msgstr "Avstand mellom fotnoter"
|
||
|
||
#: footnote_with_line.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3147683\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>spacing; endnotes/footnotes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>endnotes; spacing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>footnotes; spacing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>borders;for footnotes/endnotes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lines;footnotes/endnotes</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>avstand; fotnoter/sluttnoter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sluttnoter; avstand</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>fotnoter; avstand</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>kantlinjer;på fotnoter/sluttnoter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>linjer;fotnoter/sluttnoter</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: footnote_with_line.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3147683\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"footnote_with_line\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footnote_with_line.xhp\" name=\"Spacing Between Footnotes\">Spacing Between Footnotes</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"footnote_with_line\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footnote_with_line.xhp\" name=\"Spacing Between Footnotes\">Avstand mellom fotnoter</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: footnote_with_line.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145808\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If you want to increase the spacing between footnote or endnote texts, you can add a top and bottom border to the corresponding paragraph style."
|
||
msgstr "Hvis du vil øke avstanden mellom fot- eller sluttnotetekster, kan du legge til en kantlinje på toppen og bunnen av den gjeldende avsnittsstilen."
|
||
|
||
#: footnote_with_line.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155603\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click in a footnote or endnote."
|
||
msgstr "Klikk i en fotnote eller sluttnote."
|
||
|
||
#: footnote_with_line.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155620\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Format → Stilbehandler</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: footnote_with_line.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154251\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Right-click the Paragraph Style that you want to modify, for example, \"Footnote\", and choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Høyreklikk på avsnittsstilen du vil redigere, for eksempel Fotnote , og velg <emph>Rediger</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: footnote_with_line.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155884\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the <link href=\"text/shared/01/05030500.xhp\" name=\"Borders\"><emph>Borders</emph></link> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på fanen <link href=\"text/shared/01/05030500.xhp\" name=\"Borders\"><emph>Kantlinjer</emph></link>."
|
||
|
||
#: footnote_with_line.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147110\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Default</item> area, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Set Top and Bottom Borders Only</item> icon."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på <item type=\"menuitem\">Bare øvre og nedre kantlinjer</item> i området <item type=\"menuitem\">Standard</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: footnote_with_line.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150931\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Line</item> area, click a line in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style</item> list."
|
||
msgstr "Velg en linje i lista <item type=\"menuitem\">Stil</item> i området <item type=\"menuitem\">Linje</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: footnote_with_line.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150961\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select \"White\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Color</item> box. If the background of the page is not white, select the color that best matches the background color."
|
||
msgstr "Velg «Hvit» i <item type=\"menuitem\">Fargeboksen</item>. Hvis bakgrunnen på siden har en annen farge enn hvit, velg den fargen som ligner mest på bakgrunnsfargen."
|
||
|
||
#: footnote_with_line.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150519\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <emph>Spacing to contents</emph> area, clear the <emph>Synchronize</emph> check box."
|
||
msgstr "Fjern avkryssinga i boksen <emph>Synkroniser</emph> i området <emph>Avstand til innholdet</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: footnote_with_line.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150709\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Enter a value in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Top</item> and <item type=\"menuitem\">Bottom</item> boxes."
|
||
msgstr "Skriv inn en verdi i skrivefeltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Øverst</item> og <item type=\"menuitem\">Nederst</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: footnote_with_line.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150740\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: footnote_with_line.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3148846\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030500.xhp\" name=\"Format - Paragraph - Borders\">Format - Paragraph - Borders</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030500.xhp\" name=\"Format – Paragraph – Borders\">Format – Avsnitt – Kantlinjer</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: form_letters_main.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Creating a Form Letter"
|
||
msgstr "Lage et flettet brev"
|
||
|
||
#: form_letters_main.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3159257\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>serial letters</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>form letters</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>mail merge</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>letters; creating form letters</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>wizards;form letters</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>flettede brev</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>standardbrev</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>brevfletting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>brev; skape standardbrev</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>veiviser;standardbrev</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: form_letters_main.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3159257\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"form_letters\"><variable id=\"form_letters_main\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp\" name=\"Creating a Form Letter\">Creating a Form Letter</link></variable></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"form_letters\"><variable id=\"form_letters_main\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp\" name=\"Creating a Form Letter\">Lage et flettet brev</link></variable></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: form_letters_main.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150502\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To create a form letter, you need a text document that contains fields for address data, and an address database. Then you combine or merge the address data and the text document to either print the letters or send them by e-mail."
|
||
msgstr "For å lage et standardbrev trenger du først et tekstdokument som inneholder felter for adressedata, i tillegg til en adressedatabase. Deretter må du kombinere eller flette adressedataene og tekstdokumentet, enten for å skrive ut brev, eller for å sende dem som e-post."
|
||
|
||
#: form_letters_main.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id0805200801132382\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If the document is in HTML format, any embedded or linked images will not be sent with the e-mail."
|
||
msgstr "Hvis dokumentet er i HTML-format, vil ikke innebygde eller lenkede bilder bli send med e-posten."
|
||
|
||
#: form_letters_main.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10653\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp\">Mail Merge Wizard</link> helps you to create form letters."
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp\">Veiviseren for brevfletting</link> hjelper deg med å lage flettebrev."
|
||
|
||
#: form_letters_main.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10664\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To create a form letter"
|
||
msgstr "Lage et flettebrev"
|
||
|
||
#: form_letters_main.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN1066B\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Mail Merge Wizard</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Verktøy – Veiviser for brevfletting</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: form_letters_main.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10672\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You see the Mail Merge Wizard dialog. The following is an example of one of many possible ways to navigate the wizard's pages:"
|
||
msgstr "Nå er du kommet til Veiviseren for brevfletting. Dette er en av mange måter å bruke den på:"
|
||
|
||
#: form_letters_main.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10676\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select <emph>Start from a template</emph>, and click the <emph>Browse</emph> button."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Start fra en mal</emph>, og trykk <emph>Bla gjennom</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: form_letters_main.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10681\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You see the <emph>New</emph> dialog."
|
||
msgstr "Dialogvinduet <emph>Ny</emph> vises."
|
||
|
||
#: form_letters_main.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10685\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select <item type=\"literal\">Business Correspondence</item> in the left list, and then <item type=\"literal\">\"Modern\" business letter</item> in the right list. Click <emph>OK</emph> to close the Templates dialog, and click <emph>Next</emph> in the wizard."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <item type=\"literal\">Forretningskorrespondanse</item> i den venstre lista og <item type=\"literal\">Moderne brev</item> i den høyre. Trykk <emph>OK </emph> for å lukke dialogvinduet Maler, og trykk på <emph>Neste</emph> i veiviseren."
|
||
|
||
#: form_letters_main.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id2669759\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select <emph>Letter</emph> and click <emph>Next</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Brev</emph> og trykk på <emph>Neste</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: form_letters_main.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN106BD\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "On the next step of the wizard, click the <emph>Select Address List</emph> button to check that you are using the correct address list. If you want to use an address block, select an address block type, match the data fields if necessary, and click <emph>Next</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "I det neste steget av veiviseren klikker du på knappen <emph>Velg adresseliste</emph> for å se om du bruker den riktige adresselista. Ønsker du å bruke en adresseblokk, velg en adresseblokktype og tilpass hvis nødvendig adressefeltene og klikk på <emph>Neste</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: form_letters_main.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN106C5\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Next follows the <emph>Create a salutation</emph> step. Deselect the <emph>Insert personalized salutation</emph> box. Under <emph>General salutation</emph>, select the salutation that you want on top of all letters."
|
||
msgstr "Nå er du kommet til trinnet <emph>Lag hilsen</emph>. Fjern avkryssinga for <emph>Sett inn personlig hilsning</emph>. Under <emph>Generell hilsning</emph> må du velge hvilken starthilsning du vil ha øverst på alle brevene."
|
||
|
||
#: form_letters_main.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN106C6\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If you want to place mail merge fields anywhere else in the document select the corresponding column in your address data source and then drag and drop the column header into the document where you would like the field to be. Be sure to select the entire column."
|
||
msgstr "Hvis du ønsker å plassere flettefeltene andre steder i dokumentet, velg den tilsvarende kolonnen i adressekilden og dra og slipp kolonneoverskriften dit du onsker å plassere feltet. Forsikre deg om at du har valgt hele kolonnen."
|
||
|
||
#: form_letters_main.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN106D5\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>Next</emph> and finally <emph>Finish</emph> to create the mail merge."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>Neste</emph> og <emph>Fullfør</emph> for å lage brevflettinga."
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Master Documents and Subdocuments"
|
||
msgstr "Hoveddokument og underdokument"
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3145246\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>master documents;properties</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>subdocuments;properties</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>central documents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>subsidiary documents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>documents; master documents and subdocuments</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>styles;master documents</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>hoveddokumenter;egenskaper</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>deldokumenter;egenskaper</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sentrale dokumenter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hjelpedokumenter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>dokumenter; hoveddokumenter og deldokumenter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>stiler;hoveddokumenter</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3145246\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"globaldoc\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp\">Master Documents and Subdocuments</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"globaldoc\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp\">Hoveddokumenter og deldokumenter</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149806\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "A master document lets you manage large documents, such as a book with many chapters. The master document can be seen as a container for individual <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer files. The individual files are called subdocuments."
|
||
msgstr "Et hoveddokument lar deg håndtere store dokumenter, som bøker med mange kapitler. Hoveddokumentet kan bli sett på som en beholder for individuelle <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer-filer. De individuelle filene kalles deldokumenter."
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id6537369\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Characteristics of Master Documents"
|
||
msgstr "Arbeide med hoveddokumenter"
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150096\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "When you print a master document, the contents of all subdocuments, indexes, and any text that you entered are printed."
|
||
msgstr "Når du skriver ut et hoveddokument, blir alle underdokumentene, innholdslistene og de andre tekstene du har lagt inn, skrevet ut."
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153400\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can create a table of contents and index in the master document for all of the subdocuments."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan også opprette en innholdsliste og et register for alle deldokumentene i hoveddokumentet."
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155854\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Styles that are used in subdocuments, such as new paragraph styles, are automatically imported into the master document."
|
||
msgstr "Stiler som blir brukt i underdokumentene, som for eksempel nye avsnittsstiler, blir automatisk importert til hoveddokumentet."
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id9033783\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "When viewing the master document, styles that are already present in the master document take precedence over styles with the same name that are imported from subdocuments."
|
||
msgstr "Når du viser hoveddokumentet, blir stiler som allerede ligger i hoveddokumentet prioriterte foran stiler med samme navn som er importert fra underdokumenter."
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3419598\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Subdocuments never get changed by changes made to the master document."
|
||
msgstr "Underdokumenter blir aldri endret gjennom endringene som blir gjort i hoveddokumentet."
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155180\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "When you add a document to a master document or create a new subdocument, a link is created in the master document. You cannot edit the content of a subdocument directly in the master document, but you can use the Navigator to open any subdocument for edit."
|
||
msgstr "Når du legger til et dokument til i et hoveddokument, eller oppretter et nytt deldokument, blir det laget en lenke til dette i hoveddokumentet. Du kan ikke redigere innholdet i et deldokument direkte fra hoveddokumentet, men du kan bruke Dokumentstrukturen for å åpne deldokumentene for redigering."
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id7904904\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Example of Using Styles"
|
||
msgstr "Eksempel på bruk av stiler"
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id5817743\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "A master document master.odm consists of some text and links to the subdocuments sub1.odt and sub2.odt. In each subdocument a new paragraph style with the same name Style1 is defined and used, and the subdocuments are saved."
|
||
msgstr "Et hoveddokument, hode.odm, inneholder tekst og lenker til deldokumentene underdok1.odt og underdok2.odt. I hvert deldokument blir det laget og brukt en ny stil med navnet «Stil1», og deldokumentene blir deretter lagret."
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id9169591\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "When you save the master document, the styles from the subdocuments are imported into the master document. First, the new style Style1 from the sub1.odt is imported. Next, the new styles from sub2.odt will be imported, but as Style1 now already is present in the master document, this style from sub2.odt will not be imported."
|
||
msgstr "Når du lagrer hoveddokumentet blir stilene fra underdokumentene importert til hoveddokumentet. Først blir den nye stilen «Stil1» fra underdok1.odt importert. Deretter blir de nye stilene fra underdok2.odt importert, men siden «Stil1» nå ligger i hoveddokumentet fra før, blir ikke den importert fra underdok2.odt."
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1590014\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the master document you now see the new style Style1 from the first subdocument. All Style1 paragraphs in the master document will be shown using the Style1 attributes from the first subdocument. However, the second subdocument by itself will not be changed. You see the Style1 paragraphs from the second subdocument with different attributes, depending whether you open the sub2.odt document by itself or as part of the master document."
|
||
msgstr "I hoveddokumentet kan du nå se den nye stilen «Stil1» fra det første deldokumentet. Alle avsnitt med «Stil1» i hoveddokumentet blir vist med egenskapene for «Stil1» fra det første deldokumentet. Men det andre deldokumentet blir likevel ikke endret. Du kan fortsatt se avsnittene med «Stil1» fra det andre deldokumentene med andre attributter, men dette avhenger av at du åpner dokumentet deldok2.odt for seg selv, eller som en del av hoveddokumentet."
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id5878780\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To avoid confusion, use the same document template for the master document and its subdocuments. This happens automatically when you create the master document and its subdocuments from an existing document with headings, using the command <emph>File - Send - Create Master Document</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Bruk den samme malen for hoveddokumentet og deldokumentene for å unngå forvirring. Dette skjer automatisk når du lager et hoveddokument og deldokumenter fra et eksisterende dokument med overskrifter ved å bruke kommandoen <emph>Fil → Send → Lag hoveddokument</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154382\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Navigator in master mode\">Navigator in master mode</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Navigator in master mode\">Dokumentstruktur i hovedtilstand</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Working with Master Documents and Subdocuments"
|
||
msgstr "Arbeide med hoveddokumenter og underdokumenter"
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3145246\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>Navigator;master documents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>master documents;creating/editing/exporting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>subdocuments;creating/editing/removing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>removing;subdocuments</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>indexes; master documents</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>Dokumentstrukturen;hoveddokumenter</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>hoveddokumenter;lage, redigere, eksportere</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>deldokumenter;skape/editere/fjerne</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>fjerne;deldokumenter</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>indekser; hoveddokumenter</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3145246\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"globaldoc_howtos\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp\">Working with Master Documents and Subdocuments</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"globaldoc_howtos\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp\">Arbeide med hoveddokumenter og deldokumenter</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1522873\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "A master document lets you manage large documents, such as a book with many chapters. The master document can be seen as a container for individual <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer files. The individual files are called subdocuments."
|
||
msgstr "Et hoveddokument lar deg håndtere store dokumenter, som bøker med mange kapitler. Hoveddokumentet kan bli sett på som en beholder for individuelle <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer-filer. De individuelle filene kalles deldokumenter."
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3153127\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Create a Master Document"
|
||
msgstr "For å lage et hoveddokument"
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149634\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Do one of the following:"
|
||
msgstr "Gjør en av de følgende:"
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149956\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>File - New - Master Document</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Fil → Send → Lag HTML-dokument</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149612\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Open an existing document and choose <emph>File - Send - Create Master Document</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Åpne et eksisterende dokument og velg <emph> Fil - Send - Opprett Hoveddokument</emph>"
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149873\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If you are creating a new master document, the first entry in the Navigator should be a <item type=\"menuitem\">Text</item> entry. Type an introduction or enter some text. This ensures that after having edited an existing style in the master document, you see the changed style when viewing the subdocuments."
|
||
msgstr "Hvis du oppretter et nytt hoveddokument, må den første oppføringa i Dokumentstrukturen hete <item type=\"menuitem\">Tekst</item>. Skriv inn en innledning eller litt tekst. Dette sørger for at du kan kunne se hvordan deldokumentene ser ut etter at du har redigert stilene i hoveddokumentet."
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145114\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Navigator</item> for master documents (should open automatically, else press F5 to open), click and hold the <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> icon, and do one of the following:"
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på, og hold nede ikonet <item type=\"menuitem\">Sett inn</item> i <item type=\"menuitem\"> Dokumentstrukturen</item> for hoveddokument (det skal åpnes automatisk, men hvis ikke, trykk på F5), og gjør dette:"
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156240\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To insert an existing file as a subdocument, choose <emph>File</emph>, locate the file that you want to include, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "For å sette inn en eksisterende fil som underdokoment, velg <emph> Fil</emph> søk opp filen du vil bruke og klikk så<emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145405\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To create a new subdocument, choose <emph>New Document</emph>, type a name for the file, and then click <emph>Save</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "For å opprette et nytt underdokument, velg <emph>Nytt dokument</emph>, gi dokumentet et navn, og klikk deretter <emph>Lagre</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id8550981\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To insert some text between subdocuments, choose <emph>Text</emph>. Then type the text. You cannot insert text next to an existing text entry in the Navigator."
|
||
msgstr "For å sette inn tekst mellom to underdokumenter, velg <emph>Tekst</emph>. Skriv deretter inn teksten. Du kan ikke sette inn tekst ved siden av en eksisterende tekst i dokumentstrukturen."
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153382\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>File - Save</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Fil → Lagre</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3154242\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Edit a Master Document"
|
||
msgstr "For å redigere et hoveddokument"
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154255\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Use the Navigator for rearranging and editing the subdocuments in a master document."
|
||
msgstr "Bruk Dokumentstrukturen for å omorganisere og redigere underdokumentene i et hoveddokument."
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155879\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To open a subdocument for editing, double-click the name of the subdocument in the Navigator."
|
||
msgstr "Dobbeltklikk på navnet på et underdokument i Dokumentstrukturen for å åpne det for redigering."
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155931\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To remove a subdocument from the master document, right-click the subdocument in the Navigator list and choose <emph>Delete</emph>. The subdocument file is not deleted, only the entry in the Navigator is removed."
|
||
msgstr "For å fjerne et deldokument fra hoveddokumentet, høyreklikk på det i Dokumentstrukturen, og velg <emph>Slett</emph>. Deldokument-fila blir ikke slettet, det er bare oppføringen i Dokumentstrukturen som blir det."
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3148677\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To add text to a master document, right-click an item in the Navigator list, and then choose <emph>Insert - Text</emph>. A text section is inserted before the selected item in the master document where you can type the text that you want. You cannot insert text next to an existing text entry in the Navigator."
|
||
msgstr "For å legge til tekst i et hoveddokument, høyreklikk på et element i lista i Dokumentstrukturen, og velg <emph>Sett inn → Tekst</emph>. En tekstbolk blir da sett inn i hoveddokumentet før det valgt elementet. I denne kan du skrive hva du vil. Du kan ikke sette inn tekst ved siden av en tekstoppføring som finnes fra før i Dokumentstrukturen."
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149982\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To reorder the subdocuments in a master document, drag a subdocument to a new location in the Navigator list. You can also select a subdocument in the list, and click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Move down</item> or <item type=\"menuitem\">Move up</item> icon."
|
||
msgstr "For å omorganisere deldokumentene i et hoveddokument, dra et deldokument til en ny plassering i Dokumentstrukturen. Du kan også velge et deldokument fra lista og trykke på ikonet <item type=\"menuitem\">Flytt ned </item> eller <item type=\"menuitem\">Flytt opp</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153022\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To add an index, such as a table of contents, right-click in the Navigator list, and then choose <emph>Insert - Index</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "For å legge til en register, som for eksempel en innholdsliste, i et hoveddokument, høyreklikk på et av deldokumentene i Dokumentstrukturen, og velg <emph>Sett inn → Register/innholdsliste</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3148949\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3148959\" src=\"sw/res/sc20246.png\" width=\"0.473cm\" height=\"0.473cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3148959\">Icon</alt></image>"
|
||
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3148959\" src=\"sw/res/sc20246.png\" width=\"0.473cm\" height=\"0.473cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3148959\">Ikon</alt></image>"
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153632\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To update an index in a master document, select the index in the Navigator, and then click the <emph>Update</emph> icon."
|
||
msgstr "For å oppdatere et register i et hoveddokument, velg registret i Dokumentstrukturen, og trykk på knappen <emph>Oppdater</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10C40\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "When you insert an object like a frame or a picture into a master document, do not anchor the object \"to page\". Instead, set the anchor \"to paragraph\" on the <emph>Format - (Object type) - Type</emph> tab page, and then set the object's position relative to \"Entire Page\" in the <emph>Horizontal</emph> and <emph>Vertical</emph> list boxes."
|
||
msgstr "Når du setter inn et objekt, for eksempel en ramme eller et bilde, i et hoveddokument, så ikke forankre det «Til side». Velg i steden forankringa «Til avsnitt» i <emph>Format → (Objekttype)</emph> på fanen Type, og velg plasseringa «Hele siden» i listeboksene <emph>Vannrett</emph> og <emph>Loddrett</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3153656\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Start Each Subdocument on a New Page"
|
||
msgstr "For å starte alle deldokumentene på nye sider"
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3152760\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Ensure that each subdocument starts with a heading that uses the same paragraph style, for example \"Heading 1\"."
|
||
msgstr "Sjekk å alle deldokumentene begynner med en overskrift som bruker samme overskriftsstil, for eksempel Overskrift 1."
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153876\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the master document, choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>, and click the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> icon."
|
||
msgstr "I hoveddokumentet velger du <emph>Format → Stilbehandler</emph>, og klikker på knappen <emph>Avsnittsstiler</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153907\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Right-click \"Heading 1\" and choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Høyreklikk «Overskrift 1» og velg <emph>Rediger</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147124\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Text Flow</item> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Klikk <item type=\"menuitem\">Tekstflyt</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149770\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Breaks</item> area, select <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item>, and then select “Page”in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> box."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <item type=\"menuitem\">Sideskift</item> i området<item type=\"menuitem\">Sett inn</item>, og velg deretter Side i <item type=\"menuitem\">Typevalget</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150224\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If you want each subdocument to start on an odd page, select <emph>With Page Style</emph>, and select \"Right page\" in the box."
|
||
msgstr "Hvis du vil at hvert deldokument skal starte på en oddetallsside, velg <emph>Med sidestil</emph>, og velg «Høyreside»."
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145205\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3145228\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Export a Master Document as a <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Text Document"
|
||
msgstr "For å eksportere et hoveddokument som et <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item>-tekstdokument"
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150315\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">File - Export</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <item type=\"menuitem\">Fil → Eksporter</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3148580\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <emph>File format</emph> list, select a text document file format and click <emph>Export</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg et filformat for tekstdokumentet i lista <emph>Filformat</emph>, og trykk på <emph>Eksporter</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id8371227\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The subdocuments will be exported as sections. Use <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Sections</item> to unprotect and remove sections, if you prefer a plain text document without sections."
|
||
msgstr "Deldokumentene vil bli eksportert som bolker. Bruk <item type=\"menuitem\">Format → Bolker</item> for å slå av beskyttelsen og for å fjerne bolker, hvis du foretrekker et rent tekstdokument uten."
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154382\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Navigator in master mode\">Navigator in master mode</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Navigator in master mode\">Dokumentstruktur i hovedtilstand</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: header_footer.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_footer.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "About Headers and Footers"
|
||
msgstr "Om topp- og bunntekster"
|
||
|
||
#: header_footer.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_footer.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3155863\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>headers;about</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>footers;about</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>HTML documents; headers and footers</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>topptekster;om</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bunntekster;om</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>HTML-dokumenter;topp- og bunntekster</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: header_footer.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_footer.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155863\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"header_footer\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp\" name=\"About Headers and Footers\">About Headers and Footers</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"header_footer\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp\" name=\"About Headers and Footers\">Om topp- og bunntekster</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: header_footer.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_footer.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154255\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Headers and footers are areas in the top and the bottom page margins, where you can add text or graphics. Headers and footers are added to the current page style. Any page that uses the same style automatically receives the header or footer that you add. You can insert <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"Fields\">Fields</link>, such as page numbers and chapter headings, in headers and footers in a text document."
|
||
msgstr "Topp- og bunntekster er områder i de øverste og nederste sidemargene der du kan legge til tekst eller bilder. Topp- og bunntekster blir lagt til den gjeldende sidestilen. Alle sider som bruker den samme stilen får automatisk den topp- eller bunnteksten du legger til. Du kan sette inn <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"Fields\">felt</link>, som for eksempel sidetall og kapitteloverskrifter, i topp- og bunntekstene i et tekstdokument."
|
||
|
||
#: header_footer.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_footer.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150511\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The page style for the current page is displayed in the <emph>Status Bar</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Sidestilen på den gjeldende sida vises på <emph>statuslinja</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: header_footer.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_footer.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155896\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To add a header to a page, choose <emph>Insert - Header and Footer - Header</emph>, and then select the page style for the current page from the submenu."
|
||
msgstr "For å legge til en topptekst på en side, velg <emph>Sett inn → Topptekst</emph>, og velg sidestilen på den gjeldende siden fra undermenyen."
|
||
|
||
#: header_footer.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_footer.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147119\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To add a footer to a page, choose <emph>Insert - Header and Footer - Footer</emph>, and then select the page style for the current page from the submenu."
|
||
msgstr "For å legge til en bunntekst på en side, velg <emph>Sett inn → Bunntekst</emph>, og velg sidestilen på den gjeldende siden fra undermenyen."
|
||
|
||
#: header_footer.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_footer.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153726\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can also choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Page</item>, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Header</item> or <item type=\"menuitem\">Footer</item> tab, and then select <item type=\"menuitem\">Header on</item> or <item type=\"menuitem\">Footer on</item>. Clear the <item type=\"menuitem\">Same content left/right</item> check box if you want to define different headers and footers for even and odd pages."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan også velge <item type=\"menuitem\">Format → Side</item>, trykke på fanen <item type=\"menuitem\">Topptekst</item> eller <item type=\"menuitem\">Bunntekst</item>, og så velge <item type=\"menuitem\">Vis topptekst</item> eller <item type=\"menuitem\">Vis bunntekst</item>. Fjern avkryssinga for <item type=\"menuitem\">Samme innhold venstre/høyre</item> hvis du vil ha ulike topp- og bunntekster på par- og oddetallssider."
|
||
|
||
#: header_footer.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_footer.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3146876\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To use different headers or footers in your document, you must add them to different <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Page Styles\">Page Styles</link>, and then apply the styles to the pages where you want the headers or footer to appear."
|
||
msgstr "For å bruke ulike topp- eller bunntekster i dokumentet, kan du legge de til ulike <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Page Styles\">sidestilene</link>, og deretter bruke de ulike stilene på de sidene du vil ha topp- eller bunntekster på."
|
||
|
||
#: header_footer.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_footer.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3150704\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Headers and Footers in HTML Documents"
|
||
msgstr "Topp- og bunntekster i HTML-dokumenter"
|
||
|
||
#: header_footer.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_footer.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150717\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Some of the header and footer options are also available for HTML documents. Headers and footers are not supported by HTML and instead are exported with special tags, so that they can be viewed in a browser. Headers and footers are only exported in HTML documents if they are enabled in Web Layout mode. When you reopen the document in $[officename], the headers and footers are displayed correctly, including any fields that you inserted."
|
||
msgstr "Noen av topptekst- og bunntekstinnstillingene er også tilgjengelige for HTML-dokumenter. Topp- og bunntekster støttes ikke av HTML, og blir i stedet eksporterte med spesielle tagger, så de kan vises i en nettleser. Topp- og bunntekster blir bare eksporterte til HTML-dokument hvis de er tatt i bruk i vevoppsett. Når du åpner dokumentet i $[officename] igjen blir topp- og bunntekstene vist på rett måte. Det blir også eventuelle felt du har satt inn i dem."
|
||
|
||
#: header_footer.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_footer.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153174\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Page Styles\">Page Styles</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Page Styles\">Sidestiler</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: header_pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Defining Different Headers and Footers"
|
||
msgstr "Lage ulike topp- og bunntekster"
|
||
|
||
#: header_pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3155920\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>headers;defining for left and right pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>footers;defining for left and right pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>page styles; changing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>defining; headers/footers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>mirrored page layout</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>topptekster;lage for venstre- og høyresider</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bunntekster;lage for venstre- og høyresider</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sidestiler; skifte</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lage; topp-/bunntekster</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>speilvendt sideoppsett</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: header_pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155920\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"header_pagestyles\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Defining Different Headers and Footers\">Defining Different Headers and Footers</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"header_pagestyles\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Defining Different Headers and Footers\">Lage ulike topp- og bunntekster</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: header_pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154263\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can use different headers and footers on different pages in your document, so long as the pages use different page styles. $[officename] provides several predefined page styles, such as <emph>First page</emph>, <emph>Left page</emph> and <emph>Right page</emph>, or you can create a custom page style."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan bruke ulike topp- og bunntekster på ulike sider i dokumentet så lenge sidene bruker ulike sidestiler. $[officename] tilbyr flere forhåndslagede sidestiler, som for eksempel <emph>Første side</emph>,<emph>Venstreside</emph> og <emph>Høyreside</emph>. I tillegg til disse kan du også opprette en tilpasssa sidestil."
|
||
|
||
#: header_pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147105\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can also use the mirrored page layout if you want to add a header to a page style that has different inner and outer page margins. To apply this option to a page style, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Page</item>, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Page</item> tab, and in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Layout settings</item> area, choose “Mirrored” in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Page layout</item> box."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan også bruke det speilvendte sideoppsett hvis du vil legge en topptekst til en sidestil som har ulike indre og ytre sidemarger. For å bruke denne innstillinga på en sidestil, velg <item type=\"menuitem\">Format → Side</item>, trykk på fanen <item type=\"menuitem\">Side</item>, og velg <item type=\"menuitem\">Layout innstillinger</item> velg \"Speilvendt\" i <item type=\"menuitem\">Sideoppsett</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: header_pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150224\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "For example, you can use page styles to define different headers for even and odd pages in a document."
|
||
msgstr "For eksempel kan du bruke sidestiler for å lage ulike topptekster til par- og oddetallssidene i et dokument."
|
||
|
||
#: header_pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150929\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Open a new text document."
|
||
msgstr "Åpne et nytt tekstdokument."
|
||
|
||
#: header_pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150946\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph> and click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon in the Styles and Formatting sidebar deck."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Format → Stilbehandler</emph> og trykk på ikonet <emph>Sidestiler</emph>i Stilbehandleren."
|
||
|
||
#: header_pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150510\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Right-click \"Right Page\" in the list of page styles and choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Høyreklikk avsnittsstilen «Høyreside» og velg <emph>Rediger</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: header_pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150536\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Page Styles</item> dialog, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Header</item> tab."
|
||
msgstr "I dialogvinduet <item type=\"menuitem\">Sidestiler</item>, trykk på fanen <item type=\"menuitem\">Topptekst</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: header_pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153750\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select <item type=\"menuitem\">Header on</item> and click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Organizer</item> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <item type=\"menuitem\">Vis topptekst</item> og trykk på fanen <item type=\"menuitem\">Behandler</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: header_pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3146865\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Next Style</item> box, select \"Left Page\"."
|
||
msgstr "I boksen <item type=\"menuitem\">Neste stil</item> velger du «Venstreside»."
|
||
|
||
#: header_pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3146889\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: header_pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150714\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> window, right-click \"Left Page\" in the list of page styles and choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "I dialogvinduet <emph>Stilbehandler</emph>, høyreklikk på «Venstreside» i lista med sidestiler og velg <emph>Rediger</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: header_pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150748\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Page Styles</item> dialog, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Header</item> tab."
|
||
msgstr "I dialogvinduet <item type=\"menuitem\">Sidestiler</item>, trykk på fanen <item type=\"menuitem\">Topptekst</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: header_pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153172\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select <item type=\"menuitem\">Header on</item> and click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Organizer</item> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <item type=\"menuitem\">Vis topptekst</item> og trykk på fanen <item type=\"menuitem\">Behandler</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: header_pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147061\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Next Style</item> box, select \"Right Page\"."
|
||
msgstr "I boksen <item type=\"menuitem\">Neste stil</item>, velg «Høyreside»."
|
||
|
||
#: header_pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147086\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: header_pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145263\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Double-click \"Right Page\" in the list of page styles to apply the style to the current page."
|
||
msgstr "Dobbeltklikk på Høyreside i lista over sidestiler for å bruke denne stilen på den gjeldende siden."
|
||
|
||
#: header_pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145284\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Enter text or graphics in the header for the Left Page style. After the next page is added to your document, enter text or graphics in the header for the Right Page style."
|
||
msgstr "Legg inn tekst bilder i toppteksten for venstresider. Etter at den neste sida er lagt til i dokumentet, kan du legge inn tekst og bilder i toppteksten for høyresider."
|
||
|
||
#: header_with_chapter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Inserting a Chapter Name and Number in a Header or a Footer"
|
||
msgstr "Sette inn kapittelnavn og -nummer i en topp- eller bunntekst"
|
||
|
||
#: header_with_chapter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3155919\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>running titles in headers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>floating titles in headers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>headers; chapter information</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>chapter names in headers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>names; chapter names in headers</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>fortløpende titler i topptekster</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>flytende titler i topptekster</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>topptekster; kapittelinformasjon</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>kapittelnavn i topptekster</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>navn; kapittelnavn i topptekster</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: header_with_chapter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155919\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"header_with_chapter\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp\" name=\"Inserting a Chapter Name and Number in a Header or a Footer\">Inserting a Chapter Name and Number in a Header or a Footer</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"header_with_chapter\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp\" name=\"Inserting a Chapter Name and Number in a Header or a Footer\">Sette inn kapittelnavn og -nummer i en topp- eller bunntekst</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: header_with_chapter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153414\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Before you can insert chapter information into a header or footer, you must first set the chapter numbering options for the paragraph style that you want to use for chapter titles."
|
||
msgstr "Før du kan sette inn kapittelinformasjon i en topp- eller bunntekst, må du velge disposisjonsnummerering for avsnittsstilen du vil bruke kapitteltitler på."
|
||
|
||
#: header_with_chapter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3154244\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Create a Paragraph Style for Chapter Titles"
|
||
msgstr "For å lage en avsnittsstil for kapitteltitler"
|
||
|
||
#: header_with_chapter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155874\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Chapter Numbering.</item>"
|
||
msgstr "Velg <item type=\"menuitem\"> Verktøy - Kapittelnummerering.</item>"
|
||
|
||
#: header_with_chapter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155898\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style</item> box, select the paragraph style that you want to use for chapter titles, for example, \"Heading 1\"."
|
||
msgstr "I boksen <item type=\"menuitem\">Stil</item>, velg avsnittsstilen du vil bruke på kapitteltitler, for eksempel, «Overskrift 1»."
|
||
|
||
#: header_with_chapter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147124\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the numbering style for the chapter titles in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Number</item> box, for example, \"1,2,3...\"."
|
||
msgstr "Velg nummereringsstil for kapitteltitlene i boksen <item type=\"menuitem\">Tall</item>, for eksempel, «1, 2, 3, …»."
|
||
|
||
#: header_with_chapter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150219\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Type \"Chapter\" followed by a space in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Before</item> box."
|
||
msgstr "Skriv «Kapittel» og deretter en mellomrom i boksen <item type=\"menuitem\">Før</item> ."
|
||
|
||
#: header_with_chapter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150245\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Enter a space in the <item type=\"menuitem\">After</item> box."
|
||
msgstr "Skriv inn et mellomrom i boksen<item type=\"menuitem\">Etter</item> ."
|
||
|
||
#: header_with_chapter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150949\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: header_with_chapter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3150505\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Insert the Chapter Name and Number in a Header or a Footer"
|
||
msgstr "For å sette inn kapittelnavn og -nummer i en topp- eller bunntekst"
|
||
|
||
#: header_with_chapter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150527\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Apply the paragraph style that you defined for chapter titles to the chapter headings in your document."
|
||
msgstr "Bruk samme avsnittsstil som du laget kapitteltitler for i kapitteloverskriftene i dokumentet."
|
||
|
||
#: header_with_chapter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153729\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Header and Footer - Header</item> or <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Header and Footer - Footer</item>, and then select the page style for the current page from the submenu."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <item type=\"menuitem\">Sett inn → Topptekst</item> eller <item type=\"menuitem\">Sett inn → Bunntekst</item>, og velg sidestilen på den gjeldende siden fra undermenyen."
|
||
|
||
#: header_with_chapter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153762\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click in the header or footer."
|
||
msgstr "Klikk i toppteksten eller bunnteksten."
|
||
|
||
#: header_with_chapter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3146863\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Field - More Fields</item> and click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Document</item> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <item type=\"menuitem\">Sett inn → Felt → Andre</item>, og trykk på fanen <item type=\"menuitem\">Funksjoner</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: header_with_chapter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153175\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click \"Chapter\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> list and \"Chapter number and name\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Format</item> list."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på «Kapittel« i <item type=\"menuitem\">Typelista</item> og «Kapittelnummer og -navn» i <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatlista</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: header_with_chapter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147065\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph> and then click <emph>Close</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>Sett inn</emph> og <emph>Lukk</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: header_with_chapter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147095\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The header on every page that uses the current page style automatically displays the chapter name and number."
|
||
msgstr "Kapittelnavnene og -numrene blir nå automatisk vist på alle sider som bruker den gjeldende sidestilen."
|
||
|
||
#: header_with_line.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_with_line.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Formatting Headers or Footers"
|
||
msgstr "Formatere topp- og bunntekster"
|
||
|
||
#: header_with_line.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_with_line.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3154866\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>inserting;lines under headers/above footers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lines; under headers/above footers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>headers;formatting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>footers;formatting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>shadows;headers/footers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>borders;for headers/footers</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>sette inn; linjer under topptekster/over bunntekster</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>linjer; under topptekster/over bunntekster</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>topptekster;formatere</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bunntekster;formatere</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>skygger;topptekster/bunntekster</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>kantlinjer;på topptekster/bunntekster</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: header_with_line.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_with_line.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3154866\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"header_with_line\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp\" name=\"Formatting Headers or Footers\">Formatting Headers or Footers</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"header_with_line\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp\" name=\"Formatting Headers or Footers\">Formatere topp- og bunntekster</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: header_with_line.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_with_line.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154243\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can apply direct formatting to the text in a header or footer. You can also adjust the spacing of the text relative to the header or footer frame or apply a border to the header or footer."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan bruke direkte formatering på teksten i en topp- eller bunntekst. Du kan også tilpassse avstanden på teksten i forhold til topp- eller bunntekstramma eller bruke kantlinjer på topp- eller bunnteksten."
|
||
|
||
#: header_with_line.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_with_line.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155873\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Page</item> and select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Header</item> or <item type=\"menuitem\">Footer</item> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <item type=\"menuitem\">Format → Side</item> og velg fanen <item type=\"menuitem\">Topptekst</item> eller <item type=\"menuitem\">Bunntekst</item> ."
|
||
|
||
#: header_with_line.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_with_line.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147109\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Set the spacing options that you want to use."
|
||
msgstr "Velg avstandsinnstillingene du vil bruke."
|
||
|
||
#: header_with_line.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_with_line.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147128\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To add a border or a shadow to the header or the footer, click <item type=\"menuitem\">More</item>. The <item type=\"menuitem\">Border/Background</item> dialog opens."
|
||
msgstr "For å legge til kantlinjer eller skygge på topp- eller bunnteksten, trykk på <item type=\"menuitem\">Mer</item>. Dialogvinduet <item type=\"menuitem\">Kantlinje/bakgrunn</item> blir da åpnet."
|
||
|
||
#: header_with_line.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_with_line.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150520\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To add a separator line between the header or the footer and the content of the page, click the bottom edge of the square in the <emph>Line arrangement</emph> area. Click a line style in the <emph>Style</emph> box."
|
||
msgstr "For å legge til en delelinje mellom toppteksten eller bunnteksten og sideinnholdet, klikk på den nederste kanten av firkanten i <emph>Linje arrangement</emph>. Klikk på en linjestil i <emph>Stil</emph>boksen."
|
||
|
||
#: header_with_line.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_with_line.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153742\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To adjust the spacing between the content of the header or footer and the line, clear the <emph>Synchronize</emph> box, and then enter a value in the<emph> Bottom</emph> box."
|
||
msgstr "For å justere avstanden mellom topp- eller bunnteksten og linjen, fjern merket foran <emph>Synkroniser</emph> og skriv inn en verdi i boksen <emph>Nederst</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Hiding Text"
|
||
msgstr "Skjule tekst"
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3148856\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; hiding</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sections;hiding</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paragraphs;hiding</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>hiding;text, with conditions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>variables;for hiding text</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tekst; skjule</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bolker;skjule</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>avsnitt;skjule</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>skjule;tekst, med vilkår</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>variabler, for å skjule tekst</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3148856\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"hidden_text\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp\" name=\"Hiding Text\">Hiding Text</link> </variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"hidden_text\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp\" name=\"Skjule tekst\">Skjule tekst</link> </variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150103\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can use fields and sections to hide or display text in your document if a condition is met."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan bruke felt og bolker til å skjule eller vise tekst i et dokumentet, hvis et vilkår er møtt."
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153409\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Before you can hide text, you must first create a variable to use in the condition for hiding the text."
|
||
msgstr "Før du kan skjule tekst må du lage en variabel som kan brukes som vilkår for å skjule teksten."
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id5174108\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Create a Variable"
|
||
msgstr "For å lage en variabel"
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153131\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click in your document and choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk i dokumentet og velg <emph>Sett inn → Felt → Andre</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149640\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the <emph>Variables </emph>tab and click \"Set Variable\" in the <emph>Type </emph>list."
|
||
msgstr "Velg fanen <emph>Variabler</emph>, og deretter Velg variabel i <emph>Typelista</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149970\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click \"General\" in the <emph>Format </emph>list."
|
||
msgstr "Velg «Standard» i <emph>Formatlista</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149620\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Type a name for the variable in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Name</item> box, for example, <item type=\"literal\">Hide</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Skriv et navn for variabelen i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Navn</item>, for eksempel, <item type=\"literal\">Skjul</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149869\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Enter a value for the variable in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Value</item> box, for example, <item type=\"literal\">1</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Skriv inn en verdi for variabelen i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Verdi</item> , for eksempel, <item type=\"literal\">1</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145108\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To hide the variable in your document, select <emph>Invisible</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "For å skjule variabelen i dokumentet, velg <emph>Usynlig</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149585\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> and <item type=\"menuitem\">Close</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på <item type=\"menuitem\">Sett inn</item> og <item type=\"menuitem\">Lukk</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3156245\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Hide Text"
|
||
msgstr "For å skjule tekst"
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145391\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click in the document where you want to add the text."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på stedet i dokumentet der du vil legge til teksten."
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145409\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph> and click the <emph>Functions</emph> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Sett inn → Felt → Andre</emph>, og trykk på fanen <emph>Funksjoner</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155325\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click \"Hidden Text\" in the <emph>Type </emph>list."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på «Skjult tekst» i <emph>Typelista</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154404\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Enter a statement in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Condition</item> box. For example, using the variable you previously defined, enter <item type=\"literal\">Hide==1</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Skriv inn et vilkår i <item type=\"menuitem\">Vilkårsboksen</item>. Du kan for eksempel bruke variablen <item type=\"literal\">Skjul==1</item> du lagde tidligere."
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153371\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Type the text that you want to hide in the <emph>Hidden text </emph>box."
|
||
msgstr "Skriv inn teksten du vil skjule i feltet <emph>Skjult tekst</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154233\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> and <item type=\"menuitem\">Close</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på <item type=\"menuitem\">Sett inn</item> og <item type=\"menuitem\">Lukk</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3154256\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Hide a Paragraph"
|
||
msgstr "For skjule et avsnitt"
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154853\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click in the paragraph where you want to add the text."
|
||
msgstr "Klikk i avsnittet der du vil legge til tekst."
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154872\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph> and click the <emph>Functions</emph> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Sett inn → Felt → Andre</emph>, og trykk på fanen <emph>Funksjoner</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155902\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click \"Hidden Paragraph\" in the <emph>Type </emph>list."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på «Skjult avsnitt» i <emph>Typelista</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155947\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Enter a statement in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Condition</item> box. For example, using the variable you previously defined, enter <item type=\"literal\">Hide==1</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Skriv inn et vilkår i <item type=\"menuitem\">Vilkårsboksen</item>. Du kan for eksempel bruke variablen <item type=\"literal\">Skjul==1</item> du lagde tidligere."
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149991\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> and <item type=\"menuitem\">Close</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på <item type=\"menuitem\">Sett inn</item> og <item type=\"menuitem\">Lukk</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3793450\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You must enable this feature by removing the check mark from menu <emph>View - Hidden Paragraphs</emph>. When the check mark is set, you cannot hide any paragraph."
|
||
msgstr "Du må slå på denne funksjonen ved å fjerne avkryssinga i menyen <emph>Vis → Skjulte avsnitt</emph>. Ingen avsnitt blir skjult når dette er avkryssa."
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3148675\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Hide a Section"
|
||
msgstr "For å skjule en bolk"
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3148697\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the text that you want to hide in your document."
|
||
msgstr "Velg teksten som du vil skjule i dokumentet."
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153019\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Sett inn → Bolk</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3148950\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Hide</item> area, select <item type=\"menuitem\">Hide</item>, and then enter an expression in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Condition</item> box. For example, using the variable you previously defined, enter <item type=\"literal\">Hide==1</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <item type=\"menuitem\">Skjul</item> i området <item type=\"menuitem\">Skjul</item>, og skriv inn et uttrykk i boksen <item type=\"menuitem\">Vilkår</item>. For eksempel kan du bruke variabelen du lagde tidligere og skrive <item type=\"literal\">Skjul==1</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153636\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på <item type=\"menuitem\">Sett inn</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3846858\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text_display.xhp\" name=\"Displaying Hidden Text\">Displaying Hidden Text</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text_display.xhp\" name=\"Vise skjult tekst\">Vise skjult tekst</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id8148442\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/nonprintable_text.xhp\" name=\"Creating Non-printing Text\">Creating Non-printing Text</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/nonprintable_text.xhp\" name=\"Creating Non-printing Text\">Sette inn skjult tekst</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3148603\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Fields - Other\">Insert - Field - More Fields</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"Sett inn → Felt → Andre\">Sett inn → Felt → Andre</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147011\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Section\">Insert - Section</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Section\">Sett inn → Bolk</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147029\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\" name=\"List of Operators\">List of Operators</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\" name=\"List of Operators\">Liste over operatorer</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text_display.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text_display.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Displaying Hidden Text"
|
||
msgstr "Vise skjult tekst"
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text_display.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text_display.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3148856\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>hidden text; displaying</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>displaying;hidden text</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>skjult tekst; vise</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>vise;skjult tekst</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text_display.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text_display.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3148856\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"hidden_text_display\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text_display.xhp\" name=\"Displaying Hidden Text\">Displaying Hidden Text</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"hidden_text_display\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text_display.xhp\" name=\"Vise skjult tekst\">Vise skjult tekst</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text_display.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text_display.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id5659962\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If you have a text that was hidden by defining a condition with a variable, you have several options to display the hidden text. Do one of the following:"
|
||
msgstr "Hvis du har en tekst som ble skjult ved å angi et vilkår med en variabel, finnes det flere valg for å vise denne teksten. Du har følgende valg:"
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text_display.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text_display.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3152777\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Enable the check mark at <emph>View - Hidden Paragraphs</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Hak av <emph>Vis → Skjulte avsnitt</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text_display.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text_display.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153902\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Double-click in front of the variable that you used to define the condition for hiding the text, and enter a different value for the variable."
|
||
msgstr "Dobbeltklikk foran variabelen du brukte for å angi vilkåret for å skjule teksten, og skriv inn en annen verdi."
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text_display.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text_display.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147114\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Double-click in front of the hidden text field or the hidden paragraph field, and change the condition statement."
|
||
msgstr "Dobbeltklikk foran den skjulte teksten eller avsnittsfeltet, og endre vilkårssetningen."
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text_display.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text_display.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1865901\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp\" name=\"Hiding Text\">Hiding Text</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp\" name=\"Hiding Text\">Skjule tekst</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text_display.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text_display.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147029\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\" name=\"List of Operators\">List of Operators</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\" name=\"List of Operators\">Liste over operatorer</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: hyperlinks.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hyperlinks.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Inserting Hyperlinks With the Navigator"
|
||
msgstr "Sette inn hyperlenker med Dokumentstruktur"
|
||
|
||
#: hyperlinks.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hyperlinks.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3155845\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>hyperlinks; inserting from Navigator</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting; hyperlinks from Navigator</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>cross-references; inserting with Navigator</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>Navigator;inserting hyperlinks</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>hyperlenker; sette inn fra Dokumentstruktur</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sette inn; hyperlenker fra Dokumentstruktur</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>kryssreferanser; sette inn med Dokumentstruktur</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Dokumentstruktur;sette inn hyperlenker</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: hyperlinks.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hyperlinks.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155845\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"hyperlinks\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hyperlinks.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Hyperlinks With the Navigator\">Inserting Hyperlinks With the Navigator</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"hyperlinks\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hyperlinks.xhp\" name=\"Sette inn hyperlenker med Dokumentstruktur\">Sette inn hyperlenker med Dokumentstruktur</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: hyperlinks.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hyperlinks.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155858\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can insert a cross-reference as a hyperlink in your document using the Navigator. You can even cross-reference items from other <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> documents. If you click the hyperlink when the document is opened in <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item>, you are taken to the cross-referenced item."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan sette inn en kryssreferanse som en hyperlenke i dokumentet ved å bruke Dokumentstruktur. Du kan også kryssreferere til elementer i andre <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item>-dokumenter. Hvis du trykker på hyperlenka når dokumentet er åpnet i <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item>, blir du ført til det kryssrefererte elementet."
|
||
|
||
#: hyperlinks.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hyperlinks.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149833\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Open the document(s) containing the items you want to cross-reference."
|
||
msgstr "åpne dokumentet/dokumentene som inneholder elementene du vil kryssreferere."
|
||
|
||
#: hyperlinks.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hyperlinks.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3148846\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "On the Standard bar, click the <emph>Navigator</emph> icon."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på knappen <emph>Dokumentstruktur</emph> i standardverktøylinja."
|
||
|
||
#: hyperlinks.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hyperlinks.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156108\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the arrow next to the <item type=\"menuitem\">Drag Mode</item> icon, and ensure that <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert as Hyperlink</item> is selected."
|
||
msgstr "Klikk på pilen ved siden av <item type=\"menuitem\">Dra modus</item> ikonet og forsikre deg om at <item type=\"menuitem\">sett inn som hyperlenke</item> er valgt."
|
||
|
||
#: hyperlinks.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hyperlinks.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153396\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the list at the bottom of the Navigator, select the document containing the item that you want to cross-reference."
|
||
msgstr "Velg dokumentet som inneholder elementet du vil kryssreferere i den nederste lista i vinduet Dokumentstruktur."
|
||
|
||
#: hyperlinks.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hyperlinks.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153416\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the Navigator list, click the plus sign next to the item that you want to insert as a hyperlink."
|
||
msgstr "I Dokumentstruktur-lista, trykk på plusstegnet ved siden av elementet som du vil sette inn som en hyperlenke."
|
||
|
||
#: hyperlinks.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hyperlinks.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153133\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Drag the item to where you want to insert the hyperlink in the document."
|
||
msgstr "Dra elementet til stedet i dokumentet der hyperlenka skal settes inn."
|
||
|
||
#: hyperlinks.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hyperlinks.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149635\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The name of the item is inserted in the document as an underlined hyperlink."
|
||
msgstr "Navnet på elementet blir satt inn i dokumentet som en understreka hyperlenke."
|
||
|
||
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Preventing Hyphenation of Specific Words"
|
||
msgstr "Unngå deling av visse ord"
|
||
|
||
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3149695\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>hyphenation;preventing for specific words</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>words;wrapping/not wrapping in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>switching off;hyphenation for specific words</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>orddeling;unngå for visse ord</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>ord;bryting/ikke bryring i tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>slå av;orddeling av visse ord</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149695\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"hyphen_prevent\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hyphen_prevent.xhp\" name=\"Preventing Hyphenation of Specific Words\">Preventing Hyphenation of Specific Words</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"hyphen_prevent\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hyphen_prevent.xhp\" name=\"Preventing Hyphenation of Specific Words\">Unngå deling av visse ord</link> </variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id5640125\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If your text is <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp\">automatically hyphenated</link> and certain hyphenated words look ugly, or if you want specific words never to be hyphenated you can switch off hyphenation for those words:"
|
||
msgstr "Hvis teksten blir <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp\">automatisk orddelt</link> og visse ord blir delt feil, eller hvis du vil at visse ord ikke skal deles, må du slå av deling av disse ordene:"
|
||
|
||
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153634\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Language Settings - Writing Aids</emph>"
|
||
msgstr "Velg <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME → Innstillinger</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Verktøy → Alternativer</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> → Språkinnstillinger → Skrivestøtte</emph>"
|
||
|
||
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153658\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select a dictionary in the <emph>User-defined dictionary </emph>list, and then click <emph>Edit</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg en ordliste i <emph>Egne ordlister</emph>, og trykk på <emph>Rediger</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147125\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If the list is empty, click <emph>New</emph> to create a dictionary."
|
||
msgstr "Hvis lista er tom, trykk på <emph>Ny</emph> for å lage en ordbok."
|
||
|
||
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150218\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the<emph> Word</emph> box, type the word you want to exclude from hyphenation, followed by an equal sign (=), for example, \"pretentious=\"."
|
||
msgstr "Skriv inn ordet som ikke skal deles i boksen <emph>Ord</emph>, og et er lik-tegn (=) etter det, for eksempel «fantastisk=»."
|
||
|
||
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150247\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>New</emph>, and then click <emph>Close</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>Ny</emph> og <emph>Lukk</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147036\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To quickly exclude a word from hyphenation, select the word, choose <emph>Format - Character</emph>, click the <emph>Font </emph>tab, and select \"None\" in the <emph>Language </emph>box."
|
||
msgstr "For å umiddelbart unngå at et ord blir delt, velg det, og <emph>Format → Tegn</emph>, trykk på fanen <emph>Skrift</emph>, og velg ngen i <emph>Språk</emph>-boksen."
|
||
|
||
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id0302200910262761\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Some words contain special characters that %PRODUCTNAME treats as a hyphen. If you do not want such words to be hyphenated, you can insert a special code that prevents hyphenation at the position where the special code is inserted. Proceed as follows:"
|
||
msgstr "Noen ord inneholder spesialtegn som %PRODUCTNAME behandler som en deling. Hvis du ikke ønsker at slike ord skal deles, kan du sette inn en spesiell kode som forhindrer orddeling på plasseringa hvor spesialkoden er satt inn. Gjør dette:"
|
||
|
||
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id0302200910262850\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Enable the special features of complex text layout (CTL) languages: Choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"menuitem\"> - Language Settings - Languages</item> and check <emph>Enabled for complex text layout (CTL)</emph>. Click OK."
|
||
msgstr "Aktiver spesialfunksjonene for språk med kompleks tekstutforming (CTL): Vel <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME → Innstillinger</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"menuitem\">Verktøy → Alternativer</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"menuitem\"> → Språkinnstillinger → Språk</item> og merk av for <emph>Kompleks tekstutforming (CTL)</emph>. Klikk på OK."
|
||
|
||
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id0302200910262837\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Position the cursor at the place where no hyphenation should occur."
|
||
msgstr "Plasser skrivemerket der orddeling ikke skal forekomme."
|
||
|
||
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id0302200910262867\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Formatting Mark - No-width no break</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg<item type=\"menuitem\">Sett inn - Formateringsmerke - Ingen bredde ingen brytning</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id0302200910572128\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Once the special character is inserted, you might disable CTL again. Support of CTL was only necessary to insert the special character."
|
||
msgstr "Når spesialtegn er satt inn, vil du kanskje slå av CTL igjen. Støtte for CTL var bare nødvendig for å sette inn spesialtegnet."
|
||
|
||
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154361\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp\" name=\"Text Flow\">Text Flow</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp\" name=\"Tekstflyt\">Tekstflyt</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: indenting.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indenting.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Indenting Paragraphs"
|
||
msgstr "Innrykking av avsnitt"
|
||
|
||
#: indenting.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indenting.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3155869\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>formatting; indenting paragraphs</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>indents;in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paragraphs; indents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>hanging indents in paragraphs</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>right indents in paragraphs</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lines of text; indents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>changing;indents</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>formatere; innrykk av avsnitt</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>innrykk;i tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>avsnitt; innrykk</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hengende innrykk i avsnitt</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>høyreinnrykk i avsnitt</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tekstlinjer; innrykk</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>endre;innrykk</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: indenting.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indenting.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id129398\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"indenting\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indenting.xhp\">Indenting Paragraphs</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"indenting\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indenting.xhp\">Innrykking av avsnitt</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: indenting.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indenting.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id5589159\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To change the measurement units, choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"menuitem\"> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - General</item>, and then select a new measurement unit in the Settings area."
|
||
msgstr "For å endre måleenheter, velg <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME - Innstillinger</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"menuitem\">Verktøy - Alternativer</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"menuitem\"> - %PRODUCTNAME -Writer- Generelt</item>,og velg deretter en ny måleenhet fra innstillingene."
|
||
|
||
#: indenting.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indenting.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id9936216\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can change the indents for the current paragraph, or for all selected paragraphs, or for a Paragraph Style."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan endre på innrykka for det gjeldende avsnittet, eller for alle valgte avsnitt, eller for en avsnittsstil."
|
||
|
||
#: indenting.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indenting.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id7953123\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can also <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp\" name=\"ruler\">set indents using the ruler</link>. To display the ruler, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">View - Ruler</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Du må også <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp\" name=\"ruler\">stille inn innrykk ved å bruke linjalen</link>. Velg <item type=\"menuitem\">Vis → Linjaler</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: indenting.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indenting.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id4013794\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Paragraph - Indents & Spacing</item> to change the indents for the current paragraph or for all selected paragraphs. You can also <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp\" name=\"ruler\">set indents using the ruler</link>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <item type=\"menuitem\">Format → Avsnitt → Innrykk og avstand</item> for å endre på innrykka i det gjeldende avsnittet eller i alle de valgte avsnitta. Du må også <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp\" name=\"ruler\">stille inn innrykk ved å bruke linjalen</link>."
|
||
|
||
#: indenting.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indenting.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1631824\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Right-click a paragraph and choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit Paragraph Style - Indents & Spacing</item> to change the indents for all paragraphs that have the same Paragraph Style."
|
||
msgstr "Høyreklikk på et avsnitt og velg <item type=\"menuitem\"> Rediger avsnittsstil → Innrykk og avstand</item> for å endre på innrykka i alle avsnittene som bruker den samme stilen."
|
||
|
||
#: indenting.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indenting.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id7271645\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Indents are calculated with respect to the left and right page margins. If you want the paragraph to extend into the page margin, enter a negative number."
|
||
msgstr "Innrykk blir regnet ut med venstre- og høyremargene som grenser. Hvis du vil at avsnittet skal gå utenfor margene, skriv inn et negativt tall."
|
||
|
||
#: indenting.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indenting.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id2136295\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The indents are different regarding the writing direction. For example, look at the <item type=\"menuitem\">Before text </item>indent value in left-to-right languages. The left edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the left page margin. In right-to-left languages, the right edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the right page margin."
|
||
msgstr "Innrykk er ulike avhengig av skriveretningen. For eksempel er det verdien i <item type=\"menuitem\">Før tekst</item> som gjelder i venstre til høyre-språk. Den venstre kanten av avsnittet er flyttet inn med venstremargen som grense. I språk som en skriver fra høyre til venstre blir den høyre kanten av avsnittet flyttet inn med høyremargen som grense."
|
||
|
||
#: indenting.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indenting.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id4186223\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "For a hanging indent, enter a positive value for <item type=\"menuitem\">Before text</item> and a negative value for <item type=\"menuitem\">First line</item>."
|
||
msgstr "For et hengende innrykk, skriv inn en positiv verdi i <item type=\"menuitem\">Før tekst</item> og en negativ verdi i <item type=\"menuitem\">Første linje</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: indenting.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indenting.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1491134\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030100.xhp\">Format - Paragraph - Indents & Spacing</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030100.xhp\">Format → Avsnitt → Innrykk og avstand</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_delete.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_delete.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Editing or Deleting Index and Table Entries"
|
||
msgstr "Redigere og slette register- og tabelloppføringer"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_delete.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_delete.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3155186\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>indexes; editing or deleting entries</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables of contents; editing or deleting entries</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>deleting;entries of indexes/tables of contents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>editing;table/index entries</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>registre; redigere eller slette oppføringer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>innholdslister; redigere eller slette oppføringer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>slette;oppføringer i registre/innholdslister</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>redigere;oppføringer i registre og innholdslister</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_delete.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_delete.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155186\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"indices_delete\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp\" name=\"Editing or Deleting Index and Table Entries\">Editing or Deleting Index and Table Entries</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"indices_delete\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp\" name=\"Editing or Deleting Index and Table Entries\">Redigere eller slette oppføringer i registre og innholdslister</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_delete.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_delete.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155855\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Index entries are inserted as fields into your document. To view fields in your document, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">View</item> and ensure that <item type=\"menuitem\">Field Shadings</item> is selected."
|
||
msgstr "Registeroppføringer blir satt inn som felt i dokumentet. For å vise felt i dokumentet, velg <item type=\"menuitem\">Vis</item> og <item type=\"menuitem\"> Feltskygge</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_delete.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_delete.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155507\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Place the cursor immediately in front of the index entry in your document."
|
||
msgstr "Plasser skrivemerket foran registeroppføringa i dokumentet."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_delete.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_delete.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155526\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Edit - Index Entry</emph>, and do one of the following:"
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Rediger → Stikkord</emph>, og gjør følgende:"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_delete.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_delete.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154238\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To change the entry, enter different text in the <emph>Entry</emph> box."
|
||
msgstr "For å endre en oppføring, skriv inn en annen tekst i<emph>Tekst</emph>boksen."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_delete.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_delete.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154263\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To remove the entry, click <emph>Delete</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "For å fjerne innskrivingen, klikk<emph>Slett</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_delete.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_delete.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155893\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To cycle through the index entries in your document, click the next or the previous arrows in the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp\" name=\"Edit Index Entry dialog\"><emph>Edit Index Entry</emph> dialog</link>."
|
||
msgstr "For å bla gjennom registeroppføringene i dokumentet, trykk på «Neste» eller «Forrige» i dialogvinduet <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp\" name=\"Edit Index Entry dialog\"><emph>Rediger registeroppføring</emph></link>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_edit.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_edit.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Updating, Editing and Deleting Indexes and Tables of Contents"
|
||
msgstr "Oppdatere, redigere og slette registre og innholdslister"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_edit.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_edit.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3149695\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>indexes; editing/updating/deleting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables of contents; editing and deleting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>updating;indexes/tables of contents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>editing;indexes/tables of contents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>deleting;indexes/tables of contents</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>registre; redigere, oppdatere/slette</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>innholdslister; redigere, oppdatere og slette</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>oppdatere;registre/innholdslister</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>redigere;registre/innholdslister</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>slette;registre/innholdslister</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_edit.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_edit.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149695\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"indices_edit\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp\" name=\"Updating, Editing and Deleting Indexes and Tables of Contents\">Updating, Editing and Deleting Indexes and Tables of Contents</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"indices_edit\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp\" name=\"Updating, Editing and Deleting Indexes and Tables of Contents\">Oppdatere, redigere og slette registere og innholdslister</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_edit.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_edit.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155856\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Place the cursor in the index or table of contents."
|
||
msgstr "Plasser skrivemerket i indeksen eller innholdslista."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_edit.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_edit.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155871\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If you cannot place your cursor in the index or table of contents, choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"menuitem\"> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</item>, and then select <item type=\"menuitem\">Enable cursor</item> in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Protected Areas</item> section."
|
||
msgstr "Hvis du ikke kan plassere markøren i registeret eller innholdslisten, velg <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME → Innstillinger</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"menuitem\">Verktøy → Alternativer</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"menuitem\"> → %PRODUCTNAME Writer → Formateringsstøtte</item> og merk av for <item type=\"menuitem\">Aktiver</item> i <item type=\"menuitem\">Markør i beskyttet område</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_edit.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_edit.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154248\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Right-click and choose an editing option from the menu."
|
||
msgstr "Høyreklikk og velg en redigeringsmåte fra menyen."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_edit.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_edit.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155872\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can also make changes directly to an index or table of contents. Right-click in the index or table of contents, choose <emph>Edit Index or Table of Contents</emph>, click <emph>Type</emph> tab, and then clear the <emph>Protected against manual changes</emph> check box."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan også gjøre endringer direkte i et register eller en innholdsliste. Høyreklikk i registeret eller innholdslista, velg <emph>Rediger register/innholdsliste</emph>, trykk på fanen <emph>Register/innholdsliste</emph>, og fjern deretter avkryssinga for <emph>Beskyttet mot manuelle endringer</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_enter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Defining Index or Table of Contents Entries"
|
||
msgstr "Angi oppføringer i indekser eller innholdslister"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_enter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3149689\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>indexes; defining entries in</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables of contents; defining entries in</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>entries; defining in indexes/tables of contents</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>registere; lage oppføringer i</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>innholdslister; lage oppføringer i</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>oppføringer; lage i registere og innholdslister</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_enter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149689\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"indices_enter\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp\" name=\"Defining Index or Table of Contents Entries\">Defining Index or Table of Contents Entries</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"indices_enter\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp\" name=\"Defining Index or Table of Contents Entries\">Lage oppføringer i indekser eller innholdslister</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_enter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155862\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Define Index Entries"
|
||
msgstr "For å angi stikkordsoppføringer"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_enter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156380\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click in a word, or select the words in your document that you want to use as an index entry."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk i et ord, eller velg ordene i dokumentet du vil bruke som et stikkord."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_enter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147409\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Index Entry</item>, and do one of the following:"
|
||
msgstr "Velg<item type=\"menuitem\">Sett inn → Register/innholdsliste → Stikkordmarkering</item>, og gjør dette:"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_enter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153417\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To change the text that appears in the index, type the text that you want in the <emph>Entry</emph> box. The text that you type here does not replace the selected text in the document."
|
||
msgstr "For å endre teksten som vises i innholdslisten, skriv inn den teksten du ønsker i feltet <emph>Skriv inn</emph>. Teksten du skriver inn her erstatter ikke teskten i dokumentet."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_enter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154258\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To add an index mark to similar words in your document, select <emph>Apply to all similar texts</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Hvis du vil leggje til et indeksmerke på lignende ord i dokumentet, velg <emph>Bruk på lignende ord</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_enter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155889\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To add the entries to a custom index, click the <emph>New User-defined Index</emph> icon, enter the name of the index, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "For å legge til oppføringer i en egendefinert indeks, klikk på <emph>Ny brukerdefinert indeks</emph> ikonet, skriv inn navnet på indeksen, og klikk så <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_enter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3147119\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Define Table of Contents Entries"
|
||
msgstr "For å angi oppføringer i innholdslister"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_enter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147132\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The best way to generate a table of contents is to apply the predefined heading paragraph styles, such as \"Heading 1\", to the paragraphs that you want to include in your table of contents."
|
||
msgstr "Den beste måten å lage en innholdsliste på er å bruke de forhåndslagde stilene for avsnittsoverskrifter, som for eksempel «Overskrift 1» på avsnitt som skal være med i innholdslista."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_enter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3150230\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Use a Custom Paragraph Style as a Table of Contents Entry"
|
||
msgstr "For å bruke en tilpasssa avsnittsstil som en oppføring i en innholdsliste"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_enter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150933\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - </item><item type=\"menuitem\">Chapter</item><item type=\"menuitem\"> Numbering</item> and click the <emph>Numbering</emph> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Velg<item type=\"menuitem\">Verktøy- </item><item type=\"menuitem\">Kapittel</item><item type=\"menuitem\"> Nummerering</item> og klikk på <emph>Nummererings</emph> fliken."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_enter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150964\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the paragraph style that you want to include in your table of contents in the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> box."
|
||
msgstr "Velg den avsnittsstilen du vil ta med på innholdslista i boksen <emph>Avsnittsstil</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_enter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150523\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <emph>Level</emph> list, click the hierarchical level that you want to apply the paragraph style to."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på det dokumentnivået du vil bruke avsnittsstilen på i <emph>Nivålista</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_enter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153730\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>. You can now apply the style to headings in your document and include them in your table of contents."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>. Du kan nå bruke denne stilen på overskrifter i dokumentet og få disse med i innholdslista."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_form.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_form.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Formatting an Index or a Table of Contents"
|
||
msgstr "Formatere et register eller en innholdsliste"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_form.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_form.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3155855\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>indexes; formatting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>editing; index format</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables of contents; formatting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>entries; in tables of contents, as hyperlinks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables of contents; hyperlinks as entries</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>hyperlinks; in tables of contents and indexes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formatting;indexes and tables of contents</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>registrere; formatering</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>redigere; register format</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>innholdsliste; formatering</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>elementer; i innholdslister, som hyperlenker</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>innholdslister; hyperlenker som elementer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hyperlenker; i innholdslister og registere</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatering;registere og innholdslister</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_form.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_form.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155855\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"indices_form\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp\" name=\"Formatting an Index or a Table of Contents\">Formatting an Index or a Table of Contents</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"indices_form\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp\" name=\"Formatting an Index or a Table of Contents\">Formatere et register eller en innholdsliste</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_form.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_form.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154259\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can apply different paragraph styles, assign hyperlinks to entries, change the layout of indexes, and change the background color of indexes in the <emph>Insert Index</emph> dialog."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan bruke ulike avsnittsstiler, tildele hyperlenker til oppføringer, endre utseendet til registre og endre bakgrunnsfargen i dialogvinduet <emph>Sett inn register</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_form.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_form.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155888\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Apply a Different Paragraph Style to an Index Level"
|
||
msgstr "For å bruke en annen avsnittsstil på et registernivå:"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_form.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_form.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147110\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Right-click in the index or table of contents, and then choose <emph>Edit Index or Table of Contents</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Høyreklikk i registeret eller innholdslista, og velg <emph>Rediger register/innholdsliste</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_form.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_form.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147135\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the <emph>Styles </emph>tab."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på fanen <emph>Stiler</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_form.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_form.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150229\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click an index level in the <emph>Levels </emph>list."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på et registernivå i <emph>Nivålista</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_form.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_form.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150934\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the style that you want to apply in the <emph>Paragraph Style </emph>list."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på stilen du vil bruke i lista <emph>Avsnittsstil</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_form.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_form.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150960\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the assign button <emph><</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på tildelingsknappen <emph><</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_form.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_form.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150516\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_form.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_form.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3146878\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Assign Hyperlinks to Entries in a Table of Contents"
|
||
msgstr "For å angi hyperlenker for oppføringer i en innholdsliste"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_form.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_form.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3146890\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can assign a cross-reference as a hyperlink to entries in a table of contents."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan tildele en kryssreferanse som en hyperlenke til oppføringene i en innholdsliste."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_form.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_form.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150712\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Right-click in the table of contents, and then choose <emph>Edit Index or Table of Contents</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Høyreklikk i innholdslista, og velg <emph>Rediger register/innholdsliste</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_form.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_form.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150738\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the <emph>Entries</emph> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>Valg</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_form.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_form.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3148399\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Level</item> list click the heading level that you want to assign hyperlinks to."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på det dokumentnivået du vil bruke avsnittsstilen på i <item type=\"menuitem\">Nivå</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_form.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_form.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3148424\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <emph>Structure </emph>area, click in the box in front of <emph>E#</emph>, and then click <emph>Hyperlink</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "I området <emph>Struktur</emph> kan du trykke i feltet foran <emph>O#</emph>, og deretter på <emph>Hyperlenke</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_form.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_form.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153171\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click in the box behind the <emph>E</emph>, and then click <emph>Hyperlink</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk i feltet etter <emph>O</emph>, og trykk deretter på <emph>Hyperlenke</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_form.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_form.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147060\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Repeat for each heading level that you want to create hyperlinks for, or click the <item type=\"menuitem\">All</item> button to apply the formatting to all levels."
|
||
msgstr "Gjenta for hvert overskriftsnivå som du vil lage hyperlinker til, eller klikk <item type=\"menuitem\">Alle</item>for å bruke formateringen på alle nivå."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_index.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_index.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Creating Alphabetical Indexes"
|
||
msgstr "Lage alfabetiske registere"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_index.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_index.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3155911\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>concordance files;indexes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>indexes; alphabetical indexes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>alphabetical indexes</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>ordindeksfil; registere</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>registere; alfabetiske registere</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>alfabetiske registere</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_index.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_index.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155911\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"indices_index\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp\" name=\"Creating Alphabetical Indexes\">Creating Alphabetical Indexes</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"indices_index\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp\" name=\"Creating Alphabetical Indexes\">Lage alfabetiske registre</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_index.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_index.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154233\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click in your document where you want to insert the index."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på stedet i dokumentet der du vil sette inn registret."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_index.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_index.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154252\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Sett inn - Innholdsfortegnelse og indeks - Innholdsfortegnelse, Indeks eller Bibliografi</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_index.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_index.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155884\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "On the <emph>Type</emph> tab, select \"Alphabetical Index\" in the <emph>Type</emph> box."
|
||
msgstr "På fanen <emph>Register/innholdsliste</emph>, velg «Alfabetisk register» i <emph>Typefeltet</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_index.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_index.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147114\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If you want to use a concordance file, select <item type=\"menuitem\">Concordance file</item> in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Options</item> area, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">File</item> button, and then locate an existing file or create a new concordance file."
|
||
msgstr "Hvis du vil bruke en stikkordfil, velg <item type=\"menuitem\">Stikkordfil</item> i området <item type=\"menuitem\">Innstillinger</item>, trykk på <item type=\"menuitem\">Fil</item>, og finn en stikkordfil som finnes fra før, eller lag en ny."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_index.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_index.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150223\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Set the formatting options for the index, either on the current tab, or on any of the other tabs of this dialog. For example, if you want to use single letter headings in your index, click the <emph>Entries</emph> tab, and then select <emph>Alphabetical delimiter</emph>. To change the formatting of levels in the index, click the <emph>Styles</emph> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Velg formateringsinnstillingene for registeret i den gjeldende fanen eller i en av de andre i dialogvinduet. Hvis du for eksempel vil bruke enkeltbokstavoverskrifter i registeret, trykk på fanen <emph>Oppføringer</emph>, og velg <emph>Alfabetisk skilletegn</emph>. For å endre på formateringa for nivåer i registeret, trykk på fanen <emph>Stiler</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_index.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_index.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150946\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_index.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_index.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150502\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To update the index, right-click in the index, and then choose <emph>Update Index or Table of Contents</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Høyreklikk i registeret og velg <emph>Oppdater register/innholdsliste</emph> for å oppdatere det."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_index.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_index.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3152760\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120250.xhp\" name=\"Creating a concordance file\">Creating a concordance file</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120250.xhp\" name=\"Lage en ordindeksfil\">Lage en ordindeksfil</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_literature.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Creating a Bibliography"
|
||
msgstr "Lage en litteraturliste"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_literature.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3149687\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>indexes;creating bibliographies</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>databases;creating bibliographies</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>bibliographies</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>entries;bibliographies</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>storing bibliographic information</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>registere;lage litteraturlister</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>databaser;lage litteraturlister</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>litteraturlister</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>oppføringer;litteraturlister</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lagre litteraturlisteinformasjon</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_literature.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149687\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"indices_literature\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp\" name=\"Creating a Bibliography\">Creating a Bibliography</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"indices_literature\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp\" name=\"Creating a Bibliography\">Lage en litteraturliste</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_literature.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155864\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "A bibliography is a list of works that you reference in a document."
|
||
msgstr "En litteraturliste er en liste over prosjekter som refereres i et dokument."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_literature.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3153402\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Storing Bibliographic Information"
|
||
msgstr "Lagre litteraturinformasjonen"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_literature.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153414\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "$[officename] stores bibliographic information in a bibliography database, or in an individual document."
|
||
msgstr "$[officename] lagrer litteraturinformasjon i en litteraturdatabase eller i et enkeltstående dokument."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_literature.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3154244\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Store Information in the Bibliography Database"
|
||
msgstr "For å lagre informasjon i litteraturdatabasen"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_literature.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155872\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <link href=\"text/shared/01/02250000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Bibliography Database\"><emph>Tools - Bibliography Database</emph></link>"
|
||
msgstr "Velg <link href=\"text/shared/01/02250000.xhp\" name=\"Verktøy → Litteraturdatabase\"><emph>Verktøy → Litteraturdatabase</emph></link>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_literature.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155900\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Record</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Sett inn → Ny oppføring</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_literature.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147123\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Type a name for the bibliography entry in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Short name</item> box, and then add additional information to the record in the remaining boxes."
|
||
msgstr "Skriv inn et navn på litteraturhenvisninga i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Kortnavn</item>, og legg til mer informasjon om oppføringa i de andre feltene."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_literature.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150219\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Close the <item type=\"menuitem\">Bibliography Database</item> window."
|
||
msgstr "Lukk dialogvinduet <item type=\"menuitem\">Litteraturdatabase</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_literature.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3150242\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Store Bibliographic Information in an Individual Document"
|
||
msgstr "For å lagre litteraturinformasjon i et enkeltstående dokument"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_literature.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150945\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click in your document where you want to add the bibliography entry."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på stedet i dokumentet der litteraturhenvisninga skal lages."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_literature.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150964\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Bibliography Entry\"><emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Bibliography Entry</emph></link>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Bibliography Entry\"><emph>Sett inn - Innholdsfortegnelse og indeks - Litteraturoppføring</emph></link>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_literature.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150525\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select <emph>From document content</emph> and click <emph>New</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Fra dokumentinnhold</emph> og trykk på <emph>Ny</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_literature.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153738\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Type a name for the bibliography entry in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Short name</item> box."
|
||
msgstr "Skriv inn et navn på litteraturhenvisninga i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Kortnavn</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_literature.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153763\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the publication source for the record in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> box, and then add additional information in the remaining boxes."
|
||
msgstr "Velg kildeteksten for oppføringa i <item type=\"menuitem\">Typelista</item>, og legg til mer informasjon om kilden i de andre boksene."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_literature.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3146873\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_literature.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3146897\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert Bibliography Entry</item> dialog, click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item>, and then <item type=\"menuitem\">Close</item>."
|
||
msgstr "I dialogvinduet <item type=\"menuitem\">Sett inn litteraturhenvisning</item>, klikk på <item type=\"menuitem\">Sett inn</item> og deretter <item type=\"menuitem\">Lukk</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_literature.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3150741\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Inserting Bibliography Entries From the Bibliography Database"
|
||
msgstr "Sette inn litteraturhenvisninger fra litteraturdatabasen"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_literature.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3148402\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click in your document where you want to add the bibliography entry."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på stedet i dokumentet der litteraturhenvisninga skal lages."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_literature.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3148421\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Bibliography Entry</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Sett inn → Register og innholdslister → Litteraturhenvisning</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_literature.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153231\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select <emph>From bibliography database</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Fra Litteraturdatabase</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_literature.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147059\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the name of the bibliography entry that you want to insert in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Short name</item> box."
|
||
msgstr "Skriv inn et navn på litteraturhenvisninga i skrivefeltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Kortnavn</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_literature.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147085\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph> and then click <emph>Close</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>Sett inn</emph> og <emph>Lukk</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_literature.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156060\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp\" name=\"Bibliography Database\">Bibliography Database</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp\" name=\"Litteraturdatabase\">Litteraturdatabase</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_literature.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id6367076\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Some external tools exist that can interact with %PRODUCTNAME. One example is called <link href=\"http://bibus-biblio.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php/Main_Page\">Bibus</link>."
|
||
msgstr "Noen eksterne verktøy kan brukes sammen med %PRODUCTNAME. Et eksempel på dette er <link href=\"http://bibus-biblio.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php/Main_Page\">Bibus</link>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_multidoc.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_multidoc.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Indexes Covering Several Documents"
|
||
msgstr "Registere som dekker flere dokument"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_multidoc.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_multidoc.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3153418\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>indexes;multiple documents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>multiple documents;indexes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>merging;indexes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>master documents;indexes</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>registere; flere dokumenter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>flere dokument; registere</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>slå sammen;registere</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>hoveddokumenter;registre</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_multidoc.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_multidoc.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3153418\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"indices_multidoc\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp\" name=\"Indexes Covering Several Documents\">Indexes Covering Several Documents</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"indices_multidoc\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp\" name=\"Indexes Covering Several Documents\">Registere som går over flere dokument</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_multidoc.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_multidoc.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155872\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "There are several ways to create an index that spans several documents:"
|
||
msgstr "Det er flere måter å lage et register som går over flere dokument på:"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_multidoc.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_multidoc.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155895\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Create an <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"index in each individual document\">index in each individual document</link>, copy and paste the indexes into a single document, and then edit them."
|
||
msgstr "Lag et <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"index in each individual document\">register i hvert enkelt dokument</link>, kopier og lim inn registrene i et enkelt dokument og rediger dem."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_multidoc.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_multidoc.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147118\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select each index, choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Section\"><item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Section</item></link>, and then enter a name for the index. In a separate document, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Section</item>, select <item type=\"menuitem\">Link</item>, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Browse</item> button, and then locate and insert a named index section."
|
||
msgstr "Velg hvert register og klikk <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp\" name=\"Sett inn → Bolk\"><item type=\"menuitem\">Sett inn → Bolk</item></link>, skriv deretter inn et navn på registeret. I et dokument velger du <item type=\"menuitem\">Sett inn → Bolk</item>, velg <item type=\"menuitem\">Lenke</item>, trykk på bla gjennom-knappen (<item type=\"menuitem\">…</item>), og sett inn en navngitt registerbolk."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_multidoc.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_multidoc.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150230\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Create a <link href=\"text/shared/01/01010001.xhp\" name=\"master document\">master document</link>, add as subdocuments the files that you want to include in the index, and then choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Lag et <link href=\"text/shared/01/01010001.xhp\" name=\"master document\">hoveddokument</link>, legg til filene du vil ha med i registeret som deldokumenter, og velg deretter <emph>Sett inn → Register/innholdsliste → Register/innholdsliste</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_toc.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Creating a Table of Contents"
|
||
msgstr "Lage en innholdsliste"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_toc.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3147104\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>tables of contents; creating and updating</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>updating; tables of contents</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>innholdslister; lage og oppdatere</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>oppdatere; innholdslister</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_toc.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3147104\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"indices_toc\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp\" name=\"Creating a Table of Contents\">Creating a Table of Contents</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"indices_toc\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp\" name=\"Lage en innholdsliste\">Lage en innholdsliste</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_toc.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150942\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The best way to generate a table of contents is to apply the predefined heading paragraph styles, such as \"Heading 1\", to the paragraphs that you want to include in your table of contents. After you apply these styles, you can then create a table of contents."
|
||
msgstr "Den beste måten å lage en innholdsliste på er å bruke forhåndslagde stiler, som for eksempel «Overskrift 1» på overskriftene til de avsnitta du vil ha med i innholdslista. Etter å disse stilene har blitt lagt til, kan du opprette innholdslista."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_toc.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id5876949\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Insert a Table of Contents"
|
||
msgstr "For å sette inn en innholdsliste"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_toc.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150510\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click in your document where you want to create the table of contents."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på stedet i dokumentet der litteraturhenvisninga skal lages."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_toc.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150528\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography</emph>, and then click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp\" name=\"Type\"><emph>Type</emph></link> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Sett inn - Innholdfortegnelse og indeks -Innholdsfortegnelse eller litteraturhenvisning</emph>, og klikk så på <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp\" name=\"Type\"><emph>Typefanen</emph></link>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_toc.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153746\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select \"Table of Contents\" in the <emph>Type</emph> box."
|
||
msgstr "Velg «Innholdsliste» i <emph>Typeboksen</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_toc.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3146856\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select any options that you want."
|
||
msgstr "Velg de ønskede alternativene."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_toc.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3146872\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_toc.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3146896\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If you want to use a different paragraph style as a table of contents entry, select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Additional Styles</item> check box in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Create from</item> area, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Assign styles</item> button next to the check box. In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Assign Styles</item> dialog, click the style in the list, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">>></item> or the <item type=\"menuitem\"><<</item> button to define the chapter level for the paragraph style."
|
||
msgstr "Hvis du vil bruke en annen avsnittsstil som en stil i innholdslista, kan du velge avkryssingsboksen <item type=\"menuitem\">Flere stiler</item> i området <item type=\"menuitem\">Lag fra</item> og så trykke på (<item type=\"menuitem\">…</item>). I dialogvinduet <item type=\"menuitem\">Tildele stiler</item> må du trykke på avsnittsstilene på lista og deretter på knappen <item type=\"menuitem\">>></item> eller <item type=\"menuitem\"><<</item> for å angi disposisjonsnivået."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_toc.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3153148\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Update a Table of Contents"
|
||
msgstr "For oppdatere en innholdsliste"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_toc.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153161\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Do one of the following:"
|
||
msgstr "Gjør dette:"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_toc.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153183\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Right-click in the table of contents and choose <emph>Update Index or Table of Contents</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Høyreklikk i innholdslista og velg <emph>Oppdater register/innholdsliste</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_toc.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147066\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Update - All Indexes and Tables</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Verktøy → Oppdater → Alle registere og innholdslister</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_userdef.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "User-Defined Indexes"
|
||
msgstr "Selvvalgte registere"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_userdef.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3154896\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>indexes; creating user-defined indexes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>user-defined indexes</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>registere; lage selvvalgte registere</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>selvvalgte registere</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_userdef.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3154896\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"indices_userdef\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp\" name=\"User-Defined Indexes\">User-Defined Indexes</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"indices_userdef\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp\" name=\"Selvvalgte registere\">Selvvalgte registere</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_userdef.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155184\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can create as many user-defined indexes as you want."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan lage så mange selvvalgte registere som ønskelig."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_userdef.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155915\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Create a User-Defined Index"
|
||
msgstr "For å lage et selvvalgt register"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_userdef.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155867\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select a word or words that you want to add to a user-defined index."
|
||
msgstr "Velg et eller flere ord som du vil legge til et selvvalgt register."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_userdef.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153410\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Index Entry</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Sett inn → Register og innholdslister → Litteraturhenvisning</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_userdef.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154248\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the <item type=\"menuitem\">New User-defined Index</item> button next to the <item type=\"menuitem\">Index</item> box."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på knappen <item type=\"menuitem\">Nytt selvvalgt register</item> ved siden av boksen <item type=\"menuitem\">Register</item> ."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_userdef.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155886\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Type a name for the index in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Name</item> box and click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Skriv inn et navn på registeret i skrivefeltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Navn</item>, og trykk på <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_userdef.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147114\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> to add the selected word(s) to the new index."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på <item type=\"menuitem\">Sett inn</item> for å legge til valgene i det nye registeret."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_userdef.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147139\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Close</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på <item type=\"menuitem\">Lukk</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_userdef.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3150231\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Insert a User-Defined Index"
|
||
msgstr "For å sette inn et selvvalgt register"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_userdef.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150933\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click in the document where you want to insert the index."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på stedet i dokumentet der registret skal settes inn."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_userdef.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150952\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Sett inn - Innholdsfortegnelse og indeks - Innholdsfortegnelse, Indeks eller litteraturliste</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_userdef.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150509\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> tab, select the name of the user-defined index that you created in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> box."
|
||
msgstr "På <item type=\"menuitem\">Typefanen</item>, velg navnet på den brukerdefinerte oppføringen som du lagde i <item type=\"menuitem\">Tybeboksen.</item>"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_userdef.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3146881\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select any options that you want."
|
||
msgstr "Velg de ønskede innstillingene."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_userdef.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3146897\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_userdef.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150720\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If you want to use a different paragraph style as a table of contents entry, select <item type=\"menuitem\">Additional styles</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Assign styles</item> button next to the box. Click the style in the list, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">>></item> or the <item type=\"menuitem\"><<</item> button to define the chapter level for the paragraph style."
|
||
msgstr "Hvis du vil bruke en annen avsnittsstil som en stil innholdslisten, kan du velge avkryssingsboksen <item type=\"menuitem\">Tilleggsstiler</item> og klikk så på <item type=\"menuitem\">Tildel stiler knappen</item> Klikk på stilen i listen og klikk deretter på <item type=\"menuitem\">>></item>eller <item type=\"menuitem\"><<<<<</item> knappen for å definere kapittelnivået for avsnittsstilen."
|
||
|
||
#: insert_beforetable.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_beforetable.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Inserting Text Before a Table at the Top of Page"
|
||
msgstr "Sette inn tekst før en tabell øverst på en side"
|
||
|
||
#: insert_beforetable.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_beforetable.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3149688\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>tables;start/end of document</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>paragraphs;inserting before/after tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting;paragraphs before/after tables</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tabeller; først/sist i dokumenter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>avsnitt; sette inn før/etter tabeller</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sette inn; avsnitt før/etter tabeller</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: insert_beforetable.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_beforetable.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149688\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"insert_beforetable\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_beforetable.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Text Before a Table at the Top of Page\">Inserting Text Before a Table at the Top of Page</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"insert_beforetable\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_beforetable.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Text Before a Table at the Top of Page\">Sette inn tekst før en tabell øverst på en side</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: insert_beforetable.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_beforetable.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155923\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If you want to insert text before a table that is at the top of a page, click in the first cell of the table, in front of any contents of that cell, and then press <item type=\"keycode\">Enter</item> or <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"keycode\">Option</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"keycode\">Alt</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"keycode\">+Enter</item>."
|
||
msgstr "For å sette inn tekst før en tabell øverst på en side, klikk foran innholdet i den første cella i tabellen, foran inneholdet i cellen og trykk så <item type=\"keycode\">Enter</item> eller <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"keycode\">Option</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"keycode\">Alt</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"keycode\">+Enter</item>"
|
||
|
||
#: insert_beforetable.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_beforetable.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10612\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To insert text after a table at the end of the document, go to the last cell of the table and press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"keycode\">Option</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"keycode\">Alt</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"keycode\">+Enter</item>."
|
||
msgstr "For å sette inn tekst etter en tabell i slutten av dokumentet, gå til siste celle i tabellen og trykk<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"keycode\">Option</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"keycode\">Alt</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"keycode\">+Enter</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Inserting Graphics"
|
||
msgstr "Sette inn bilder"
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3154922\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; inserting pictures in</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>images; inserting in text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting; pictures</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pictures; inserting options</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tekst; sette inn bilder i</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bilder; sette inn i tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sette inn; bilder</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bilder; innstillinger for innsetting</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3154922\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"insert_graphic\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Graphics\">Inserting Graphics</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"insert_graphic\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp\" name=\"Sette inn bilder\">Sette inn bilder</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149695\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "There are several ways to insert a graphic object in a text document."
|
||
msgstr "Det er flere måter å sette inn et bildeobjekt i et tekstdokument på."
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic_dialog.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic_dialog.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Inserting a Graphic From a File"
|
||
msgstr "Sette inn et bilde fra en fil"
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic_dialog.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic_dialog.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3154896\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>pictures; inserting by dialog</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting; pictures, by dialog</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>bilder; sette inn ved bruk av dialogvindu</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sette inn; bilde, ved bruk av dialogvindu</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic_dialog.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic_dialog.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3154896\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_dialog\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp\" name=\"Inserting a Graphic From a File\">Inserting a Graphic From a File</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_dialog\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp\" name=\"Sette inn et bilde fra en fil\">Sette inn et bilde fra en fil</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic_dialog.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic_dialog.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155914\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click in the document where you want to insert the graphic."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på stedet i dokumentet der bildet skal settes inn."
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic_dialog.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic_dialog.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155864\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <link href=\"text/shared/01/04140000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Image - From File\"><emph>Insert - Image - From File</emph></link>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <link href=\"text/shared/01/04140000.xhp\" name=\"Sett inn → Bilde → Fra fil\"><emph>Sett inn → Bilde → Fra fil</emph></link>."
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic_dialog.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic_dialog.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156021\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Locate the graphic file that you want to insert, and then click <emph>Open</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Finn bildefila du vil sette inn, og trykk på <emph>Åpne</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic_dialog.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic_dialog.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153396\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "By default, the inserted graphic is centered above the paragraph that you clicked in."
|
||
msgstr "Som standard vil det innsatte bildet bli midtstilt over avsnittet du klikket i."
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Inserting a Calc Chart into a Text Document"
|
||
msgstr "Sette inn et Calc-diagram i et tekstdokument"
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3152999\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>charts;copying from Calc into Writer</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>copying; charts from $[officename] Calc</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text documents;inserting Calc charts</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>diagrammer; kopiere fra Calc til Writer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>kopiere; diagrammer fra $[officename] Calc</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tekstdokumenter; sette inn Calc diagrammer</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3152999\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_fromchart\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\" name=\"Inserting a Calc Chart into a Text Document\">Inserting a Calc Chart into a Text Document</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_fromchart\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\" name=\"Sette inn et Calc-diagram i et tekstdokument\">Sette inn et Calc-diagram i et tekstdokument</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155890\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can insert a copy of a chart that is not updated when you modify the chart data in the spreadsheet."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan sette inn en diagramkopi i et tekstdokument som ikke blir oppdatert når du endrer diagramdata i regnearket."
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149054\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Open the text document that you want to copy the chart to."
|
||
msgstr "Åpne tekstdokumentet du vil kopiere diagrammet til."
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155854\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Open the spreadsheet containing the chart that you want to copy."
|
||
msgstr "Åpne regnearket som inneholder diagrammet du vil kopiere."
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153396\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the spreadsheet, click the chart. Eight handles appear."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på diagrammet i regnearket. Åtte håndtak vises."
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153414\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Drag the chart from the spreadsheet to the text document."
|
||
msgstr "Dra diagrammet fra regnearket til tekstdokumentet."
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145102\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can resize and move the chart in the text document as you would any object. To edit the chart data, double-click the chart."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan endre størrelsen på og flytte diagrammet i tekstdokumentet på samme måte som med andre objekter. For å redigere diagramdata kan du dobbeltklikke på diagrammet."
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Inserting Graphics From $[officename] Draw or Impress"
|
||
msgstr "Sette inn bilder fra $[officename] Draw eller Impress"
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3155917\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; inserting pictures from Draw</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pictures; inserting from Draw</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tekst; sette inn bilder fra Draw</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bilder; sette inn fra Draw</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155917\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_fromdraw\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Graphics From $[officename] Draw or Impress\">Inserting Graphics From $[officename] Draw or Impress</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_fromdraw\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp\" name=\"Sette inn bilder fra $[officename] Draw eller Impress\">Sette inn bilder fra $[officename] Draw eller Impress</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153414\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Open the document where you want to insert the object."
|
||
msgstr "Åpne dokumentet du vil sette objektet inn i."
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149640\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Open the Draw or Impress document containing the object that you want to copy."
|
||
msgstr "Åpne det Draw- eller Impress-dokumentet som inneholder objektet du vil kopiere."
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145098\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Hold down <item type=\"keycode\">Ctrl</item> and click and hold the object for a moment."
|
||
msgstr "Hold nede <item type=\"keycode\">Ctrl</item>, klikk og hold objektet en liten stund."
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156250\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Drag to the document where you want to insert the object."
|
||
msgstr "Dra til dokumentet hvor du vil sette inn objektet."
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic_gallery.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic_gallery.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Inserting Graphics From the Gallery With Drag-and-Drop"
|
||
msgstr "Sette inn bilder fra galleriet med dra og slipp"
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic_gallery.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic_gallery.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3145083\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>inserting; from Gallery into text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pictures; inserting from Gallery into text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>replacing;objects from Gallery</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>sette inn; fra Galleri i teksten</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bilder; sette inn fra Galleri i teksten</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>erstatte; objekter fra Galleri</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic_gallery.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic_gallery.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3145083\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_gallery\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Graphics From the Gallery With Drag-and-Drop\">Inserting Graphics From the Gallery With Drag-and-Drop</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_gallery\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp\" name=\"Sette inn bilder fra Galleri med dra og slipp\">Sette inn bilder fra Galleri med dra og slipp</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic_gallery.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic_gallery.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155907\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can drag-and-drop an object from the gallery into a text document, spreadsheet, drawing, or presentation."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan dra og slippe et objekt fra galleriet inn i et tekstdokument, regneark, en tegning eller en presentasjon."
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic_gallery.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic_gallery.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155923\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To replace a gallery object that you inserted in a document, hold down Shift+Ctrl, and then drag a different gallery object onto the object."
|
||
msgstr "For å bytte ut et galleriobjekt du har sett inn i et dokument, hold nede Shift + Ctrl og dra et annet galleriobjekt på det gamle."
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic_scan.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Inserting a Scanned Image"
|
||
msgstr "Sette inn et skannet bilde"
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic_scan.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3156017\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>inserting;scanned images</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pictures; scanning</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>scanning pictures</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>sette inn;skannet bilde</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bilde; skannet inn</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>skannet bilde</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic_scan.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3156017\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_scan\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp\" name=\"Inserting a Scanned Image\">Inserting a Scanned Image</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_scan\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp\" name=\"Sette inn et skannet bilde\">Sette inn et skannet bilde</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic_scan.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149692\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To insert a scanned image, the scanner must be connected to your system and the scanner software drivers must be installed."
|
||
msgstr "For å sette inn et skannet bilde må skanneren være kobla til systemet, og skannerprogramvaren må være installert."
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic_scan.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155182\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\">The scanner must support the TWAIN standard. </caseinline></switchinline><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"UNIX\">The scanner must support the SANE standard.</caseinline></switchinline>"
|
||
msgstr "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\">Skanneren må støtte standarden TWAIN. </caseinline></switchinline><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"UNIX\">Skanneren må støtte standarden SANE.</caseinline></switchinline>"
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic_scan.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155915\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click in the document where you want to insert the scanned image."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på stedet i dokumentet der det skannede bildet skal settes inn."
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic_scan.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155864\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <link href=\"text/shared/01/04060000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Media - Scan\"><emph>Insert - Media - Scan</emph></link>, and choose the scanning source from the submenu."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <link href=\"text/shared/01/04060000.xhp\" name=\"Sett inn → Bilde → Skann\"><emph>Sett inn → Bilde → Skann</emph></link> og velg kilden fra undermenyen."
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic_scan.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153416\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Follow the scanning instructions."
|
||
msgstr "Følg veiledningene for skanning."
|
||
|
||
#: insert_tab_innumbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_tab_innumbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Changing the Outline Level of Numbered and Bulleted Lists"
|
||
msgstr "Endre disposisjonsnivå i nummererte- og punktlister"
|
||
|
||
#: insert_tab_innumbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_tab_innumbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3145078\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>tab stops; inserting in lists</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>numbering; changing the level of</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lists;changing levels</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>levels;changing outline levels</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bullet lists;changing levels</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lowering outline levels</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rising outline levels</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>changing;outline levels</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tabulatorer; sette inn i lister</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>nummerering; endre nivået på</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lister;endre nivå</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>nivå;endre disposisjonsnivå</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>punktlister;endre nivå</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>senke disposisjonsnivå</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>heve disposisjonsnivå</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>endre;disposisjonsnivå</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: insert_tab_innumbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_tab_innumbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3145078\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"insert_tab_innumbering\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_tab_innumbering.xhp\" name=\"Changing the Outline Level of Numbered and Bulleted Lists\">Changing the Outline Level of Numbered and Bulleted Lists</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"insert_tab_innumbering\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_tab_innumbering.xhp\" name=\"Changing the Outline Level of Numbered and Bulleted Lists\">Endre disposisjonsnivå i nummererte- og punktlister</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: insert_tab_innumbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_tab_innumbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155909\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To move a numbered or bulleted paragraph down one outline level, click at the beginning of the paragraph, and then press Tab."
|
||
msgstr "For å flytte et nummerert- eller avsnitt med punktliste ett disposisjonsnivå ned, trykk ved begynnelsen av avsnittet og deretter på Tabulator."
|
||
|
||
#: insert_tab_innumbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_tab_innumbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155859\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To move a numbered or bulleted paragraph up one outline level, click at the beginning of the paragraph, and then press Shift+Tab."
|
||
msgstr "For å flytte et numerert eller punktmeket avsnitt ett disposisjonsnivå opp, klikk på begynnelsen av avsnittet og deretter på Shift + Tabulator."
|
||
|
||
#: insert_tab_innumbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_tab_innumbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153403\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To insert a tab between the number or bullet and the paragraph text, click at the beginning of the paragraph, and then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Tab."
|
||
msgstr "For å sette inn en tabulator mellom tallet eller avsnittstegnet og avsnittsteksten, trykker du ved begynnelsen av avsnittet og deretter på <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Kommando</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> + Tabulator."
|
||
|
||
#: join_numbered_lists.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"join_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Combining Numbered Lists"
|
||
msgstr "Slå sammen nummererte lister"
|
||
|
||
#: join_numbered_lists.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"join_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3150495\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>numbering; combining</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>merging;numbered lists</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>joining;numbered lists</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lists;combining numbered lists</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paragraphs;numbering non-consecutive</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>nummerering; slå sammen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>fletta;nummererte lister</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>slå sammen;nummererte lister</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lister;slå sammen nummererte lister</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>avsnitt;nummerere ikke-etterfølgende</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: join_numbered_lists.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"join_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3150495\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"join_numbered_lists\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp\" name=\"Combining Numbered Lists\">Combining Numbered Lists</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"join_numbered_lists\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp\" name=\"Combining Numbered Lists\">Slå sammen nummererte lister</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: join_numbered_lists.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"join_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149692\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can combine numbered lists into a single consecutively numbered list."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan slå sammen flere lister til en enkelt nummerert liste."
|
||
|
||
#: join_numbered_lists.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"join_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149452\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Combine Consecutive Numbered Lists"
|
||
msgstr "For å slå sammen etterfølgende nummererte lister"
|
||
|
||
#: join_numbered_lists.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"join_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154479\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select all of the paragraphs in the lists."
|
||
msgstr "Velg alle avsnittene i listene."
|
||
|
||
#: join_numbered_lists.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"join_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155911\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatting</item> Bar, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering On/Off</item> icon twice."
|
||
msgstr "På verktøylinja <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatering</item>, klikk to ganger på knappen <item type=\"menuitem\">Nummerering på/av</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: join_numbered_lists.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"join_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155870\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Create a Numbered List From Non-consecutive Paragraphs:"
|
||
msgstr "For å opprette en nummerert liste fra ikke etterfølgende avsnitt:"
|
||
|
||
#: join_numbered_lists.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"join_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153417\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Hold down Ctrl and drag a selection in the first numbered paragraph. You only have to select one character."
|
||
msgstr "Hold Ctrl nede og dra et valg i det første nummererte avsnittet. Det er bare nødvendig å markere et tegn."
|
||
|
||
#: join_numbered_lists.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"join_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149644\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Continue to hold down Ctrl, and drag a selection in each numbered paragraph of the lists you want to combine."
|
||
msgstr "Fortsett med å holde Ctrl nede, og dra et valg i hvert nummererte avsnitt på listene du vil slå sammen."
|
||
|
||
#: join_numbered_lists.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"join_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145102\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatting</item> Bar, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering On/Off</item> icon twice."
|
||
msgstr "På verktøylinja <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatering</item>, klikk to ganger på knappen <item type=\"menuitem\">Nummerering på/av</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: jump2statusbar.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"jump2statusbar.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Going to Specific Bookmark"
|
||
msgstr "Gå til et spesielt bokmerke"
|
||
|
||
#: jump2statusbar.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"jump2statusbar.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3145778\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>bookmarks; positioning cursor</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>jumping;to bookmarks</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>bokmerker; plassere skrivemerket</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>gå;til bokmerker</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: jump2statusbar.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"jump2statusbar.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3145778\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"jump2statusbar\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/jump2statusbar.xhp\" name=\"Going to Specific Bookmark\">Going to Specific Bookmark</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"jump2statusbar\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/jump2statusbar.xhp\" name=\"Gå til et spesielt bokmerke\">Gå til et spesielt bokmerke</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: jump2statusbar.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"jump2statusbar.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155178\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To go to a specific bookmark in your document, <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">hold down Ctrl and click </caseinline><defaultinline>right-click</defaultinline></switchinline> in the <emph>Page</emph> field on the <emph>Status Bar</emph>, and then choose the bookmark."
|
||
msgstr "For å gå til et spesielt bokmerke i dokumentet kan du <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">holde Ctrl nede og trykke</caseinline><defaultinline>høyreklikke</defaultinline></switchinline> i feltet <emph>Side</emph> på <emph>statuslinja</emph> og velge bokmerket."
|
||
|
||
#: jump2statusbar.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"jump2statusbar.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153396\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Bookmark\">Insert Bookmark</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp\" name=\"Sett inn bokmerke\">Sett inn bokmerke</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: keyboard.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"keyboard.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Using Shortcut Keys ($[officename] Writer Accessibility)"
|
||
msgstr "Bruke hurtigtaster ($[officename] Writer-tilgjengelighet)"
|
||
|
||
#: keyboard.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"keyboard.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3151169\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>keyboard; accessibility $[officename] Writer</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>accessibility; $[officename] Writer</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tastatur; tilgjenglighet $[officename] Writer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tilgjengelighet; $[officename] Writer</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: keyboard.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"keyboard.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3151169\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"keyboard\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp\" name=\"Using Shortcut Keys ($[officename] Writer Accessibility)\">Using Shortcut Keys ($[officename] Writer Accessibility)</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"keyboard\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp\" name=\"Bruke hurtigtaster ($[officename] Writer-tilgjengelighet)\">Bruke hurtigtaster ($[officename] Writer-tilgjengelighet)</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: keyboard.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"keyboard.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149685\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Press the keys <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+<underlined character> to open a menu. In an open menu, press the underlined character to run a command. For example, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+I to open the <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> menu, and then T to insert a table."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+<underlined character> for å åpne en meny. Trykk det understrekede tegnet for å kjøre en kommando. For eksempel trykk<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+ I for å åpne<item type=\"menuitem\"> Sett inn</item>, og deretter T for å sette inn en tabell."
|
||
|
||
#: keyboard.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"keyboard.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155186\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To open a context menu, press Shift+F10. To close a context menu, press Escape."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på Shift + F10 for å åpne sprettoppmenyen, og Escape for å lukke den."
|
||
|
||
#: keyboard.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"keyboard.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155918\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Insert Sections"
|
||
msgstr "For å sette inn bolker"
|
||
|
||
#: keyboard.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"keyboard.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN106AA\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Toolbars - Insert</emph> to open the <emph>Insert</emph> toolbar."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Vis → Verktøylinjer → Sett inn</emph> for å åpne verktøylinja <emph>Sett inn</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: keyboard.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"keyboard.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155870\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Press F6 until the focus is on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> toolbar."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på F6 til fokuset er på verktøylinja <item type=\"menuitem\">Sett inn</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: keyboard.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"keyboard.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149630\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Press the right arrow key until the <emph>Section</emph> icon is selected."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på Pil høyre til knappen <emph>Bolk</emph> er valgt."
|
||
|
||
#: keyboard.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"keyboard.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145100\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Press the down arrow key, and then press the right arrow key to set the width of the section that you want to insert."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på Pil ned og deretter Pil høyre for å angi bredden på bolken du vil sette inn."
|
||
|
||
#: keyboard.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"keyboard.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156237\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Press Enter."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på Enter."
|
||
|
||
#: keyboard.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"keyboard.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156253\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Press F6 to place the cursor inside the document."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på F6 for å plassere skrivemerket i dokumentet."
|
||
|
||
#: keyboard.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"keyboard.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3153367\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Insert Text Tables"
|
||
msgstr "For å sette inn teksttabeller"
|
||
|
||
#: keyboard.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"keyboard.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153388\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Press F6 until the focus is on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Standard</item> toolbar."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk F6 til fokuset er på verktøylinja <item type=\"menuitem\">Standard</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: keyboard.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"keyboard.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154849\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Press the right arrow key until the <emph>Table</emph> icon is selected."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på Pil høyre til knappen <emph>Tabell</emph> er valgt."
|
||
|
||
#: keyboard.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"keyboard.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155872\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Press the down arrow key, and then use the arrow keys to select the number of columns and rows to include in the table."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på Pil ned og bruk deretter piltastene for å velge antallet rader og kolonner tabellen som skal inkluderes i tabellen."
|
||
|
||
#: keyboard.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"keyboard.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155892\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Press Enter."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på Enter."
|
||
|
||
#: keyboard.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"keyboard.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN1072C\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Press F6 to place the cursor inside the document."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på F6 for å plassere skrivemerket i dokumentet."
|
||
|
||
#: load_styles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"load_styles.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Using Styles From Another Document or Template"
|
||
msgstr "Bruke stiler fra et annet dokument eller en mal"
|
||
|
||
#: load_styles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"load_styles.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3145086\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>formatting styles; importing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>styles; importing from other files</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>importing;styles from other files</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>loading;styles from other files</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>formateringsstiler; importere</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>stiler; importere fra andre filer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>importere;stiler fra andre filer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>åpne;stiler fra andre filer</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: load_styles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"load_styles.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3145086\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"load_styles\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/load_styles.xhp\" name=\"Using Styles From Another Document or Template\">Using Styles From Another Document or Template</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"load_styles\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/load_styles.xhp\" name=\"Bruke stiler fra et annet dokument eller en mal\">Bruke stiler fra et annet dokument eller en mal</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: load_styles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"load_styles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154491\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can import styles from another document or template into the current document."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan importere stiler fra et annet dokument eller en mal til det gjeldende dokumentet."
|
||
|
||
#: load_styles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"load_styles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155910\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph> to open the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> sidebar deck."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Format → Stilbehandler</emph> for å åpne <emph>Stilbehandleren</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: load_styles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"load_styles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10703\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the arrow next to the <emph>New Style from Selection</emph> icon to open the submenu."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på pila ved siden av ikonet <emph>Ny stil fra utvalg</emph> for å åpne undermenyen."
|
||
|
||
#: load_styles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"load_styles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN1070B\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Load styles</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Last inn stiler</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: load_styles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"load_styles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149632\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Use the check boxes at the bottom of the dialog to select the style types that you want to import. To replace styles in the current document that have the same name as the ones you are importing, select <emph>Overwrite</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Bruk avkryssningsboksene nederst i dialogvinduet for å velge hvilke stiltyper du vil importere. For å erstatte stiler i det gjeldende dokumentet som har det samme navnet som de du importerer, velg <emph>Skriv over</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: load_styles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"load_styles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145098\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Do one of the following:"
|
||
msgstr "Gjør dette:"
|
||
|
||
#: load_styles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"load_styles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156240\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click an entry in the <emph>Categories</emph> list, then click the template containing the styles that you want to use in the <emph>Templates</emph> list, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klikk på en tekst i <emph>Kategorier</emph>lista, og klikk så på malen som inneholder stilen du ønsker å bruke på <emph>Malene</emph>, og klikk så på<emph> OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: load_styles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"load_styles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153377\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>From File</emph>, locate the file containing the styles that you want to use, and then click name, and then click <emph>Open</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klikk på<emph>Fra fil</emph>, finn filen som inneholder stilen du vil bruke og klikk så på navnet og så klikk <emph>Åpne</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: main.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"main.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Instructions for Using $[officename] Writer"
|
||
msgstr "Veiledning for bruk av $[officename] Writer"
|
||
|
||
#: main.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"main.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3155855\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>$[officename] Writer; instructions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>instructions; $[officename] Writer</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>$[officename] Writer; veiledninger</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>veiledninger; $[officename] Writer</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: main.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"main.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155855\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"main\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/main.xhp\" name=\"Instructions for Using $[officename] Writer\">Instructions for Using $[officename] Writer</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"main\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/main.xhp\" name=\"Instructions for Using $[officename] Writer\">Veiledning for bruk av $[officename] Writer</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: main.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"main.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155156\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Entering and Formatting Text"
|
||
msgstr "Skrive inn og formatere tekst"
|
||
|
||
#: main.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"main.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3153728\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Automatically Entering and Formatting Text"
|
||
msgstr "Skrive inn og formatere tekst automatisk"
|
||
|
||
#: main.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"main.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3150742\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Using Styles, Numbering Pages, Using Fields"
|
||
msgstr "Bruke stiler, sidetall og felt"
|
||
|
||
#: main.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"main.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3147088\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Editing Tables in Text"
|
||
msgstr "Redigere tabeller i tekst"
|
||
|
||
#: main.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"main.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155590\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Images, Drawings, ClipArt, Fontwork"
|
||
msgstr "Bilder, tegninger, utklippsbilder, skriftforming"
|
||
|
||
#: main.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"main.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3145083\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Table of Contents, Index"
|
||
msgstr "Innholdsliste, register"
|
||
|
||
#: main.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"main.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3150427\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Headings, Types of Numbering"
|
||
msgstr "Overskrifter, nummereringstyper"
|
||
|
||
#: main.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"main.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3154464\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Headers, Footers, Footnotes"
|
||
msgstr "Topptekster, bunntekster, fotnoter"
|
||
|
||
#: main.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"main.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3152948\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Editing Other Objects in Text"
|
||
msgstr "Redigere andre objekter i tekst"
|
||
|
||
#: main.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"main.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3154324\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Spelling, Dictionaries, Hyphenation"
|
||
msgstr "Stavekontroll, ordlister, orddeling"
|
||
|
||
#: main.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"main.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3145673\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Form Letters, Labels and Business Cards"
|
||
msgstr "Standardbrev, etiketter og visittkort"
|
||
|
||
#: main.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"main.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3145730\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Working with Documents"
|
||
msgstr "Arbeide med dokumenter"
|
||
|
||
#: main.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"main.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3156315\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Miscellaneous"
|
||
msgstr "Forskjellig"
|
||
|
||
#: navigator.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"navigator.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Navigator for Text Documents"
|
||
msgstr "Dokumentstruktur i tekstdokument"
|
||
|
||
#: navigator.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"navigator.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3154897\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>Navigator; overview in texts</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>hyperlinks;jumping to</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>objects;quickly moving to, within text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>frames;jumping to</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables;jumping to</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>headings;jumping to</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pages;jumping to</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>jumping;to text elements</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>overviews;Navigator in text documents</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>Dokumentstruktur; oversikt i tekster</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>hyperlenker;gå til</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>objects;quickly flytt til, innen tekst</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>rammer;gå til</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tabeller;gå til</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>overskrifter;gå til</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sider;gå til</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>gå til tekstelementer</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>oversikt;Dokumentstruktur i tekstdokumenter</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: navigator.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"navigator.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3154897\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"navigator\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp\" name=\"Navigator for Text Documents\">Navigator for Text Documents</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"navigator\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp\" name=\"Navigator for Text Documents\">Dokumentstruktur i tekstdokumenter</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: navigator.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"navigator.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153402\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The Navigator displays the different parts of your document, such as headings, tables, frames, objects, or hyperlinks."
|
||
msgstr "Dokumentstruktur viser de ulike delene av dokumentet, som for eksempel overskrifter, tabeller, rammer, objekter eller hyperlenker."
|
||
|
||
#: navigator.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"navigator.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154247\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To open the <emph>Navigator</emph>, press F5."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på «F5» for å åpne <emph>Dokumentstrukturen</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: navigator.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"navigator.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155878\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To quickly jump to a location in your document, double-click an item listed in the <emph>Navigator</emph> window or enter the respective page number in the spin box."
|
||
msgstr "For å gå til en plassering i dokumentet kan du dobbeltklikke på et element i vinduet <emph>Dokumentstruktur</emph> eller skrive inn sidetallet i tallboksen."
|
||
|
||
#: navigator.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"navigator.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147108\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Navigator\">Navigator</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Dokumentstruktur\">Dokumentstruktur</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: nonprintable_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"nonprintable_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Creating Non-printing Text"
|
||
msgstr "Lage usynlig tekst"
|
||
|
||
#: nonprintable_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"nonprintable_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3148856\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>non-printing text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text; non-printable</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tekst som ikke skal skrives ut</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tekst; ikke utskriftbar</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: nonprintable_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"nonprintable_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3148856\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"nonprintable_text\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/nonprintable_text.xhp\" name=\"Creating Non-printing Text\">Creating Non-printing Text</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"nonprintable_text\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/nonprintable_text.xhp\" name=\"Creating Non-printing Text\">Lage tekst som ikke skal skrives ut</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: nonprintable_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"nonprintable_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id4685201\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To create text that is not to be printed do the following:"
|
||
msgstr "Gjør dette for å lage tekst som ikke skal skrives ut:"
|
||
|
||
#: nonprintable_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"nonprintable_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149789\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Frame</item> and click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg<item type=\"menuitem\">Sett inn - Ramme</item>og klikk så <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: nonprintable_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"nonprintable_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150224\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Enter text in the frame and if you want, resize the frame."
|
||
msgstr "Skriv inn tekst i ramma, og hvis ønskelig, endre størrelsen."
|
||
|
||
#: nonprintable_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"nonprintable_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150242\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Frame and Object - Properties</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Options</item> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <item type=\"menuitem\">Format → Objekt - Tekstatributt</item> og klikk på <item type=\"menuitem\">Tekstanimasjoner</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: nonprintable_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"nonprintable_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145227\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <emph>Properties</emph> area, clear the <emph>Print</emph> check box."
|
||
msgstr "I området <emph>Egenskaper</emph>, fjern avkryssinga i boksen <emph>Skriv ut</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: nonprintable_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"nonprintable_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150320\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: nonprintable_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"nonprintable_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3138828\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp\" name=\"Hiding Text\">Hiding Text</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp\" name=\"Hiding Text\">Skjule tekst</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: number_date_conv.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"number_date_conv.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Turning Number Recognition On or Off in Tables"
|
||
msgstr "Slå tallgjenkjenning i tabeller på eller av"
|
||
|
||
#: number_date_conv.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"number_date_conv.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3156383\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>numbers; automatic recognition in text tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables; number recognition</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>dates;formatting automatically in tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>recognition;numbers</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tall; automatisk gjenkjenning i tabeller</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tabeller; tallgjenkjenning</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>datoer;automatisk formatering i tabeller</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>recognition;numbers</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: number_date_conv.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"number_date_conv.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3156383\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"number_date_conv\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/number_date_conv.xhp\" name=\"Turning Number Recognition On or Off in Tables\">Turning Number Recognition On or Off in Tables</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"number_date_conv\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/number_date_conv.xhp\" name=\"Slå tallgjenkjenning i tabeller på eller av\">Slå tallgjenkjenning i tabeller på eller av</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: number_date_conv.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"number_date_conv.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155179\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "$[officename] can automatically format dates that you have entered into a table, according to the regional settings specified in your operating system."
|
||
msgstr "$[officename] kan i henhold til de regionale innstillingene angitt i operativsystemet, automatisk formatere datoer som har blitt skrevet inn i en tabell."
|
||
|
||
#: number_date_conv.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"number_date_conv.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149966\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Do one of the following:"
|
||
msgstr "Gjør dette:"
|
||
|
||
#: number_date_conv.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"number_date_conv.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155919\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Right-click in a table cell and choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Number recognition</item>. When this feature is on, a check mark is displayed in front of the <item type=\"menuitem\">Number recognition</item> command."
|
||
msgstr "Høyreklikk i en tabellcelle og velg <item type=\"menuitem\">Tallgjenkjenning</item>. Når denne funksjonen er aktivert, vil det vises gjennom en hake foran <item type=\"menuitem\">Tallgjenkjenning</item>kommandoen."
|
||
|
||
#: number_date_conv.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"number_date_conv.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155527\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</item>, and select or clear the <item type=\"menuitem\">Number recognition</item> check box."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Innstillinger </caseinline><defaultinline>Verktøy - Alternativer</defaultinline></switchinline> - <item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Tabell</item>, og velg eller avmerk <item type=\"menuitem\"> Tallgjenkjenning</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: number_date_conv.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"number_date_conv.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153415\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040500.xhp\" name=\"Text Document - Table\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"> %PRODUCTNAME - Innstillinger</caseinline><defaultinline>Verktøy - Alternativer</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040500.xhp\" name=\"Text Document - Table\"> %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Tabell</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: number_sequence.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"number_sequence.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Defining Number Ranges"
|
||
msgstr "Angi tallområder"
|
||
|
||
#: number_sequence.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"number_sequence.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3149695\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>numbering;quotations/similar items</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>nummerering;sitater/lignende elementer</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: number_sequence.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"number_sequence.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149695\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"number_sequence\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp\" name=\"Defining Number Ranges\">Defining Number Ranges</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"number_sequence\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp\" name=\"Angivelse af værdiområder\">Angi verdiområder</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: number_sequence.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"number_sequence.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155918\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can automatically number similar items, such as quotations, in your document."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan automatisk nummerere lignende elementer, som for eksempel sitater i dokumentet."
|
||
|
||
#: number_sequence.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"number_sequence.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149829\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Type the text that you want to assign numbering to, for example, \"Quotation Number \"."
|
||
msgstr "Skriv inn teksten som du vil tildele nummereringen, for eksempel, «Sitatnummer»."
|
||
|
||
#: number_sequence.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"number_sequence.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155048\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Field - More Fields</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Variables</item> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <item type=\"menuitem\">Sett inn → Felter → Andre</item>, og klikk på fanen <item type=\"menuitem\">Variabler</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: number_sequence.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"number_sequence.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156240\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click \"Number range\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> list."
|
||
msgstr "Klikk på «Tallområde» i lista <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: number_sequence.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"number_sequence.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153363\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Type \"Quotation\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Name</item> box."
|
||
msgstr "Skriv «Sitat» i skrivefeltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Navn</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: number_sequence.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"number_sequence.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153387\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Do one of the following:"
|
||
msgstr "Gjør dette:"
|
||
|
||
#: number_sequence.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"number_sequence.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154250\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Type a number in the <emph>Value</emph> box, or leave the box empty to use automatic numbering."
|
||
msgstr "Skriv inn et tall i feltet<emph>Verdi</emph>, elelr la det stå tomt for å bruke automatisk nummerering"
|
||
|
||
#: number_sequence.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"number_sequence.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154851\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the outline level where you want the numbering to restart in the <emph>Level </emph>box."
|
||
msgstr "Velg omrissnivået hvor du vil at nummereringen skal starte på nytt i <emph>Nivå </emph> boksen."
|
||
|
||
#: number_sequence.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"number_sequence.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155886\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>, and then click <emph>Close</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>Sett inn</emph> og <emph>Lukk</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_lines.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Adding Line Numbers"
|
||
msgstr "Legge til linjenumre"
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_lines.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3150101\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>line numbers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text; line numbers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paragraphs;line numbers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lines of text; numbering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>numbering; lines</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>numbers; line numbering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>marginal numbers on text pages</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>linjenumre</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tekst; linjenumre</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>avsnitt; linjenumre</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>ltekstlinjer; nummerering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>nummerere; linjer</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tall; linjenummerering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>margintall på tekstsider</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_lines.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3150101\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"numbering_lines\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp\" name=\"Adding Line Numbers\">Adding Line Numbers</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"numbering_lines\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp\" name=\"Legge til linjenumre\">Legge til linjenumre</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_lines.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149842\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "$[officename] can insert line numbers in an entire document or to selected paragraphs in your document. Line numbers are included when you print your document. You can specify the line numbering interval, the starting line number, and whether to count blank lines or lines in frames. You can also add a separator between line numbers."
|
||
msgstr "$[officename] kan sette inn linjenumre i et helt dokument eller valgte avsnitt. Linjenumre blir tatt med når dokumentet skrives ut. Du kan angi intervallen for linjenummerering, første linjenummer, og om blanke linjer eller linjer i rammer skal telles. Du kan også legge til et skilletegn mellom linjenumre."
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_lines.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id7184972\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Line numbers are not available in HTML format."
|
||
msgstr "Linjenumre er ikke tilgjengelige i HTML-format."
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_lines.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3153410\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Add Line Numbers to an Entire Document"
|
||
msgstr "For å legge til linjenumre i et helt dokument"
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_lines.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149640\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Line Numbering</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Verktøy → Linjenummerering</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_lines.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149612\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select <emph>Show numbering</emph>, and then select the options that you want."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Vis nummerering</emph>, og velg de ønskede innstillingene."
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_lines.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145101\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_lines.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3156241\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Add Line Numbers to Specific Paragraphs"
|
||
msgstr "For å legge til linjenumre til enkelte avsnitt"
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_lines.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156264\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Line Numbering</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Verktøy → Linjenummerering</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_lines.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153385\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select <emph>Show numbering</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Vis nummerering</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_lines.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154248\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command+T</caseinline><defaultinline>F11</defaultinline></switchinline> to open the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> window, and then click the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> icon."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Cmd + T</caseinline><defaultinline>F11</defaultinline></switchinline> for å åpne vinduet <emph>Stilhaåndterer</emph>, og klikk på knappen <emph>Avsnitsstiler</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_lines.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154853\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Right-click the \"Default\" paragraph style and choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Høyreklikk avsnittsstilen «Standard» og velg <emph>Rediger</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_lines.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150222\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "All paragraph styles are based on the \"Default\" style."
|
||
msgstr "Alle avsnittsstiler er basert på «Standard»."
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_lines.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150931\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the <emph>Outline & Numbering</emph> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Nummereringsfanen</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_lines.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150956\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Line Numbering</item> area, clear the <item type=\"menuitem\">Include this paragraph in line numbering</item> check box."
|
||
msgstr "I området <item type=\"menuitem\">Linjenummerering</item>, fjern avkryssningsboksen <item type=\"menuitem\">Ta med dette avsnittet i linjenummereringen</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_lines.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150520\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_lines.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3151077\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the paragraph(s) where you want to add the line numbers."
|
||
msgstr "Velg avsnitt(ene) der linjenummerering skal legges til."
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_lines.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3151096\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Paragraph</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Outline & Numbering</item> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <item type=\"menuitem\">Format → Avsnitt</item>, klikk på fanen <item type=\"menuitem\">Nummerering</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_lines.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153733\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select <emph>Include this paragraph in line numbering</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg avkryssingsboksen <emph>Ta med dette avsnittet i linjenummereringa</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_lines.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153758\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_lines.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3146864\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can also create a paragraph style that includes line numbering, and apply it to the paragraphs that you want to add line numbers to."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan også lage en avsnittsstil som tar med linjenummerering og legge den til de avsnittene som du vil gi linjenumre."
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_lines.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3146880\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Specify the Starting Line Number"
|
||
msgstr "For å lage første linjenummer:"
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_lines.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150703\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click in a paragraph."
|
||
msgstr "Klikk i et avsnitt."
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_lines.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150721\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Paragraph</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Outline & Numbering</item> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <item type=\"menuitem\">Format → Avsnitt</item>, klikk på fanen <item type=\"menuitem\">Nummerering</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_lines.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3148389\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Include this paragraph in line numbering</item> check box."
|
||
msgstr "Velg avkryssingsboksen <item type=\"menuitem\">Ta med dette avsnittet i linjenummereringa</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_lines.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3148414\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select <item type=\"menuitem\">Restart at the paragraph</item> check box."
|
||
msgstr "Velg avkryssingsboksen <item type=\"menuitem\">Start på nytt ved dette avsnittet</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_lines.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153779\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Enter a line number in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Start with</item> box."
|
||
msgstr "Oppgi et linjenummer i skrivefeltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Start med</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_lines.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153804\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_lines.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153934\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Line Numbering\">Tools - Line Numbering</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp\" name=\"Verktøy → Linjenummerering\">Verktøy → Linjenummerering</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_lines.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153960\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp\" name=\"Format - Paragraph - Numbering\">Format - Paragraph - Numbering</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp\" name=\"Format - Paragraph - Numbering\">Format → Avsnitt → Nummerering</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_lines.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id2212591\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Documentation/How_Tos/Setting_up_a_Style_for_Numbering_Lines_in_Code_Listings\">Wiki page about numbering paragraphs by styles</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Documentation/How_Tos/Setting_up_a_Style_for_Numbering_Lines_in_Code_Listings\"> Wikiside om nummerering av avsnitt ved hjelp av stiler</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_paras.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Modifying Numbering in a Numbered List"
|
||
msgstr "Redigere nummerering i en nummerert liste"
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_paras.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3149637\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>numbering; removing/interrupting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>bullet lists; interrupting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lists;removing/interrupting numbering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>deleting;numbers in lists</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>interrupting numbered lists</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>changing;starting numbers in lists</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>nummerering; fjerne/avbryte</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>punktlister; avbryte</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lister;fjerne/avbryte nummerering</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>slette;tall i lister</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>avbryte nummererte lister</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>endre;starttall i lister</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_paras.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149637\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"numbering_paras\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp\" name=\"Modifying Numbering in a Numbered List\">Modifying Numbering in a Numbered List</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"numbering_paras\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp\" name=\"Redigere nummerering i en nummereret liste\">Redigere nummerering i en nummerert liste</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_paras.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145092\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can remove the numbering from a paragraph in a numbered list or change the number that a numbered list starts with."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan fjerne nummereringa fra et avsnitt i en nummerert liste, eller endre tallet som en nummerert liste starter med."
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_paras.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id2172612\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If you want numbered headings, use the <emph>Tools - Chapter Numbering</emph> menu command to assign a numbering to a paragraph style. Do not use the Numbering icon on the Formatting toolbar."
|
||
msgstr "Hvis du ønsker nummererte overskrifter, bruk menyen <emph>Verktøy → Disposisjonsnummerering</emph> for å tildele en nummerering til en avsnittsstil. Unngå å bruke knappen «Nummerering» på verktøylinja Formatering."
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_paras.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3145107\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Remove the Number From a Paragraph in a Numbered List"
|
||
msgstr "For å fjerne tallet fra et avsnitt i en nummerert liste"
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_paras.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156248\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click in front of the first character of the paragraph that you want to remove the numbering from."
|
||
msgstr "Klikk foran det første tegnet i avsnittet som du vil fjerne nummereringa fra."
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_paras.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153366\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Do one of the following:"
|
||
msgstr "Gjør dette:"
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_paras.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153390\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To remove the number while preserving the indent of the paragraph, press the Backspace key."
|
||
msgstr "For å fjerne nummeret og beholde innrykkingen av avsnittet, trykk på rettetasten (Backspace)."
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_paras.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154248\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To remove the number and the indent of the paragraph, click the <emph>Numbering on/off</emph> icon on the <emph>Formatting</emph> Bar. If you save the document in HTML format, a separate numbered list is created for the numbered paragraphs that follow the current paragraph."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på knappen <emph>Nummerering av/på</emph> på verktøylinja <emph>Formatering</emph> for å fjerne avsnittsnummering og -innrykk. Hvis du lagrer dokumentet i HTML-format, blir det laget en egen nummerert liste for de nummererte avsnittene som kommer etter det gjeldende avsnittet."
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_paras.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3154856\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Change the Number That a Numbered List Starts With"
|
||
msgstr "For å endre nummeret nummerlista starter med"
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_paras.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155877\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click anywhere in the numbered list."
|
||
msgstr "Klikk hvor som helst i den nummererte lista."
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_paras.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155895\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Bullets and Numbering</emph>, and then click the <emph>Options</emph> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Format → Punktlister og nummerering</emph>, og klikk på fanen<emph>Valg</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_paras.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3148691\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Enter the number you want the list to start with in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Start at</item> box."
|
||
msgstr "Skriv inn nummeret listen skal starte med i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Start med</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_paras.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147116\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_paras.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id6943571\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Documentation/How_Tos/Setting_up_a_Style_for_Numbering_Lines_in_Code_Listings\">Wiki page about numbering paragraphs by styles</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Documentation/How_Tos/Setting_up_a_Style_for_Numbering_Lines_in_Code_Listings\"> Wikiside om nummerering av avsnitt ved hjelp av stiler</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: page_break.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"page_break.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Inserting and Deleting Page Breaks"
|
||
msgstr "Sette inn og slette sideskift"
|
||
|
||
#: page_break.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"page_break.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3155183\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>page breaks; inserting and deleting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting; page breaks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>deleting;page breaks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pages; inserting/deleting page breaks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>manual page breaks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables;deleting page breaks before</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>sideskift; sette inn og slette</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>isette inn; sideskift</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>slette;sideskift</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sider; sette inn/slette sideskift</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>manuelle sideskift</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tabeller;slette sideskiftforan</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: page_break.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"page_break.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155183\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"page_break\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp\" name=\"Inserting and Deleting Page Breaks\">Inserting and Deleting Page Breaks</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"page_break\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp\" name=\"Indsættelse og sletning af sideskift\">Sette inn og slette sideskift</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: page_break.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"page_break.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149833\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Insert a Manual Page Break"
|
||
msgstr "For å sette inn et manuelt sideskift"
|
||
|
||
#: page_break.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"page_break.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153402\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click in your document where you want the new page to begin."
|
||
msgstr "Klikk der nye sida skal begynne i dokumentet."
|
||
|
||
#: page_break.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"page_break.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153119\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Press Ctrl+Enter."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk Ctrl + Enter."
|
||
|
||
#: page_break.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"page_break.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3153135\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Delete a Manual Page Break"
|
||
msgstr "For å slette et manuelt sideskift"
|
||
|
||
#: page_break.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"page_break.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149641\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click in front of the first character on the page that follows the manual page break."
|
||
msgstr "Klikk foran det første tegn på siden som kommer etter et manuelt sideskift."
|
||
|
||
#: page_break.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"page_break.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149608\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Press Backspace."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk Rettetast."
|
||
|
||
#: page_break.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"page_break.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149624\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Delete a Manual Page Break That Occurs Before a Table"
|
||
msgstr "For å slette et manuelt sideskift før en tabell"
|
||
|
||
#: page_break.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"page_break.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145111\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Right-click in the table, and choose <emph>Table</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Høyreklikk i tabellen, og velg <emph>Tabell</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: page_break.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"page_break.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156254\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp\" name=\"Text Flow\"><emph>Text Flow</emph></link> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Klikk på fanen <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp\" name=\"Tekstflyt\"><emph>Tekstflyt</emph></link>."
|
||
|
||
#: page_break.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"page_break.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153380\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Clear the <emph>Break</emph> check box."
|
||
msgstr "Fjern avkryssinga i boksen <emph>Skift</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: page_break.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"page_break.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154249\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Break dialog\">Insert Break dialog</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Break dialog\">Sett inn skift</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: pagebackground.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Changing Page Backgrounds"
|
||
msgstr "Forandre sidebakgrunn"
|
||
|
||
#: pagebackground.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id8431653\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>page styles;backgrounds</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>backgrounds; different pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>changing;page backgrounds</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pages;backgrounds</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>sidestiler;bakgrunner</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bakgrunner; ulike sider</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>endre;sidebakgrunner</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sider;bakgrunner</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: pagebackground.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN107F4\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"pagebackground\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp\">Changing Page Background</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"pagebackground\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp\">Forandre sidebakgrunn</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: pagebackground.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10812\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "$[officename] uses page styles to specify the background of the pages in a document. For example, to change the page background of one or more pages in a document to a watermark, you need to create a page style that uses the watermark background, and then apply the page style to the pages."
|
||
msgstr "$[officename] bruker sidestiler for å angi bakgrunnen for sidene i et dokument. For eksempel for å endre sidebakgrunnen for en eller flere sider i et dokument til et vannmerke, må du opprette en sidestil som bruker dette vannmerket som bakgrunn, og legge til sidestilen på sidene."
|
||
|
||
#: pagebackground.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10820\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Change the Page Background"
|
||
msgstr "Forandre sidebakgrunnen"
|
||
|
||
#: pagebackground.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10827\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Format → Stilbehandler</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: pagebackground.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN1082F\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på knappen <emph>Sidestiler</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: pagebackground.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10837\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the list of page styles, right-click an item, and then choose <emph>New</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Høyreklikk på et element i lista over sidestiler, og velg <emph>Ny</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: pagebackground.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN1083F\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "On the <emph>Organizer</emph> tab page, type a name for the page style in the <emph>Name</emph> box."
|
||
msgstr "På fanen <emph>Behandler</emph>, skriv inn et navn på sidestilen i feltet <emph>Navn</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: pagebackground.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN1084B\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <emph>Next Style</emph> box, select the page style that you want to apply to the next page."
|
||
msgstr "I boksen <emph>Neste stil</emph>, velg sidestilen som du vil bruke på den neste sida."
|
||
|
||
#: pagebackground.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10855\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To only apply the new page style to a single page, select \"Default\"."
|
||
msgstr "For å bruke den nye sidestilen på en enkel side, velg \"Standard\"."
|
||
|
||
#: pagebackground.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10859\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To apply the new page style to all subsequent pages, select the name of the new page style."
|
||
msgstr "For å bruke den nye sidestilen på alle de følgende sidene, marker navnet på den nye sidestilen."
|
||
|
||
#: pagebackground.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN1085F\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the <emph>Background</emph> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på fanen <emph>Bakgrunn</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: pagebackground.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10867\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the list box at the top, select whether you want a solid color or a graphic. Then select your options from the tab page."
|
||
msgstr "Velg om du vil ha en solid farge eller et bilde i den øverste listeboksen. Velg deretter innstillingene fra fanen."
|
||
|
||
#: pagebackground.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN1086B\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: pagebackground.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN1087A\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Change the Page Background of All Pages in a Document"
|
||
msgstr "For å endre bakgrunnen for alle sider i et dokument"
|
||
|
||
#: pagebackground.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN1087E\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Before you begin, ensure that you have created a page style that uses a page background. See <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#define\">To Change the Page Background</link> for details."
|
||
msgstr "Pass å at det er laget en sidestil som bruker en sidebakgrunn. Se <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#define\">Endre sidebakgrunnen</link> for detaljer."
|
||
|
||
#: pagebackground.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10892\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Format → Stilbehandler</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: pagebackground.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN1089A\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på knappen <emph>Sidestiler</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: pagebackground.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN108A2\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Double-click the page style that uses the page background that you want to apply."
|
||
msgstr "Dobbeltklikk sidestilen som bruker den ønskede bakgrunnen."
|
||
|
||
#: pagebackground.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN108A5\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Use Different Page Backgrounds in the Same Document"
|
||
msgstr "For å bruke forskjellige sidebakgrunner i det samme dokumentet"
|
||
|
||
#: pagebackground.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN108A9\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Before you begin, ensure that you have created a page style that uses a page background. See <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#define\">To Change the Page Background</link> for details."
|
||
msgstr "Pass å at det er laget en sidestil som bruker en sidebakgrunn. Se <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#define\">Endre sidebakgrunnen</link> for detaljer."
|
||
|
||
#: pagebackground.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN108BD\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click in front of the first character of the paragraph where you want to change the page background."
|
||
msgstr "Klikk foran det første tegnet i avsnittet der sidebakgrunnen skal endres."
|
||
|
||
#: pagebackground.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN108C1\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Manual Break</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Sett inn → Manuelt skift</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: pagebackground.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN108C9\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select <emph>Page break</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Sideskift</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: pagebackground.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN108D1\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style</item> box, select a page style that uses the page background."
|
||
msgstr "I <item type=\"menuitem\">Stilboksen</item>, velg en sidestil som bruker sidebakgrunnen."
|
||
|
||
#: pagebackground.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN108DB\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To change the background of the current page only, select a page style where the Next Style option is set to \"Default\"."
|
||
msgstr "For å endre sidestilen bare for den gjeldende siden, velg en sidestil der «Neste stil» er satt til «Standard»."
|
||
|
||
#: pagebackground.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN108DF\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To change the background of the current and subsequent pages, select a page style where the Next Style option is set to the name of the page style."
|
||
msgstr "For å endre bakgrunnen for den gjeldende siden og de etterfølgende sidene, velg en sidestil der «Neste stil» er satt til å være den samme som den ønskede sidestilen."
|
||
|
||
#: pagebackground.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN108E2\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If you want to change the page background later on in the document, repeat steps 1 to 3."
|
||
msgstr "Hvis du vil endre sidebakgrunnen senere i dokumentet, gjenta trinn 1 til 3."
|
||
|
||
#: pagebackground.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN108E8\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Page Numbers"
|
||
msgstr "Sidetall"
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id5918759\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>page numbers;inserting/defining/formatting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>page styles;page numbering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>starting page numbers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formatting;page numbers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>defining;starting page numbers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting;page numbers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>styles;page numbers</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>sidenummer;sett inn/definere/formaterer</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sidestiler;sidenumrering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>startside for sidenummer</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formatering; tall</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>definere;startsidenummer</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sett inn;sidenummer</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>stiler;sidenummer</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id413830\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"pagenumbers\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp\" name=\"Page Numbers\">Page Numbers</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"pagenumbers\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp\" name=\"Sidetall\">Sidetall</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1617175\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In Writer, a page number is a field that you can insert into your text."
|
||
msgstr "I Writer er sidetall et felt som kan settes inn i teksten."
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id6091494\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Insert Page Numbers"
|
||
msgstr "For å sette inn sidetall"
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id8611102\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Field - Page Number</emph> to insert a page number at the current cursor position."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Sett inn → Felter→ Sidetall</emph> for å sette inn et sidetall der skrivemerket står."
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id6604510\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If you see the text \"Page number\" instead of the number, choose <emph>View - Field names</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Hvis du ser teksten «Sidetall» i stedet for tallet, må du velge <emph>Vis → Feltnavn</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id2678914\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "However, these fields will change position when you add or remove text. So it is best to insert the page number field into a header or footer that has the same position and that is repeated on every page."
|
||
msgstr "Disse feltene vil endre plassering når du legger til eller fjerner tekst. Derfor er det er best å sette inn sidetallfeltet i en topptekst eller en bunntekst som har den samme posisjonen og som gjentas på hver side."
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id614642\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Header and Footer - Header - (name of page style)</item> or <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Header and Footer - Footer - (name of page style)</item> to add a header or footer to all pages with the current page style."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <item type=\"menuitem\">Sett inn → Topptekst → (navn på sidestil)</item> eller <item type=\"menuitem\">Sett inn → Bunntekst → (navn på sidestil)</item> for å legge til en topptekst eller bunntekst til alle sider med den gjeldende sidestilen."
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id2551652\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Start With a Defined Page Number"
|
||
msgstr "For å starte med et valgt sidetall"
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id6111941\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Now you want some more control on page numbers. You are writing a text document that should start with page number 12."
|
||
msgstr "Nå ønsker du mer kontroll over sidetallene. Du skriver et tekstdokument som skal begynne med side 12."
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id5757621\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click into the first paragraph of your document."
|
||
msgstr "I første avsnitt av dokumentet."
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id2632831\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Paragraph - Text flow</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Format → Avsnitt → Tekstflyt</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id4395275\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the Breaks area, enable <emph>Insert</emph>. Enable <emph>With Page Style</emph> just to be able to set the new <emph>Page number</emph>. Click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "I området Skift slår du på <emph>Sett inn</emph>. Slå på <emph>Med sidestil</emph> for å kunne angi det nye<emph>Sidetallet</emph>. Trykk på <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1654408\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The new page number is an attribute of the first paragraph of the page."
|
||
msgstr "Det nye sidetallet er en egenskap til det første avsnittet på siden."
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id7519150\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Format the Page Number Style"
|
||
msgstr "For å formatere sidetallsstilen"
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id9029206\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You want roman page numbers running i, ii, iii, iv, and so on."
|
||
msgstr "Du ønsker sidetall som romertall i, ii, iii, iv og så videre."
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3032319\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Double-click directly before the page number field. You see the <emph>Edit Fields</emph> dialog."
|
||
msgstr "Dobbeltklikk umiddelbart før sidetallsfeltet. Dialogvinduet <emph>Rediger felter</emph> vises."
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id9139378\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select a number format and click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg et tallformat og trykk på <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id5051728\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Using Different Page Number Styles"
|
||
msgstr "Bruke ulike sidetallsstiler"
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1558885\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You need some pages with the roman numbering style, followed by the remaining pages in another style."
|
||
msgstr "Du har bruk for noen sider der sidetallene skal vises som romertall, etterfulgt av de resterende sidene i en annen stil."
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1541184\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In Writer, you will need different page styles. The first page style has a footer with a page number field formatted for roman numbers. The following page style has a footer with a page number field formatted in another look."
|
||
msgstr "I Writer trenger du ulike sidestiler. Den første sidestilen har en bunntekst med et sidetallfelt formatert for romerske tall. De følgende sidestilene har en bunntekst med et sidetallfelt i en annen stil."
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id18616\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Both page styles must be separated by a page break. In Writer, you can have automatic page breaks and manually inserted page breaks."
|
||
msgstr "Begge sidestilene må være adskilt av et sideskift. I Writer kan du ha automatiske sideskift og manuelle sideskift."
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id6138492\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "An <emph>automatic page break</emph> appears at the end of a page when the page style has a different \"next style\"."
|
||
msgstr "Et <emph>automatisk sideskift</emph> vises ved slutten av en side når den gjeldende sidestilen har en annen «Neste stil»."
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id4569231\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "For example, the \"First Page\" page style has \"Default\" as the next style. To see this, you may press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command+T</caseinline><defaultinline>F11</defaultinline></switchinline> to open the <item type=\"menuitem\">Styles and Formatting</item> window, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Page Styles</item> icon, right-click the First Page entry. Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Modify</item> from the context menu. On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Organizer</item> tab, you can see the \"next style\"."
|
||
msgstr "For eksempel har sidestilen «Første side» «Standard» som neste stil. For å se dette trykker du <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Cmd + T</caseinline><defaultinline>F11</defaultinline></switchinline> for å åpne vinduet <item type=\"menuitem\">Stilhåndterer</item>. Trykk på knappen <item type=\"menuitem\">Sidestilar</item> og høyreklikk på oppføringen «Føste side». Velg <item type=\"menuitem\">Rediger</item> på sprettoppmenyen. «Neste stil» er synlig på fanen <item type=\"menuitem\">Håndterer</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id291451\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "A <emph>manually inserted page break</emph> can be applied without or with a change of page styles."
|
||
msgstr "Et <emph>manuelt sideskift</emph> kan bli lagt til med eller uten en endring av sidestiler."
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3341776\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If you just press <item type=\"keycode\">Ctrl+Enter</item>, you apply a page break without a change of styles."
|
||
msgstr "Hvis du bare trykker <item type=\"keycode\">Ctrl + Enter</item>, setter du inn et manuelt sideskift uten endring av stiler."
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id5947141\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If you choose <emph>Insert - Manual break</emph>, you can insert a page break without or with a change of style or with a change of page number."
|
||
msgstr "Hvis du velger <emph>Sett inn → Manuelt skift</emph>, kan du sette inn et sideskift med eller uten en endring av stil, eller med en endring av sidetall."
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1911679\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "It depends on your document what is best: to use a manually inserted page break between page styles, or to use an automatic change. If you just need one title page with a different style than the other pages, you can use the automatic method:"
|
||
msgstr "Hva som er best avhenger av dokumentet: Å bruke manuelle sideskift mellom sidestiler, eller automatiske skift. Hvis du bare trenger en tittelside med en annen stil enn de andre sidene, kan du bruke den automatiske metoden:"
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id9364909\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Apply a Different Page Style to the First Page"
|
||
msgstr "For å legge en annen sidestil til den første sida"
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id4473403\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click into the first page of your document."
|
||
msgstr "Klikk i den første sida av dokumentet."
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id4313791\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Format → Stilbehandler</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id4331797\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> window, click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Format → Stilbehandler</emph>, og klikk på knappen <emph>Avsnittsstiler</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id4191717\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Double-click the \"First Page\" style."
|
||
msgstr "Dobbeltklikk på «Første side»-stilen."
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id2318796\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Now your title page has the style \"First Page\", and the next pages automatically have the \"Default\" style."
|
||
msgstr "Nå har tittelsiden din «Første side»-stilen, og de neste sidene har automatisk «Standard»-stilen."
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id399182\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can now for example insert a footer for the \"Default\" page atyle only, or insert footers in both page styles, but with differently formatted page number fields."
|
||
msgstr "Nå kan du for eksempel sette inn en bunntekst bare for sidestilen «Standard», eller sette inn bunntekster på begge sidestilene, men med ulikt formaterte sidetallsfelt."
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id5298318\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Apply a Manually Inserted Page Style Change"
|
||
msgstr "For å legge til et manuelt skift av sidestil"
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id7588732\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click at the start of the first paragraph on the page where a different page style will be applied."
|
||
msgstr "Klikk i begynnelsen av det første avsnittet på sida hvor en annen sidestil skal brukes."
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id95828\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Manual Break</emph>. You see the <emph>Insert Break</emph> dialog."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Sett inn → Manuelt skift</emph>. Dialogvinduet <emph>Sett inn skift</emph> vises."
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3496200\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style</item> list box, select a page style. You may set a new page number, too. Click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
|
||
msgstr "I listeboksen <item type=\"menuitem\">Stil</item>, velg en sidestil. Du kan også oppgi et nytt sidetall. Trykk på <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id7599108\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The selected page style will be used from the current paragraph to the next page break with style. You may need to create the new page style first."
|
||
msgstr "Den valgte sidestilen vil bli brukt fra det gjeldende avsnittet til det neste sideskiftet med stil. Du må kanskje lage den nye sidestilen først."
|
||
|
||
#: pageorientation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Changing Page Orientation (Landscape or Portrait)"
|
||
msgstr "Forandre sideretning (liggende eller stående)"
|
||
|
||
#: pageorientation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id9683828\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>page styles;orientation/scope</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>page formats; changing individual pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formatting; changing individual pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>portrait and landscape</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>landscape and portrait</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>printing;portrait/landscape format</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>orientation of pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paper orientation</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pages;orientation</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sideways orientation of pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>scope of page styles</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>sidestiler;retning/bruksområde</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sideformater; endre individuelle sider</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatering; endre individuelle sider</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>stående og liggende</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>liggende og stående</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>skrive ut;stående/liggende format</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sideretning</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>papirretning</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sider;retning</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sidelengs sideretning</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bruksområde for sidestiler</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: pageorientation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN106FF\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"pageorientation\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp\">Changing Page Orientation</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"pageorientation\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp\">Forandre sideretning</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: pageorientation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id6418042\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "All page properties for Writer text documents, like for example the page orientation, are defined by page styles. By default, a new text document uses the “Default” page style for all pages. If you open an existing text document, different page styles may have been applied to the different pages."
|
||
msgstr "Alle sideegenskaper for Writer-dokument, som for eksempel sideretning, angis av sidestiler. Som standard bruker et nytt tekstdokument stilen «Standard» til alle sider. Hvis du åpner et eksisterende tekstdokument kan ulike sidestiler ha blitt brukt på forskjellige sider."
|
||
|
||
#: pageorientation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id8324533\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "It is important to know that changes that you apply to a page property will only affect the pages that use the current page style. The current page style is listed in the Status Bar at the lower window border."
|
||
msgstr "Det er viktigt å vite at endringene som du legger til for en sideegenskap bare vil påvirke de sidene som bruker den gjeldende sidestilen. Den gjeldende sidestilen vises i statuslinja i den nederste vinduskanten."
|
||
|
||
#: pageorientation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id7524033\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Change the Page Orientation for All Pages"
|
||
msgstr "For å endre sideretningen for alle sider"
|
||
|
||
#: pageorientation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id6307260\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If your text document consists only of pages with the same page style, you can change the page properties directly:"
|
||
msgstr "Hvis tekstdokumentet kun består av sider med den samme sidestilen, kan du forandre sideegenskapene direkte."
|
||
|
||
#: pageorientation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id5256508\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Page</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Format → Side</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: pageorientation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id9681997\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the <emph>Page</emph> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på fanen <emph>Side</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: pageorientation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id7994323\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Under <item type=\"menuitem\">Paper format</item>, select “Portrait” or “Landscape”."
|
||
msgstr "I <item type=\"menuitem\">Papirformat</item>, velg «Stående» eller «Liggende»."
|
||
|
||
#: pageorientation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id7069002\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: pageorientation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id4202398\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Change the Page Orientation Only for Some Pages"
|
||
msgstr "For å endre sideretningen på noen sider"
|
||
|
||
#: pageorientation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN1071D\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "$[officename] uses page styles to specify the orientation of the pages in a document. Page styles define more page properties, as for example header and footer or page margins. You can either change the “Default” page style for the current document, or you can define own page styles and apply those page styles to any parts of your text."
|
||
msgstr "$[officename] bruker sidestiler for å angi retningen av sidene i et dokument. Sidestiler angir flere sideegenskaper, som for eksempel topptekst, bunntekst eller sidemarger. Du kan enten endre «Standard» sidestil for det gjeldende dokumentet, eller oppgi egne sidestiler og bruke disse på vilkårlige deler av teksten."
|
||
|
||
#: pageorientation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1449324\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "At the end of this help page, we'll discuss the scope of page styles in detail. If you are unsure about the page style concept, please read the section at the end of this page."
|
||
msgstr "På slutten av denne hjelpesida vil vi diskutere formålet med sidestiler i detaljer. Hvis du er usikker på ideen med sidestiler, les bolken på slutten av denne sida."
|
||
|
||
#: pageorientation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1480758\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Unlike character styles or paragraph styles, the page styles don't know a hierarchy. You can create a new page style based on the properties of an existing page style, but when you later change the source style, the new page style does not automatically inherit the changes."
|
||
msgstr "Ulikt tegnstiler og avsnittsstiler, kjenner ikke sidestilene til et hierarki. Du kan opprette en ny sidestil basert på egenskapene for en eksisterende sidestil, men når du senere skifter kildestilen, vil den nye sidestilen ikke automatisk arve endringene."
|
||
|
||
#: pageorientation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id2962126\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To change the page orientation for all pages that share the same page style, you first need a page style, then apply that style:"
|
||
msgstr "For å endre sideretningen for alle sider som deler den samme sidestilen, trenger du først en sidestil, legg deretter til stilen."
|
||
|
||
#: pageorientation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10727\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Format → Stilbehandler</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: pageorientation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10741\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på knappen <emph>Sidestiler</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: pageorientation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10749\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Right-click a page style and choose <emph>New</emph>. The new page style initially gets all properties of the selected page style."
|
||
msgstr "Høyreklikk på en sidestil og velg <emph>Ny</emph>. Den nye sidestilen får alle egenskapene tilhørende den valgte sidestilen."
|
||
|
||
#: pageorientation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10751\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "On the <emph>Organizer</emph> tab page, type a name for the page style in the <emph>Name</emph> box, for example \"My Landscape\"."
|
||
msgstr "På fanen <emph>Behandler</emph>, skriv inn et navn på sidestilen i feltet <emph>Navn</emph>, for eksempel «Mitt landskap»."
|
||
|
||
#: pageorientation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN1075D\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <emph>Next Style</emph> box, select the page style that you want to apply to the next page that follows a page with the new style. See the section about the scope of page styles at the end of this help page."
|
||
msgstr "I boksen <emph>Neste stil</emph>, velg sidestilen som skal brukes på den neste sida."
|
||
|
||
#: pageorientation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10775\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the <emph>Page</emph> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på fanen <emph>Side</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: pageorientation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN1077D\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Under <item type=\"menuitem\">Paper format</item>, select “Portrait” or “Landscape”."
|
||
msgstr "I <item type=\"menuitem\">Papirformat</item>, velg «Stående» eller «Liggende»."
|
||
|
||
#: pageorientation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN108AE\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: pageorientation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1658375\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Now you have defined a proper page style with the name \"My Landscape\". To apply the new style, double-click the \"My Landscape\" page style in the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> window. All pages in the current scope of page styles will be changed. If you defined the \"next style\" to be a different style, only the first page of the current scope of page styles will be changed."
|
||
msgstr "Du har nå laget en gyldig sidestil med navnet «Min Liggende». Dobbeltklikk på sidestilen «Min Liggende» i vinduet <emph>Stilbehandler</emph> for å bruke den nye stilen. Alle sider i virkefeltet for de gjeldende sidestilene vil bli endret. Hvis du oppga «Neste stil» til å være en annen stil, vil bare den første sida av det gjeldende virkefeltet for sidestiler bli endret."
|
||
|
||
#: pageorientation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id6082949\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The Scope of Page Styles"
|
||
msgstr "Bruksområdet for sidestiler"
|
||
|
||
#: pageorientation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id2858668\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You should be aware of the scope of page styles in %PRODUCTNAME. Which pages of your text document get affected by editing a page style?"
|
||
msgstr "Du bør være oppmerksom på virkefeltet av sidestiler i %PRODUCTNAME. Hvilke sider i tekstdokumentet ditt blir påvirket ved å redigere en sidestil?"
|
||
|
||
#: pageorientation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3278603\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "One Page Long Styles"
|
||
msgstr "En sides stiler"
|
||
|
||
#: pageorientation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id5169225\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "A page style can be defined to span one page only. The “First Page” style is an example. You set this property by defining another page style to be the \"next style\", on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Page - Organizer</item> tab page."
|
||
msgstr "En sidestil kan stilles inn til å bare gå over en enkelt side. Stilen Første side er et eksempel. Du stiller inn denne egenskapen ved å velge en annen sidestil til å være «Neste stil» på fanen<item type=\"menuitem\">Format → Side → Behandler</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: pageorientation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id6670125\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "A one page long style starts from the lower border of the current page style range up to the next page break. The next page break appears automatically when the text flows to the next page, which is sometimes called a \"soft page break\". Alternatively, you can insert a manual page break."
|
||
msgstr "En en side lang stil går frå den nederste kanten på det gjeldende sidestilområdet til det neste sideskiftet. Det neste sideskiftet blir vist automatisk når teksten flyter til den neste siden. Dette blir òg kallet et mykt sideskift. Alternativt kan du setta inn et manuelt sideskift."
|
||
|
||
#: pageorientation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id2118594\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To insert a manual page break at the cursor position, press <item type=\"keycode\">Ctrl+Enter</item> or choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Manual Break</item> and just click OK."
|
||
msgstr "For å sette inn et manuelt skift ved skrivemerket, trykk på <item type=\"keycode\">Ctrl + Enter</item> eller velg <item type=\"menuitem\">Sett inn → Manuelt skift</item> og klikke på OK."
|
||
|
||
#: pageorientation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id166020\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Manually Defined Range of a Page style"
|
||
msgstr "Manuelt innstilt område for en sidestil"
|
||
|
||
#: pageorientation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id6386913\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The “Default” page style does not set a different \"next style\" on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Page - Organizer</item> tab page. Instead, the \"next style\" is set also to be “Default”. All page styles that are followed by the same page style can span multiple pages. The lower and upper borders of the page style range are defined by \"page breaks with style\". All the pages between any two \"page breaks with style\" use the same page style."
|
||
msgstr "Sidestilen «Standard» angir ikke en annen «Neste stil» på fanen <item type=\"menuitem\">Format → Side → Behandler</item>. I stedet er «Neste stil» satt til «Standard». Alle sidestiler som har samme navn i «Neste stil» kan fortsette over flere sider. Den nederste og øverste grensa for stilens omfang angis av «Sideskift med stil». Alle sider mellom to «Sideskift med stil» bruker samme fil som utgangspunkt."
|
||
|
||
#: pageorientation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id6062196\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can insert a \"page break with style\" directly at the cursor position. Alternatively, you can apply the \"page break with style\" property to a paragraph or to a paragraph style."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan sette inn et «sideskift med stil» ved skrivemerkets plassering. Du kan også bruke egenskapen «sideskift med stil» for et avsnitt eller for en avsnittsstil."
|
||
|
||
#: pageorientation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id6054261\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Perform any one of the following commands:"
|
||
msgstr "Utfør en de følgende kommandoene:"
|
||
|
||
#: pageorientation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1811578\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To insert a \"page break with style\" at the cursor position, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Manual Break</item>, select a <emph>Style</emph> name from the listbox, and click OK."
|
||
msgstr "For å sette inn et «sideskift med stil» ved skrivemerkets posisjon, velg <item type=\"menuitem\">Sett inn → Manuelt skift</item>, velg et <emph>Stil</emph>-navn fra listeboksen og klikk OK."
|
||
|
||
#: pageorientation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id9935911\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To apply the \"page break with style\" property to the current paragraph, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Paragraph - Text Flow</item>. In the Breaks area, activate <emph>Enable</emph> and <emph>With Page Style</emph>. Select a page style name from the listbox."
|
||
msgstr "For å legge til egenskapen «sideskift med stil» til det gjeldende avsnittet, velg <item type=\"menuitem\">Format → Avsnitt → Tekstflyt</item>. I Skift-området slår du på <emph>Sett inn</emph> og <emph>Med sidestil</emph>. Velg en sidestil fra listeboksen."
|
||
|
||
#: pageorientation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id4753868\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To apply the \"page break with style\" property to the current paragraph style, right-click the current paragraph. Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit Paragraph Style</item> from the context menu. Click the <emph>Text Flow</emph> tab. In the Breaks area, activate <emph>Enable</emph> and <emph>With Page Style</emph>. Select a page style name from the listbox."
|
||
msgstr "For å legge til et «sideskift med stil» til den gjeldende avsnittsstilen, høyreklikk på den gjeldende stilen. Velg <item type=\"menuitem\">Rediger avsnittsstil</item> fra sprettoppmenyen. Velg fanen <emph>Tekstflyt</emph>. I området Skift, slå på <emph>Sett inn</emph> og <emph>Med sidestil</emph>. Velg en sidestil fra listeboksen."
|
||
|
||
#: pageorientation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id4744407\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To apply the \"page break with style\" property to an arbitrary paragraph style, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">View - Styles and Formatting</item>. Click the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> icon. Right-click the name of the paragraph style you want to modify and choose <emph>Modify</emph>. Click the <emph>Text Flow</emph> tab. In the Breaks area, activate <emph>Enable</emph> and <emph>With Page Style</emph>. Select a page style name from the listbox."
|
||
msgstr "For å legge egenskapen «Sideskift med stil» til en vilkårlig stil, velg <item type=\"menuitem\">Format → Stilbehandler</item>. Klikk på ikonet <emph>Avsnittsstiler</emph>. Høyreklikk på avsnittsstilen du ønsker å endre og velg så <emph>Rediger</emph>. Velg fanen <emph>Tekstflyt</emph>. I avsnittet Skift, må du velge <emph>Sett inn</emph> og <emph>Med sidestil</emph>. Velg en sidestil fra lista."
|
||
|
||
#: pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Creating and Applying Page Styles"
|
||
msgstr "Lage og legge til sidestiler"
|
||
|
||
#: pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id7071138\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>page styles;creating and applying</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>defining;page styles</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>styles;for pages</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>sidestiler; lage og legge til</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lage; sidestiler</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>stiler; for sider</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155182\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"pagestyles\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Creating and Applying Page Styles\">Creating and Applying Page Styles</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"pagestyles\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Lage og legge til sidestiler\">Lage og legge til sidestiler</link> </variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149846\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "$[officename] uses page styles to specify the layout of a page, including the page orientation, background, margins, headers, footers, and text columns. To change the layout of an individual page in a document, you must create and apply a custom page style to the page."
|
||
msgstr "$[officename] bruker sidestiler for å angi utseendet på en side, inkludert sideretning, bakgrunn, marger, topptekster, bunntekster og tekstspalter. For å endre oppsettet for en enkelt side i et dokument, må du opprette og bruke en tilpassset sidestil."
|
||
|
||
#: pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3156109\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Define a New Page Style"
|
||
msgstr "For å lage en ny sidestil"
|
||
|
||
#: pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153411\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">View - Styles and Formatting</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg<item type=\"menuitem\">Vis - Stilhåndterer</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153133\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på knappen <emph>Sidestiler</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149641\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the list of page styles, right-click an item, and then choose <emph>New</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Høyreklikk på et element i lista over sidestiler, og velg <emph>Ny</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149614\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "On the <emph>Organizer</emph> tab, type a name in the <emph>Name</emph> box."
|
||
msgstr "På fanen <emph>Behandler</emph> kan du skrive et navn på sidestilen i feltet <emph>Navn</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145110\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Do one of the following:"
|
||
msgstr "Gjør dette:"
|
||
|
||
#: pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156252\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To apply the custom page style to a single page, select the default page style that is used in your document in the <emph>Next Style</emph> box."
|
||
msgstr "For å bruke en selvvalgt sidestil på en enkelt side, velg sidestilen som er brukt i feltet <emph>Neste stil</emph> i standardstilen som er brukt for siden."
|
||
|
||
#: pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153376\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To apply the custom page style to more than one page, select its name in the <emph>Next Style</emph> box. To stop using the style, insert a manual page break and assign it a different page style."
|
||
msgstr "For å bruke ein selvvalgt sidestil på flere sider, velg stilnavnet i feltet <emph>Neste stil</emph>. For å avslutte bruken av stilen, sett inn et manuelt sideskift og velg en annen sidestil."
|
||
|
||
#: pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154252\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Use the tabs in the dialog to set the layout options for the page style, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Bruk fanene i dialogvinduet for å stille inn utseendevalg for sidestilen, og trykk på <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3154851\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Apply a Page Style"
|
||
msgstr "For å legge til en sidestil"
|
||
|
||
#: pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154873\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click in the page that you want to apply the page style to."
|
||
msgstr "Klikk i sida som du vil legge til sidestilen."
|
||
|
||
#: pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155888\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">View - Styles and Formatting</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Page Style</item> icon."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <item type=\"menuitem\">Format → Stilbehandler</item> og klikk på ikonet <item type=\"menuitem\">Sidestiler</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3148685\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Double-click a name in the list."
|
||
msgstr "Dobbeltklikk på et navn i lista."
|
||
|
||
#: pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3148701\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Apply a Page Style to a New Page"
|
||
msgstr "For å legge en sidestil til en side"
|
||
|
||
#: pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147122\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click in the document where you want a new page to start."
|
||
msgstr "Klikk der den nye siden skal begynne i dokumentet."
|
||
|
||
#: pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150210\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Manual Break</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Sett inn → Manuelt skift</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150235\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select <emph>Page break</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Sideskift</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150939\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style</item> box, select the page style that you want to apply to the page that follows the manual break."
|
||
msgstr "I boksen <item type=\"menuitem\">Stil</item>, velg sidestilen som skal brukes på den sida som kommer etter et sideskift."
|
||
|
||
#: pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150965\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: print_brochure.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Printing a Brochure"
|
||
msgstr "Skrive ut en brosjyre"
|
||
|
||
#: print_brochure.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id6743064\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>printing; individual brochures</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>booklet printing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>brochures; printing individual</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>skrive ut; individuelle brosjyrer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>utskrift av liten bok</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>brosjyrer; utskrift av individuelle</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: print_brochure.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN105F6\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"print_brochure\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/print_brochure.xhp\">Printing a Brochure</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"print_brochure\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/print_brochure.xhp\">Skrive ut en brosjyre</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: print_brochure.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10614\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can print a Writer document as a brochure or a booklet. That is, Writer prints two pages on each side of the paper, so that when you fold the paper, you can read the document as a book."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan skrive ut et Writer-dokument som en brosjyre eller en liten bok. Writer skriver ut to sider på hver side av papiret, så arket kan leses som en bok etter bretting."
|
||
|
||
#: print_brochure.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN106DE\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "When you create a document that you want to print as a brochure, use portrait orientation for the pages. Writer applies the brochure layout when you print the document."
|
||
msgstr "Når du lager et dokument som skal skrives ut som en brosjyre, bruk stående sideretning til sidene. Writer bruker brosjyreoppsettet når dette dokumentetet skrives ut."
|
||
|
||
#: print_brochure.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN1061A\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Print a Brochure"
|
||
msgstr "For å skrive ut en brosjyre"
|
||
|
||
#: print_brochure.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10621\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>File - Print</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Fil → Skriv ut</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: print_brochure.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN106B6\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <emph>Print</emph> dialog, click <emph>Properties</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klikk på <emph>OK</emph> i dialogvinduet <emph>Egenskaper</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: print_brochure.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN1070E\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the properties dialog for your printer, set the paper orientation to landscape."
|
||
msgstr "Still inn papirretningen til liggendeI dialogvinduet for egenskaper."
|
||
|
||
#: print_brochure.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id8947416\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If your printer prints duplex, and because brochures always print in landscape mode, you should use the \"duplex - short edge\" setting in your printer setup dialog."
|
||
msgstr "Hvis skriveren støtter duplex, og fordi brosjyrer alltid blir skrive ut i liggende format, bør du bruke innstillingen \"duplex – kort kant\" i din printeropsetningsdialogvindu."
|
||
|
||
#: print_brochure.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10628\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Return to <emph>Print</emph> dialog, and click the <emph>Page Layout</emph> tab page."
|
||
msgstr "Gå tilbake til <emph>Skriv ut</emph> dialogen, og klikk på <emph>Sideutforming</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: print_brochure.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN1062C\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select <emph>Brochure</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Bosjyre</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: print_brochure.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10740\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "For a printer that automatically prints on both sides of a page, specify to include \"All pages\"."
|
||
msgstr "For en skriver som automatisk skriver dobbeltsidig, spesifiser for å inkludere \"Alle sider\"."
|
||
|
||
#: print_brochure.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10630\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: print_brochure.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN106EA\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If %PRODUCTNAME prints the pages in the wrong order, open the <emph>Options</emph> tab page, select <emph>Print in reverse page order</emph>, and then print the document again."
|
||
msgstr "Hvis %PRODUCTNAME skriver ut sidene i feil rekkjefølge, åpner du fanen <emph>Innstillinger</emph> og velger <emph>Utskrift i motsatt rekkefølge</emph> og skriv ut dokumentet igjen."
|
||
|
||
#: print_preview.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"print_preview.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Previewing a Page Before Printing"
|
||
msgstr "Forhåndsvise en side før utskrift"
|
||
|
||
#: print_preview.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"print_preview.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3155179\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>printing; previews</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>previews; print layouts</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>print layout checks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>book view</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pages;previews</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>skrive ut; forhåndsvisninger</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>previews; forhåndsvisninger; utskriftutseende</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sjekk av utskriftsutseende</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>bok visning</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>psider;forhåndsvisninger</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: print_preview.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"print_preview.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155179\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"print_preview\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/print_preview.xhp\" name=\"Previewing a Page Before Printing\">Previewing a Page Before Printing</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"print_preview\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/print_preview.xhp\" name=\"Forhåndsvise en side før utskrift\">Forhåndsvise en side før utskrift</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: print_preview.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"print_preview.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149847\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>File</emph> - <emph>Print Preview</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Fil</emph>→<emph>Forhåndsvis siden</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: print_preview.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"print_preview.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155055\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Use the zoom icons on the <emph>Print Preview</emph> bar to reduce or enlarge the view of the page."
|
||
msgstr "Bruk lupeknappen på linja <emph>Forhåndsvisning</emph> for å minske eller forstørre visningen på siden."
|
||
|
||
#: print_preview.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"print_preview.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN1067F\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To print your document scaled down, set the print options on the <emph>Page Layout</emph> tab page of the <item type=\"menuitem\">File - Print</item> dialog."
|
||
msgstr "For å skrive ut dokumentet forminsket, velg utskriftsalternativ i <emph>Side utformingsfabnen</emph>i <item type=\"menuitem\">Fil - Skriv ut</item>dialogen."
|
||
|
||
#: print_preview.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"print_preview.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145093\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Use the arrow keys or the arrow icons on the <emph>Print Preview</emph> bar to scroll through the document."
|
||
msgstr "Bruk piltastene eller pilene på linja <emph>Forhåndsvis side</emph> for å rulle gjennom dokumentet."
|
||
|
||
#: print_preview.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"print_preview.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154265\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/01120000.xhp\" name=\"File - Print Preview\">File - Print Preview</link>."
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/01120000.xhp\" name=\"File – Page Preview\">Fil → Forhåndsvis siden</link>."
|
||
|
||
#: print_small.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"print_small.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Printing Multiple Pages on One Sheet"
|
||
msgstr "Skrive ut flere sider på et ark"
|
||
|
||
#: print_small.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"print_small.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3149694\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>multi-page view of documents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pages;printing multiple on one sheet</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>overviews;printing multi-page view</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>printing;multiple pages per sheet</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>reduced printing of multiple pages</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>flersidevisning av dokumenter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sider;skrive ut flere på et enkelt ark</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>oversikter;skrive ut</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>skrive ut;flere sider per ark</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>forminsket utskrift av flere sider</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: print_small.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"print_small.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149694\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"print_small\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/print_small.xhp\" name=\"Printing Multiple Pages on One Sheet\">Printing Multiple Pages on One Sheet</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"print_small\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/print_small.xhp\" name=\"Printing Multiple Pages on One Sheet\">Skrive ut flere sider på ett ark.</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: print_small.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"print_small.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149829\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "On the <emph>Page Layout</emph> tab page of the <item type=\"menuitem\">File - Print</item> dialog, you have the option to print multiple pages on one sheet."
|
||
msgstr "I fanen<emph>Sideoppsett</emph>i dialogvinduet <item type=\"menuitem\">Fil → Skriv ut</item> kan du velge å skrive ut flere sider på hvert ark."
|
||
|
||
#: print_small.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"print_small.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156098\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>File - Print</emph> and click the <emph>Page Layout</emph> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Velg<emph>Fil - Skriv ut</emph> og klikk på <emph>Sideutformingsfanen</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: print_small.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"print_small.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155055\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Do one of the following:"
|
||
msgstr "Gjør dette:"
|
||
|
||
#: print_small.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"print_small.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149603\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To print two pages side by side on the same sheet, select \"2\" in the <emph>Pages per sheet</emph> box."
|
||
msgstr "For å skrive ut to sider pr ark, velg \"2\" i <emph>Sider pr ark</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: print_small.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"print_small.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153388\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To print multiple pages on the same sheet, select the number of pages per sheet and optionally set the order of pages. The small preview shows the arrangement of pages."
|
||
msgstr "For å skrive ut flere sider på samme ark, velg antall sider pr ark og alternativt angi rekkefølgen på sidene. Den lille forhåndsvisningen viser hvordan sidene blir plassert."
|
||
|
||
#: print_small.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"print_small.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154841\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>Print</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>Skriv ut</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: print_small.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"print_small.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150004\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/main0210.xhp\" name=\"File - Print Preview\">File - Print Preview</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/main0210.xhp\" name=\"File - Print Preview\">Fil → Forhåndsvis utskriften</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: printer_tray.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"printer_tray.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Selecting printer paper trays"
|
||
msgstr "Valg av skriverskuffer"
|
||
|
||
#: printer_tray.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"printer_tray.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id6609088\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>selecting;paper trays</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paper tray selection</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>velge;skriverskuffer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>skuffvalg for skriver</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: printer_tray.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"printer_tray.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155909\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"printer_tray\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/printer_tray.xhp\" name=\"Selecting printer paper trays\">Selecting Printer Paper Trays</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"printer_tray\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/printer_tray.xhp\" name=\"Selecting printer paper trays\">Velge skriverskuffer</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: printer_tray.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"printer_tray.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155858\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Use page styles to specify different paper sources for different pages in your document."
|
||
msgstr "Bruk sidestiler for å angi ulike papirkilder for ulike sider i dokumentet."
|
||
|
||
#: printer_tray.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"printer_tray.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149841\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Format → Stilbehandler</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: printer_tray.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"printer_tray.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156108\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Page Styles</item> icon."
|
||
msgstr "Klikk på <item type=\"menuitem\">Sidestiler</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: printer_tray.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"printer_tray.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155066\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Right-click the page style in the list that you want to specify the paper source for, and then choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Høyreklikk på avsnittsstilen du vil legge nummerering til og velg så <emph>Rediger</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: printer_tray.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"printer_tray.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153416\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Paper tray</item> box, select the paper tray that you want to use."
|
||
msgstr "I feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Papirskuff</item>, velg den den ønskede papirskuffen."
|
||
|
||
#: printer_tray.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"printer_tray.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153140\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: printer_tray.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"printer_tray.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149649\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Repeat steps 1-5 for each page style that you want to specify the paper for."
|
||
msgstr "Gjenta steg 1 til 5 for hver sidestil du vil angi papiret for."
|
||
|
||
#: printer_tray.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"printer_tray.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149616\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Apply the page style to the pages that you want."
|
||
msgstr "Bruk sidestilene på sidene du vil ha."
|
||
|
||
#: printer_tray.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"printer_tray.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154260\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Creating and applying page styles\">Creating and applying page styles</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Oprette og anvende sidetypografier\">Lage og bruke sidestiler</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: printing_order.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"printing_order.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Printing in Reverse Order"
|
||
msgstr "Utskrift i omvendt rekkefølge"
|
||
|
||
#: printing_order.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"printing_order.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3149688\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>ordering;printing in reverse order</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>printing; reverse order</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>rekkefølge; skrive ut i omvendt rekkefølge</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>skrive ut; omvendt rekkefølge</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: printing_order.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"printing_order.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149688\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"printing_order\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/printing_order.xhp\" name=\"Printing in Reverse Order\">Printing in Reverse Order</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"printing_order\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/printing_order.xhp\" name=\"Printing in Reverse Order\">Skrive ut i omvendt rekkefølge</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: printing_order.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"printing_order.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155854\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>File - Print</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Fil → Skriv ut</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: printing_order.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"printing_order.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149836\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the <emph>General</emph> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på fanen <emph>Side</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: printing_order.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"printing_order.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156106\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Print in reverse page order</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Skriv ut i omvendt rekkefølge</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: printing_order.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"printing_order.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153418\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>Print</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>Skriv ut</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: printing_order.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"printing_order.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149616\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/01130000.xhp\" name=\"Printing\">Printing</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/01130000.xhp\" name=\"Skrive ut\">Skrive ut</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: protection.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"protection.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Protecting Content in %PRODUCTNAME Writer"
|
||
msgstr "Beskytte innhold i %PRODUCTNAME Writer"
|
||
|
||
#: protection.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"protection.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3150620\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>indexes;unprotecting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables of contents;unprotecting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables;protecting/unprotecting cells</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sections;protecting/unprotecting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>unprotecting tables of contents and indexes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>protecting;tables and sections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>cells;protecting/unprotecting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>document;protection from changes</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>register;fjern beskyttelse</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>innholdslister;fjernet beskyttelse</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tabeller;beskyttelse/fjernet bes kyttelseav celler</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>seksjoner;beskyttet/fjernet beskyttelse</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>fjernet beskyttelse i innholdslister og registre</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>beskyttede;tabeller og seksjoner</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>celler;beskyttet/fjernet</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>dokument;beskyttet mot endring</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: protection.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"protection.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id6007263\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"protection\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp\" name=\"Protecting Content in %PRODUCTNAME Writer\">Protecting Contents in <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer</item></link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"protection\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp\" name=\"Protecting Content in %PRODUCTNAME Writer\">beskyttet innhold i <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer</item></link> </variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: protection.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"protection.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1924802\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The following is an overview of the different ways of protecting contents in <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer from being modified or deleted."
|
||
msgstr "Dette er en oversikt over de ulike måtene innhold kan beskyttes mot å bli endret, slettet eller vist. i <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer."
|
||
|
||
#: protection.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"protection.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3150114\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Protecting Sections in <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer"
|
||
msgstr "Beskytte avsnitti <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer"
|
||
|
||
#: protection.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"protection.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150592\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Any section of a <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer text document can be protected against changes, and with an optional password."
|
||
msgstr "Alle bolkar i eit tekstdokument i <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer
kan beskyttes mot endringer med et valgfritt passord."
|
||
|
||
#: protection.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"protection.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id4545426\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"protwarn\">Protection is not intended to be an information security protection, it is a switch to prevent accidental changes.</variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"protwarn\">Beskyttelsen er ikke ment å være en beskyttelse av innholdet, men som en beskyttelse mot uønskede endringer.</variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: protection.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"protection.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id1811201610293\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"turnon\">Turning on protection</variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"turnon\">Slår på beskyttelse</variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: protection.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"protection.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1811201645676\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Information to protect must be in a section. To create or select a section:"
|
||
msgstr "Informasjonens som skal beskyttes må være i en seksjon. Slik lager eller velger du en seksjon:"
|
||
|
||
#: protection.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"protection.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id181120161920589\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If the section does not exist: Select the text, then choose menu <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Section...</item> ."
|
||
msgstr "Dersom seksjonen ikke eksisterer, marker teksten og velg menyen <item type=\"menuitem\">Sett inn → Seksjoner…</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: protection.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"protection.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id181120164739204\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If the section already exists: <variable id=\"gotosection\">Choose menu <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Sections...</item> and select the section in the list <emph>Section</emph>, or right-click on the section in the Navigator and choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit...</item>.</variable>"
|
||
msgstr "Dersom det allerede finnes en seksjon, <variable id=\"gotosection\">Velg <item type=\"menuitem\">Format → Seksjoner…</item> og velg seksjonen fra listen <emph>Seksjon</emph> eller høyreklikk på seksjonen i dokumentstrukturen og velg <item type=\"menuitem\">Rediger …</item>.</variable> "
|
||
|
||
#: protection.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"protection.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1811201645678\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To enable protection"
|
||
msgstr "Slå på beskyttelse"
|
||
|
||
#: protection.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"protection.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id181120164720479\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If you want to protect the contents without a password, choose the <emph>Protect</emph> check box under the <emph>Write protection</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Hvis du vil ha beskyttelse uten passord, velg <emph>Beskytt</emph>avkryssningsboksen i <emph>Skrivebeskyttelse</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: protection.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"protection.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id181120164720412\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If you want the protection with a password, choose <emph>Protect</emph> and <emph>With password</emph> check boxes and click on the <emph>Password…</emph> button. Enter and confirm a password of at least five characters."
|
||
msgstr "Hvis du vil ha beskyttelse med passord, velg <emph>Beskytt </emph>og <emph>med passord i </emph>avkryssningsboksen i <emph>skriv inn et passord på minst 5 tegn. Bekreft passordet </emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: protection.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"protection.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id1811201610294\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Modification of protection"
|
||
msgstr "Endring av beskyttelse"
|
||
|
||
#: protection.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"protection.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id18112016456780\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If the protection has no a password, and you want to give it, choose the <emph>With password</emph> checkbox and press the <emph>Password...</emph> button, enter and confirm the password of at least five characters."
|
||
msgstr "Hvis du vil endre til beskyttelse med passord for seksjoner uten passord, velg<emph> med passord</emph>, og klikk <emph>Passord...</emph> knappen, skriv inn et passord på minst 5 tegn. bekreft passordet."
|
||
|
||
#: protection.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"protection.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id18112016234567\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If the protection has a password, and you want only to clear it, uncheck the <emph>With password</emph> under the <emph>Write protection</emph> and enter the correct password."
|
||
msgstr "Hvis beskyttelsen har passord og du vil fjerne det, fjern <emph>Med passord</emph> i<emph>Skrivebeskyttelse</emph> og angi korrekt passord."
|
||
|
||
#: protection.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"protection.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id18112016234566\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If the protection has a password, and you want only to change it, click to the <emph>Password</emph> button in the <emph>Write protection</emph>, enter the correct password twice."
|
||
msgstr "Dersom beskyttelsen er med passord og du bare vil endre dette, trykk på knappen <emph>Passord …</emph> i <emph>Skrivebeskyttelse</emph> og skriv inn det korrekte passordet to ganger."
|
||
|
||
#: protection.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"protection.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id1811201610295\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"turnoff\">Turning off protection</variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"turnoff\">Slå av beskyttelse</variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: protection.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"protection.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id18112016345678\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If the protection has no a password, uncheck the <emph>Protect</emph> under the <emph>Write protection</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Hvis beskyttelsen er satt opp uten passord, fjern <emph>Beskytt markeringen </emph>i <emph>Skrivebeskyttelse.</emph>"
|
||
|
||
#: protection.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"protection.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id19112016123456\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If the protection has a password, uncheck the <emph>Protect</emph> under the <emph>Write protection</emph> and enter the correct password."
|
||
msgstr "Hvis beskyttelsen er satt opp ed passord, fjern<emph>Beskyttet markeringen </emph>i <emph>Skrivebeskyttelse</emph> og skriv inn korrekt passord."
|
||
|
||
#: protection.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"protection.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3146081\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Protecting Cells in a <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer Table"
|
||
msgstr "Beskytte celler i en <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer Tabell"
|
||
|
||
#: protection.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"protection.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154480\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can protect the contents of individual cells of tables or whole table in <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer from changes."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan beskytte innholdet i individuelle celler i en teksttabell fra forandringer i<item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer."
|
||
|
||
#: protection.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"protection.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145643\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "For one or several cells, place the cursor in a cell or select needed several cells. Choose the <item type=\"menuitem\">Table - Protect Cells</item> in menu bar."
|
||
msgstr "For en eller flere celler, plaser markøren i en celle eller marker flere celler. Velg <item type=\"menuitem\">Tabell -> Beskytt Celler</item> i menyen."
|
||
|
||
#: protection.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"protection.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1911201610283\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "For whole table, select the table, and choose the <item type=\"menuitem\">Table - Protect Cells</item> in menu bar."
|
||
msgstr "For hele tabellen, marker tabellen og velg <item type=\"menuitem\">Tabell → Beskytt celler</item> i menyen."
|
||
|
||
#: protection.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"protection.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155178\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"firstof\">If necessary, choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"menuitem\"> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</item> and select <emph>Enable cursor</emph> under the <emph>Protected Areas</emph>.</variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"firstof\">Om det er nødvendig, velg <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME → Innstillinger</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"menuitem\">Verktøy → Innstillinger</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"menuitem\"> → %PRODUCTNAME Writer → Formateringsstøtte</item> og kryss av for <emph>Slå på markør</emph> i feltet <emph>Beskyttet område</emph>.</variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: protection.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"protection.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1711201619364829\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Place the cursor in the cell or in the selected cells and choose the <item type=\"menuitem\">Table - Unprotect Cells</item> in menu bar."
|
||
msgstr "Plasser markøren i cella eller celleområdet og velg <item type=\"menuitem\">Tabell → Opphev cellebeskyttelse</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: protection.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"protection.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3151189\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "For whole table, right-click on the table in the Navigator, and choose <emph>Table - Unprotect</emph> in the context menu or select the whole table and choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Unprotect Cells</item> in menu bar."
|
||
msgstr "For hele tabell, høyreklikk på tabelllen i dokumenstrukturvinduet, og velg <emph>Tabell -> Fjern Beskyttelse</emph> i sprettopp menyen. Eller velg hele tabellen og velg <item type=\"menuitem\">Verktøy -> fjern cellebeskyttelse</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: protection.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"protection.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149259\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Contents Protection in Tables of Contents and Indexes"
|
||
msgstr "Beskyttelse av innholdet i innholdslister og indekser"
|
||
|
||
#: protection.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"protection.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153966\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Tables of contents and indexes created in <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer, are automatically protected against accidental changes."
|
||
msgstr "Innholdslister og registere som lages automatisk i en <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer tekst, er automatisk beskyttet mot tilfeldige endringer."
|
||
|
||
#: protection.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"protection.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3159088\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Right-click in the index or table of contents. Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit Index...</item> in the context menu. Choose <emph>Protected against manual changes</emph> on the <emph>Type</emph> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Høyreklikk i indeks/inneholdsfortegnelse. Gå til <item type=\"menuitem\">Reiger indeks...</item> i sprettoppmenyen. Velg<emph>Beskytt mot manuelle endringer</emph>i <emph>Typefanen</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: protection.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"protection.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id181120162840123\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Right-click on the index or table of contents in the Navigator and choose <emph>Index - Read-only</emph> item."
|
||
msgstr "Høyreklikk i indeks/inneholdsfortegnelse i Dokumentstukturvinduet og velg<emph> Indeks Kun Les</emph>"
|
||
|
||
#: protection.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"protection.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3152968\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Right-click in the index or table of contents. Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit Index...</item> in the context menu. Uncheck <emph>Protected against manual changes</emph> on the <emph>Type</emph> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Høyreklikk i indeks/inneholdsfortegnelse. Gå til <item type=\"menuitem\">Reiger indeks...</item> i sprettoppmenyen. Velg<emph>Beskytt mot manuelle endringer</emph>i <emph>Typefanen</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: protection.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"protection.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3152774\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Right-click in the index or table of contents in the Navigator and uncheck <emph>Index - Read-only</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Høyreklikk i indeks/inneholdsfortegnelse i Dokumentstukturvinduet og velg<emph> Indeks Kun Les</emph>"
|
||
|
||
#: protection.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"protection.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id1811201623985\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Protection of the whole <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer document from changes."
|
||
msgstr "Beskyttelse av hele<item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer dokumentet mot endringer."
|
||
|
||
#: protection.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"protection.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id31544811\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can protect the contents of <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer document from changes, with one of the following file formats: .doc, .docx, .odt, .ott."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan beskytte innholdet i et <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer dokument fra endringer, hvis det er av et av følgende filformater: .doc, .docx, .odt, .ott."
|
||
|
||
#: protection.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"protection.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id18112016812973\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To enable the protection of the whole document, go to <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph><item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph><item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Options</item></emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph><item type=\"menuitem\"> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Compatibility</item></emph> and choose <emph>Protect form</emph>. To disable protection, uncheck it."
|
||
msgstr "For å slå på beskyttelse for hele dokumentet, gå til <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph><item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME → Innstillinger</item></emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph><item type=\"menuitem\">Verktøy → Innstillinger</item></emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph><item type=\"menuitem\"> → %PRODUCTNAME Writer → Kompatibilitet</item></emph> og merk av for <emph>Beskytt skjemaet</emph>. Du kan slå av beskyttelsen ved å fjerne avkryssingen."
|
||
|
||
#: protection.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"protection.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id7858516\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/guide/protection.xhp\">Protecting Other Contents</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/guide/protection.xhp\">Beskytte annet innhold</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: references.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Inserting Cross-References"
|
||
msgstr "Sette inn kryssreferanser"
|
||
|
||
#: references.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3145087\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>references; inserting cross-references</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>cross-references; inserting and updating</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables; cross-referencing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pictures; cross-referencing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>objects; cross-referencing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>OLE objects;cross-referencing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>draw objects;cross-referencing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>updating;cross-references</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting;cross-references</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>referanser; sette inn kryssreferanser</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>kryssreferanser; sette inn og oppdatere</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tabeller; kryssreferanse</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bilder; kryssreferering</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>objekter; kryssreferering</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>OLE-objekt;kryssreferering</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tegneobjekter;kryssreferering</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>oppdatere;kryssreferering</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sette inn;kryssreferering</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: references.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3145087\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"references\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/references.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Cross-References\">Inserting Cross-References</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"references\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/references.xhp\" name=\"Indsætte krydshenvisninger\">Sette inn kryssreferanser</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: references.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3159263\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Cross-references allow you to jump to specific text passages and objects in a single document. A cross-reference consists of a target and a reference that are inserted as <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp\" name=\"fields\">fields</link> in the document."
|
||
msgstr "Kryssreferanser lar deg hoppe til visse tekstavsnitt og objekter i et enkelt dokument. En kryssreferanse består av et mål og en referanse, som er satt inn som <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp\" name=\"fields\">felter</link> i dokumentet."
|
||
|
||
#: references.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155860\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Objects with captions and bookmarks can be used as targets."
|
||
msgstr "Objekter med bildetekster og bokmerker kan brukes som mål."
|
||
|
||
#: references.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149833\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Cross-Referencing Text"
|
||
msgstr "Kryssreferering til tekst"
|
||
|
||
#: references.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149846\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Before you can insert a cross-reference, you must first specify the targets in your text."
|
||
msgstr "Før du kan sette inn en kryssreferanse, må du oppgi målene i teksten."
|
||
|
||
#: references.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3156105\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Insert a Target"
|
||
msgstr "For å sette inn et mål"
|
||
|
||
#: references.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153408\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the text that you want to use as a target for the cross-reference."
|
||
msgstr "Velg teksten som du vil bruke som mål til kryssreferansen."
|
||
|
||
#: references.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153125\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Cross-reference</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Sett inn → Bildetekst</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: references.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149634\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> list, select “Set Reference”."
|
||
msgstr "I listen <item type=\"menuitem\"> Type</item>, velg \"Sett referanse\"."
|
||
|
||
#: references.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149614\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Type a name for the target in the <emph>Name</emph> box. The selected text is displayed in the <emph>Value</emph> box."
|
||
msgstr "Skriv et navn på målet i feltet <emph>Navn</emph>. Den valgte teksten vises i feltet <emph>Verdi</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: references.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145110\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item>. The name of the target is added to the <item type=\"menuitem\">Selection</item> list."
|
||
msgstr "Klikk <item type=\"menuitem\">Sett inn</item>. Navnet på målet blir lagt til lista <item type=\"menuitem\">Utvalg</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: references.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156257\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Leave the dialog open and proceed to the next section."
|
||
msgstr "La dialogvinduet være åpent og fortsett til neste bolk."
|
||
|
||
#: references.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3153370\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Create a Cross-Reference to a Target"
|
||
msgstr "For å lage en kryssreferanse til et mål"
|
||
|
||
#: references.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id7032074\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Position the cursor in the text where you want to insert a cross-reference."
|
||
msgstr "Plasser skrivemerket der det skal settes inn en kryssreferanse."
|
||
|
||
#: references.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id7796868\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Cross-reference</emph> to open the dialog, if it is not open already."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Sett inn → Kryssreferanse</emph> for å åpne dialogvinduet, hvis det ikke allerede er åpent"
|
||
|
||
#: references.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153392\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <emph>Type</emph> list, select \"Insert Reference\"."
|
||
msgstr "I lista <emph>Type</emph>, velg «Sett inn referanse»."
|
||
|
||
#: references.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154256\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <emph>Selection</emph> list, select the target that you want to cross-reference."
|
||
msgstr "I lista <emph>Utvalg</emph>, velg målet som skal kryssrefereres."
|
||
|
||
#: references.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154856\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <emph>Insert reference to</emph> list, select the format for the cross-reference. The <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp\" name=\"format\">format</link> specifies the type of information that is displayed as the cross-reference. For example, \"Reference\" inserts the target text, and \"Page\" inserts the page number where the target is located. For footnotes the footnote number is inserted."
|
||
msgstr "I lista <emph>Sett inn referanse til</emph> velges formatet for kryssreferansen. <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp\" name=\"format\">Formatet</link> bestemmer hvilken type informasjon som vises som en kryssreferanse. For eksempel setter «Referanse» inn bildetekstkategorien og selve bildeteksten for objektet."
|
||
|
||
#: references.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155895\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>Sett inn</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: references.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3148685\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>Close</emph> when finished."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>Lukk</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: references.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149980\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Cross-Referencing an Object"
|
||
msgstr "Kryssreferere et objekt"
|
||
|
||
#: references.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149992\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can cross-reference most objects in your document, such as graphics, drawing objects, OLE objects, and tables, so long as they have a caption. To add a caption to an object, select the object, and then choose <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Caption\"><emph>Insert - Caption</emph></link>."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan kryssreferere til de fleste objektene i dokumentet, som for eksempel bilder, tegneobjekter, OLE-objekter og tabeller, så lenge de har en bildetekst. For å legge en bildetekst til et objekt, velg objektet, og så <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp\" name=\"Insert – Caption\"><emph>Sett inn → Bildetekst</emph></link>."
|
||
|
||
#: references.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147123\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click in the document where you want to insert the cross-reference."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på stedet i dokumentet der kryssreferansen skal settes inn."
|
||
|
||
#: references.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150212\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Cross-reference</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Sett inn → Bildetekst</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: references.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150236\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <emph>Type</emph> list, select the caption category of the object."
|
||
msgstr "I lista <emph>Type</emph>, velges bildetekstkategorien for objektet."
|
||
|
||
#: references.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150942\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <emph>Selection</emph> list, select the caption number of the object that you want to cross-reference."
|
||
msgstr "I lista <emph>Utvalg</emph>, velg nummeret på bildeteksten for det objektet som du vil kryssreferere."
|
||
|
||
#: references.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150968\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <emph>Insert reference to</emph> list, select the format of the cross-reference. The <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp\" name=\"format\">format</link> specifies the type of information that is displayed as the cross-reference. For example, \"Reference\" inserts the caption category and caption text of the object."
|
||
msgstr "I lista <emph>Sett inn referanse til</emph> velges formatet for kryssreferansen. <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp\" name=\"format\">Formatet</link> bestemmer hvilken type informasjon som vises som en kryssreferanse. For eksempel setter «Referanse» inn bildetekstkategorien og selve bildeteksten for objektet."
|
||
|
||
#: references.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150535\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>Sett inn</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: references.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3151092\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>Close</emph> when finished."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>Lukk</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: references.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3151115\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Updating Cross-References"
|
||
msgstr "Oppdatere kryssreferanser"
|
||
|
||
#: references.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153594\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To manually update the cross-references in a document, choose <emph>Tools - Update - Fields</emph> from the menu or press F9."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan oppdatere kryssreferansen manuelt ved å velge <emph>Verktøy → Oppdater → Felt</emph> på menyen, eller trykke på tasten F9. "
|
||
|
||
#: references.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id7321390\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Field Names</emph> to switch between viewing the reference names and the reference contents."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Vis → Felter</emph> for å skifte mellom visning av henvisningsnavnet og henvisningsinnholdet."
|
||
|
||
#: references_modify.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references_modify.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Modifying Cross-References"
|
||
msgstr "Endre kryssreferanser"
|
||
|
||
#: references_modify.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references_modify.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3149291\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>references; modifying cross-references</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>cross-references; modifying</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>editing;cross-references</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>searching;cross-references</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>referanser; endre kryssreferanser</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>kryssreferanser; endre</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>redigere;kryssreferanser</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>søke;kryssreferanser</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: references_modify.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references_modify.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149291\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"references_modify\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/references_modify.xhp\" name=\"Modifying Cross-References\">Modifying Cross-References</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"references_modify\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/references_modify.xhp\" name=\"Modificering af krydshenvisninger\">Endre kryssreferanser</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: references_modify.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references_modify.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153132\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click in front of the cross-reference that you want to modify."
|
||
msgstr "Klikk foran kryssreferansen som skal endres."
|
||
|
||
#: references_modify.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references_modify.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149632\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If you cannot see the field shading of the cross-reference, choose <emph>View - Field Shadings</emph> or press <emph>Ctrl+F8</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Hvis du ikke kan se feltskyggen på krysshenvisninga, velg <emph>Vis → Feltskygge</emph> eller trykk på <emph>Ctrl + F8</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: references_modify.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references_modify.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149611\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Edit - Fields</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Rediger → Felter</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: references_modify.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references_modify.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145101\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Set the options that you want, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg innstillingene du ønsker og klikk på <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: references_modify.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references_modify.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154255\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Use the arrow buttons in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit Fields</item> dialog to browse through the cross-references in the current document."
|
||
msgstr "Bruk piltastene i dialogvinduet <item type=\"menuitem\">Rediger felter</item> for å bla gjennom kryssreferansene i det gjeldende dokumentet."
|
||
|
||
#: registertrue.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"registertrue.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Printing Register-true"
|
||
msgstr "Skrive ut i kegel"
|
||
|
||
#: registertrue.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"registertrue.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id4825891\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>rows; register-true text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lines of text; register-true</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pages;register-true</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paragraphs;register-true</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>register-true;pages and paragraphs</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>spacing;register-true text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formatting;register-true text</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>rader; kegel tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tekstlinjer; kegel</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sider; kegel</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>avsnitt; kegelr</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>kegel; sider og avsnitt</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>avstand;kegel tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatere;kegel tekst</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: registertrue.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"registertrue.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10652\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"registertrue\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/registertrue.xhp\">Printing Register-true</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"registertrue\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/registertrue.xhp\">Skrive ut i kegel</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: registertrue.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"registertrue.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN1065E\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Set a Document to Register-True Printing"
|
||
msgstr "Stille inn et dokument til kegelutskrift"
|
||
|
||
#: registertrue.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"registertrue.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10665\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the whole document."
|
||
msgstr "Velg hele dokumentet."
|
||
|
||
#: registertrue.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"registertrue.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10669\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Page - Page</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Format → Side → Side</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: registertrue.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"registertrue.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10671\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Register-true</item> section, select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Activate</item> checkbox and click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
|
||
msgstr "I seksjonen <item type=\"menuitem\">Registrer - på</item>, velg <item type=\"menuitem\">Aktiver</item> og klikk <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>"
|
||
|
||
#: registertrue.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"registertrue.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10678\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "All the paragraphs in the document will be printed register-true, unless otherwise specified."
|
||
msgstr "Alle avsnittene i dokumentet vil bli skrevet ut i kegel, hvis ikke annet er angitt."
|
||
|
||
#: registertrue.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"registertrue.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN1067B\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Exempt Paragraphs From Register-True Printing"
|
||
msgstr "For å utelate avsnitt fra kegelutskrift"
|
||
|
||
#: registertrue.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"registertrue.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10682\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Do one of the following:"
|
||
msgstr "Gjør dette:"
|
||
|
||
#: registertrue.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"registertrue.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10685\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select all the paragraphs you want to exempt, then choose <emph>Format - Paragraph - Indents & Spacing</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg de avsnitta du vil utelate, velg deretter <emph>Format → Avsnitt → Innrykk og avstand</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: registertrue.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"registertrue.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN1068C\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Open the Styles and Formatting window, click the Paragraph Style you want to exempt, right-click that style, choose <emph>Modify</emph>. In the dialog, click the <emph>Indents & Spacing</emph> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Åpne vinduet Stilbehandleren, klikk på avsnittsstilen du vil utelate, høyreklikk på stilen, velg <emph>Rediger</emph>. I dialogvinduet klikker du på fanen <emph>Innrykk og avstand</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: registertrue.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"registertrue.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10698\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <emph>Register-true</emph> section, clear the <emph>Activate</emph> checkbox."
|
||
msgstr "I seksjonen <emph>Registerer - på</emph>, fjern <emph>Aktiver</emph> markeringen."
|
||
|
||
#: registertrue.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"registertrue.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN106AA\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030100.xhp\">Register-true</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030100.xhp\">Kegel</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: removing_line_breaks.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"removing_line_breaks.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Removing Line Breaks"
|
||
msgstr "Fjerne linjeskift"
|
||
|
||
#: removing_line_breaks.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"removing_line_breaks.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3149687\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>hard returns in pasted text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>line breaks;removing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>deleting; line breaks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>copies;removing line breaks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paragraph marks;removing</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>harde linjeskift i innlimt tekst</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>linjeskift/fjerning</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>slette linjeskift</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>kopiering;fjerne linjeskift</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>avsnittsmerke; fjern</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: removing_line_breaks.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"removing_line_breaks.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155916\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"removing_line_breaks\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/removing_line_breaks.xhp\">Removing Line Breaks</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"removing_line_breaks\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/removing_line_breaks.xhp\">Fjerne linjeskift</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: removing_line_breaks.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"removing_line_breaks.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155858\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Use the AutoCorrect feature to remove line breaks that occur within sentences. Unwanted line breaks can occur when you copy text from another source and paste it into a text document."
|
||
msgstr "Bruk Autoretting for å fjerne linjeskift som forekommer midt i setninger. Uønskede linjeskift kan forekomme når du kopierer tekst fra en annen kilde og setter denne inn i et tekstdokument."
|
||
|
||
#: removing_line_breaks.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"removing_line_breaks.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153413\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "This AutoCorrect feature only works on text that is formatted with the \"Default\" paragraph style."
|
||
msgstr "Autoretting virker bare på tekst, som er formatert med avsnittsstilen «Standard»."
|
||
|
||
#: removing_line_breaks.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"removing_line_breaks.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153138\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <item type=\"menuitem\">Verktøy → Autorettingsvalg</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: removing_line_breaks.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"removing_line_breaks.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149645\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "On the <emph>Options</emph> tab, ensure that <emph>Combine single line paragraphs if length greater than 50%</emph> is selected. To change the minimum percentage for the line length, double-click the option in the list, and then enter a new percentage."
|
||
msgstr "På fanen <emph>Instillinger</emph>, pass på at <emph> Slå sammen avsnitt med en linje dersom de er lengre enn 50 %</emph> er valgt. For å fjerne miniumsprosentandelen for linjelengda, dobbeltklikk på valget i lista og skriv inn en ny prosentandel."
|
||
|
||
#: removing_line_breaks.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"removing_line_breaks.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145093\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: removing_line_breaks.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"removing_line_breaks.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145118\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the text containing the line breaks that you want to remove."
|
||
msgstr "Velg teksten som inneholderlinjeskiftene som du vil fjerne."
|
||
|
||
#: removing_line_breaks.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"removing_line_breaks.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156253\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Apply Style</item> box on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatting</item> bar, choose “Default”."
|
||
msgstr "Velg \"Standard\" i feltet<item type=\"menuitem\">Bruk stil</item> i <item type=\"menuitem\">Formater</item> på verktøylinja. "
|
||
|
||
#: removing_line_breaks.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"removing_line_breaks.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153388\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - AutoCorrect - Apply</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Format → Autoretting → Bruk</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: reset_format.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"reset_format.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Resetting Font Attributes"
|
||
msgstr "Nullstilling av skriftegenskaper"
|
||
|
||
#: reset_format.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"reset_format.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3149963\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>formats; resetting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>font attributes; resetting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>fonts; resetting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>resetting; fonts</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>direct formatting;exiting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formatting;exiting direct formatting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>exiting;direct formatting</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>formater; tilbakestille</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>skriftegenskaper; tilbakestille</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>skrifttyper; tilbakestille</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tilbakestille; skrifttyper</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>direkte formatering;forlate</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatering; forlate direkte formatering</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>forlate;direkte formatering</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: reset_format.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"reset_format.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149963\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"reset_format\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/reset_format.xhp\" name=\"Resetting Font Attributes\">Resetting Font Attributes</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"reset_format\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/reset_format.xhp\" name=\"Nulstilling af skrifttypeattributter\">Nullstilling av skriftegenskaper</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: reset_format.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"reset_format.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154091\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can quickly exit manual formatting by pressing Ctrl+Shift+X. For example, if you have pressed Ctrl+B to apply the bold typeface to the text that you type, press Ctrl+Shift+X to return to the default character format of the paragraph."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan raskt avslutte formateringen ved å trykke Ctrl+Shift+X. For eksempel, hvis du har trykket Ctrl+B for å bruke fet skrift i teksten, kan du trykke Ctrl + Shift + X for å gå tilbake standard tegnformatet i avsnittet."
|
||
|
||
#: reset_format.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"reset_format.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155854\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To reset all direct formatting of existing text, select that text, then choose the menu command <emph>Format - Clear Direct Formatting</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "For å tilbakestille direkte formatering av eksisterende tekst, marker teksten og velg menykommandoen <emph>Format → Fjern direkte formatering</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: resize_navigator.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"resize_navigator.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Docking and Resizing Windows"
|
||
msgstr "Feste og endre størrelse på vinduer"
|
||
|
||
#: resize_navigator.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"resize_navigator.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3145088\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>Navigator;docking and resizing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Styles and Formatting window;docking and resizing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Gallery;docking and resizing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>docking; Navigator window</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>resizing;windows</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>Dokumentstruktur;feste og endre størrelse</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Stilbehandler vindu;feste og endre størrelse på</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Galleri;feste og endre størrelse på</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>feste; Dokumentstruktur vindu</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>endre størrelsen;vinduer</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: resize_navigator.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"resize_navigator.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3145088\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"resize_navigator\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/resize_navigator.xhp\" name=\"Docking and Resizing Windows\">Docking and Resizing Windows</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"resize_navigator\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/resize_navigator.xhp\" name=\"Fastgørelse og ændring af vinduesstørrelse\">Feste og endre vindusstørrelse</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: resize_navigator.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"resize_navigator.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155916\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can dock, undock and resize most $[officename] program windows such as the Navigator or the Styles and Formatting window."
|
||
msgstr "Du kanb feste, løsne og endre størrelse på de fleste programvinduene i $[officename], som for eksempel Dokumentstruktur eller Stilbehandler."
|
||
|
||
#: resize_navigator.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"resize_navigator.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155861\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To dock or undock the Navigator or the Styles and Formatting window, hold down the <item type=\"keycode\">Ctrl</item> key and double-click on a gray area in the window. Alternatively, press <item type=\"keycode\">Ctrl+Shift+F10</item>."
|
||
msgstr "For å feste eller løsne Dokumentstruktur eller Stilbehandleren, hold inne <item type=\"keycode\">Ctrl</item> og dobbeltklikk på et grått område i vinduet. Alternativt kan du trykke på <item type=\"keycode\">Ctrl + Shift + F10</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: resize_navigator.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"resize_navigator.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156096\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To resize the window, drag a corner or an edge of the window."
|
||
msgstr "For å endre størrelsen, dra i et hjørne eller en kant av vinduet."
|
||
|
||
#: ruler.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"ruler.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Using Rulers"
|
||
msgstr "Bruk av linjaler"
|
||
|
||
#: ruler.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"ruler.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id8186284\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>rulers;using rulers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>horizontal rulers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>vertical rulers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>indents; setting on rulers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>page margins on rulers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>table cells;adjusting the width on rulers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>showing;rulers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hiding;rulers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>adjusting page margins and cell widths</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>linjaler;bruke linjaler</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>vannrette linjaler</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>loddrette linjaler</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>innrykk; innstilling på linjalar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sidemargene på linjaler</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tabellceller;justere bredde på linjaler</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>visa;linjaler</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>skjule;linjaler</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>justere sidemarger og cellebredder</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: ruler.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"ruler.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN1065F\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"ruler\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp\">Using Rulers</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"ruler\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp\">Bruke linjaler</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: ruler.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"ruler.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN1067D\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To show or hide rulers, choose <emph>View - Ruler</emph>. To show the vertical ruler, choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040200.xhp\" name=\"Writer - View\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - View</emph></link>, and then select <emph>Vertical ruler</emph> in the <emph>Ruler</emph> area."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Vis → Linjal</emph> for å vise eller skjule linjalene. For å vise den loddrette linjalen, velg <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME → Innstillinger</caseinline><defaultinline>Verktøy → Innstillinger</defaultinline></switchinline> → <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040200.xhp\" name=\"Writer - View\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer → Vis</emph></link> og merk av for <emph>Loddrett linjal</emph> i området <emph>Linjal</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: ruler.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"ruler.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149686\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Adjusting Page Margins"
|
||
msgstr "Justere sidemarger"
|
||
|
||
#: ruler.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"ruler.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155175\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The margins of a page are indicated by the filled areas at the ends of the rulers."
|
||
msgstr "Sidemargene vises med utfylte områder i linjalens ender."
|
||
|
||
#: ruler.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"ruler.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149038\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Changing Indents"
|
||
msgstr "Skifte innrykk"
|
||
|
||
#: ruler.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"ruler.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153631\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Indents are adjusted with the three small triangles on the horizontal ruler."
|
||
msgstr "Innrykk justeres med de tre små trekantene på den vannrette linjalen."
|
||
|
||
#: ruler.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"ruler.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3152776\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To change the left or the right paragraph indent, select the paragraph(s) that you want change the indent for, drag the bottom left or the bottom right triangle on the horizontal ruler to a new location."
|
||
msgstr "For å endre den venstre eller høyre avsnittsinnrykkinga, velg avsnittet der innrykkninga skal endres og dra nederste venstre eller nederste høyre trekant på den vannrette linjalen til en ny plassering."
|
||
|
||
#: ruler.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"ruler.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145769\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To change the first line indent of a selected paragraph, drag the top left triangle on the horizontal ruler to a new location."
|
||
msgstr "For å endre den første linjas innrykk i et valgt avsnitt kan du dra øverste venstre trekant på den vannrette linjalen til en ny plassering."
|
||
|
||
#: ruler.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"ruler.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149164\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can also double-click anywhere on the horizontal ruler, and adjust the indents in the <link href=\"text/shared/01/05030000.xhp\" name=\"Paragraph\"><emph>Paragraph</emph></link> dialog."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan også dobbeltklikke på et vilkårlig sted på den vannrette linjalen og tilpassse innrykka i dialogvinduet <link href=\"text/shared/01/05030000.xhp\" name=\"Paragraph\"><emph>Avsnitt</emph></link>."
|
||
|
||
#: search_regexp.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Using Wildcards in Text Searches"
|
||
msgstr "Bruk av jokertegn i tekstsøk"
|
||
|
||
#: search_regexp.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3150099\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>wildcards, see regular expressions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>searching; with wildcards</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>regular expressions;searching</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>examples for regular expressions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>characters;finding all</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>invisible characters;finding</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paragraph marks;searching</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>jokertegn, se regulære uttrykk</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>søke; med jokertegn</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>regulære uttrykk;søke</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>eksempel for regulære uttrykk</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tegn;finn alle</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>usynlige tegn;finn</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>avsnittsmerke;søke etter</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: search_regexp.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3150099\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"search_regexp\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhp\">Using Wildcards in Text Searches</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"search_regexp\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhp\">Bruk av jokertegn i tekstsøk</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: search_regexp.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id0509200916345516\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Wildcards or placeholders can be used to search for some unspecified or even invisible characters."
|
||
msgstr "Jokertegn eller plassholdere kan brukes for å søke etter uspesifiserte eller usynlige tegn."
|
||
|
||
#: search_regexp.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155182\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can use wildcards when you find and replace text in a document. For example, \"s.n\" finds \"sun\" and \"son\"."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan bruke jokertegn, når du søker og bytter ut tekst i et dokument. For eksempel finner «s.n» både «sin» og «søn»."
|
||
|
||
#: search_regexp.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155907\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit - Find & Replace</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <item type=\"menuitem\">Rediger → Søk og erstatt</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: search_regexp.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id2142399\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">More Options</item> to expand the dialog."
|
||
msgstr "Klikk på knappen <item type=\"menuitem\">Flere valg</item> for å utvide dialogvinduet."
|
||
|
||
#: search_regexp.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155861\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Regular expressions</item> check box."
|
||
msgstr "Velg avkryssningsboksen <item type=\"menuitem\">Regulære uttrykk</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: search_regexp.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149843\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Find</item> box, type the search term and the wildcard(s) that you want to use in your search."
|
||
msgstr "I feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Søk etter</item>, skriv inn søkeordet og de jokertegna som skal brukes i søket."
|
||
|
||
#: search_regexp.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156113\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Find Next</item> or <item type=\"menuitem\">Find All</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på <item type=\"menuitem\">Søk</item> eller <item type=\"menuitem\">Søk etter alle</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: search_regexp.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3153401\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Regular Expression Examples"
|
||
msgstr "Eksempler på regulære uttrykk"
|
||
|
||
#: search_regexp.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149641\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The wildcard for a single character is a period (.)."
|
||
msgstr "Jokertegnet for et enkelt tegn er et punktum (.)."
|
||
|
||
#: search_regexp.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153136\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The wildcard for zero or more occurrences of the previous character is an asterisk. For example: \"123*\" finds \"12\" \"123\", and \"1233\"."
|
||
msgstr "Jokertegnet for null eller flere forekomster av det foregående tegnet er en stjerne. For eksempel: «123*» finner «12», «123» og «1233»."
|
||
|
||
#: search_regexp.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149609\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The wildcard combination to search for zero or more occurrences of any character is a period and asterisk (.*)."
|
||
msgstr "Jokertegnskombinasjonen til søk etter null eller flere forekomster av et vilkårlig tegn er et punktum og stjerne (.*)."
|
||
|
||
#: search_regexp.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149854\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The wildcard for the end of a paragraph is a dollar sign ($). The wildcard character combination for the start of a paragraph is a caret and a period (^.)."
|
||
msgstr "Jokertegnet for slutten av et avsnitt er et dollartegn ($). Jokertegnskombinasjonen for starten av et avsnitt er en sirkumfleks og et punktum (^.)."
|
||
|
||
#: search_regexp.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id0509200916345545\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The wildcard for a tab character is \\t."
|
||
msgstr "Jokertegnet for et fanetegn er \\t."
|
||
|
||
#: search_regexp.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153414\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "A search using a regular expression will work only within one paragraph. To search using a regular expression in more than one paragraph, do a separate search in each paragraph."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan bare søke etter regulære uttrykk innen et avsnitt. Det vil seie at du ikke kan søke etter et uttrykk i et avsnitt og et annet uttrykk i det neste avsnittet."
|
||
|
||
#: search_regexp.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149875\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02100001.xhp\" name=\"List of Wildcards\">List of Wildcards</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02100001.xhp\" name=\"Liste over jokertegn\">Oversikt over jokertegn</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: section_edit.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"section_edit.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Editing Sections"
|
||
msgstr "Redigering av bolker"
|
||
|
||
#: section_edit.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"section_edit.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3149816\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>sections; editing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sections;deleting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>deleting;sections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>editing;sections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>read-only sections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>protecting;sections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>converting;sections, into normal text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>hiding;sections</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>seksjoner; radigere</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bolkar; slette</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>slettet; seksjoner</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>redigere; seksjoner</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>skrivebeskyttede seksjoner</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>beskyttede; seksjoner</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>konvertere; seksjoner til normaltekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>skjule; seksjoner</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: section_edit.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"section_edit.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149816\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"section_edit\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/section_edit.xhp\" name=\"Editing Sections\">Editing Sections</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"section_edit\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/section_edit.xhp\" name=\"Editing Sections\">Bruke seksjoner</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: section_edit.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"section_edit.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155858\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can protect, hide, and convert sections to normal text in your document."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan beskytte, skjule, og gjøre om bolker til normal tekst i dokumentet."
|
||
|
||
#: section_edit.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"section_edit.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154224\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp\" name=\"Format - Sections\"><emph>Format - Sections</emph></link>."
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp\" name=\"Format - Sections\"><emph>Format → Seksjoner</emph></link>"
|
||
|
||
#: section_edit.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"section_edit.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149848\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Section</item> list, click the section you want to modify. You can press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A to select all sections in the list, and you can Shift+click or <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+click to select some sections."
|
||
msgstr "Klikk på seksjoner du vil radigere i listen <item type=\"menuitem\">Bolk</item>. Du kan trykke på <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Cmd</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> + A for å velge alle seksjonenene i listen eller du kan holde nede Shift eller <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Cmd</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> og klikke for å merke enkeltseksjoner."
|
||
|
||
#: section_edit.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"section_edit.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153397\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Do one of the following:"
|
||
msgstr "Gjør dette:"
|
||
|
||
#: section_edit.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"section_edit.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153120\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To convert a section into normal text, click <emph>Remove</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "For å konvertere en seksjon til normal tekst, klikk <emph>Fjern</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: section_edit.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"section_edit.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149631\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To make a section read-only, select the <emph>Protected</emph> check box in the <emph>Write Protection</emph> area."
|
||
msgstr "For å gjøre en seksjon skrivebeskyttet, velg <emph>Beskyttet</emph> i <emph>Skrivebeskyttet</emph> området."
|
||
|
||
#: section_edit.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"section_edit.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149609\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To hide a section, select the <emph>Hide</emph> check box in the <emph>Hide</emph> area."
|
||
msgstr "For å skjule en seksjon, velg <emph>Skjul </emph> i sjekkboksen <emph>Skjul</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: section_edit.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"section_edit.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156255\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp\" name=\"Format - Sections\">Format - Sections</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp\" name=\"Formater – Sektioner\">Format → Bolker</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: section_edit.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"section_edit.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id973540\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp\">Protecting Content in %PRODUCTNAME Writer</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp\">Beskytte innhold i %PRODUCTNAME Writer</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: section_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"section_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Inserting Sections"
|
||
msgstr "Sette inn bolker"
|
||
|
||
#: section_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"section_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3149695\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>sections; inserting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting; sections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>HTML documents;inserting linked sections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>updating;linked sections, manually</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>links;inserting sections</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>bolker; sette inn</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sette inn; bolker</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>HTML-dokumenter;sette inn lenkede bolker</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>oppdatere;lenkede bolker, manuelt</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lenker;sette inn bolker</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: section_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"section_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149695\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"section_insert\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Sections\">Inserting Sections</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"section_insert\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp\" name=\"Sette inn bolker\">Sette inn bolker</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: section_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"section_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155917\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can insert new sections, or links to sections in other documents into the current document. If you insert a section as a link, the content of the link changes when you modify the source document."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan sette inn nye bolker eller lenker til bolker i andre dokumenter i det gjeldende dokumentet. Hvis du setter inn en bolk som en lenke, endres innholdet av lenka når kildedokumentet endres."
|
||
|
||
#: section_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"section_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155863\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Insert a New Section"
|
||
msgstr "For å sette inn en ny bolk"
|
||
|
||
#: section_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"section_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149843\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click in your document where you want to insert a new section, or select the text that you want to convert to a section."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på stedet i dokumentet der en ny bolk skal settes inn, eller velg teksten som skal gjøres om til en bolk."
|
||
|
||
#: section_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"section_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156103\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If you select a text that occurs within a paragraph, the text is automatically converted into a new paragraph."
|
||
msgstr "Hvis du valgte en tekst som vises innenfor et avsnitt, vil teksten automatisk bli gjort om til et nytt avsnitt."
|
||
|
||
#: section_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"section_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149281\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Sett inn → Bolk</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: section_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"section_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153404\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">New Section</item> box, type a name for the section."
|
||
msgstr "I feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Nyttg avsnitt</item>, skriv et navn på den nye avsnittet."
|
||
|
||
#: section_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"section_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153127\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Set the options for the section, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg innstillingene for bolken, og klikk på <emph>Sett inn</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: section_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"section_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149635\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Insert a Section as a Link"
|
||
msgstr "For å sette inn en bolk som en lenke"
|
||
|
||
#: section_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"section_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149648\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Before you can insert a section as link, you must first create sections in the source document."
|
||
msgstr "Før du kan sette inn en bolk som en lenke, må du først opprette bolker i kildedokumentet."
|
||
|
||
#: section_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"section_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149611\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "When you open a document that contains linked sections, $[officename] prompts you to update the contents of the sections. To manually update a link, choose <emph>Tools - Update - Links</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Når du åpner et dokument som inneholder lenkede bolker, spør $[officename] om innholdet i bolkene skal oppdateres. For å oppdatere en lenke manuelt, velg <emph>Verktøy → Oppdater → Lenker</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: section_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"section_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149860\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can also insert linked sections in HTML documents. When you view the page in a web browser, the content of the sections corresponds to the content of the sections at the time the HTML document was last saved."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan også sette inn lenkede bolker i HTML-dokumenter. Når du viser siden i en nettleser, vil innholdet i bolkene tilsvare innholdet av bolkene på tidspunktet hvert HTML-dokumentet ble lagret."
|
||
|
||
#: section_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"section_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145104\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click in your document where you want to insert the linked section."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på stedet i dokumentet der den lenkede bolken skal settes inn."
|
||
|
||
#: section_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"section_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156241\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Sett inn → Bolk</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: section_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"section_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153363\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">New Section</item> box, type a name for the section."
|
||
msgstr "I feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Nytt avsnitt</item>, skriv et navn på det nye avsnittet."
|
||
|
||
#: section_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"section_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153387\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Link</item> area, select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Link</item> check box. <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\">Under Windows, you can also select the <item type=\"menuitem\">DDE</item> check box to automatically update the contents of the section when the section in the source document is changed. </caseinline></switchinline>"
|
||
msgstr "Velg avkryssningsboksen <item type=\"menuitem\">Lenke</item> i området <item type=\"menuitem\">Lenke</item>. <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\">Under Windows kan du også velge<item type=\"menuitem\">DDE</item>avkryssningsboksen for å automatisk oppdatere seksjonens innhold når seksjonen i kildedokumentet blir endret.</caseinline></switchinline>"
|
||
|
||
#: section_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"section_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154852\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the <emph>Browse</emph> button next to the <emph>File name</emph> box."
|
||
msgstr "Klikk på<emph>Bla gjennom</emph>knappen ved siden a <emph>Filnavn</emph>boksen"
|
||
|
||
#: section_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"section_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155882\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Locate the document containing the section that you want to link to, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Finn dokumentet som inneholder bolken som du vil lenke til, og klikk på <emph>Sett inn</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: section_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"section_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149978\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Section</item> box, select the section that you want to insert."
|
||
msgstr "Velg avsnittet du vil sette inn i boksen <item type=\"menuitem\">Avsnitt</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: section_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"section_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150003\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>Sett inn</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: sections.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"sections.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Using Sections"
|
||
msgstr "Bruke bolker"
|
||
|
||
#: sections.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"sections.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3149832\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>multi-column text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text; multi-column</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>columns; on text pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text columns</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sections; columns in/use of</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>flerspaltet tekst</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tekst; flerspaltet</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>palter; på tekstsider</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tekstspalter</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>seksjoner; spalter i bruk</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: sections.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"sections.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149832\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"sections\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp\" name=\"Using Sections\">Using Sections</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"sections\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp\" name=\"Using Sections\">Bruke bolker</link> </variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: sections.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"sections.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153128\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Sections are named blocks of text, including graphics or objects, that you can use in a number of ways:"
|
||
msgstr "Bolker er navngitte tekstblokker med bilder eller objekter, som kan brukes på flere måter:"
|
||
|
||
#: sections.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"sections.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149284\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To prevent text from being edited."
|
||
msgstr "For å forhindre at tekst blir redigert."
|
||
|
||
#: sections.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"sections.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149630\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To show or hide text."
|
||
msgstr "For å vise eller skjule tekst."
|
||
|
||
#: sections.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"sections.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149647\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To reuse text and graphics from other $[officename] documents."
|
||
msgstr "For å gjenbruke tekst og bilder fra andre $[officename]-dokumenter."
|
||
|
||
#: sections.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"sections.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149612\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To insert sections of text that uses a different column layout than the current page style."
|
||
msgstr "For å sette inn tekstbolker som bruker et annet spalteutseende enn den gjeldende sidestilen."
|
||
|
||
#: sections.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"sections.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149855\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "A section contains at least one paragraph. When you select a text and create a section, a paragraph break is automatically inserted at the end of the text."
|
||
msgstr "En bolk inneholder minst ét avsnitt. Når du velger en tekst og lager en bolk, blir et avsnittsskift automatisk satt inn i slutten av teksten."
|
||
|
||
#: sections.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"sections.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149872\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can insert sections from a text document, or an entire text document as a section into another text document. You can also insert sections from a text document as links in another text document, or in the same document."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan sette inn bolker fra et tekstdokument, eller et helt tekstdokument som en bolk i et annet. Du kan også sette inn bolker fra tekstdokumenter som lenker i andre tekstdokumenter, eller i det samme dokument."
|
||
|
||
#: sections.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"sections.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153367\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To insert a new paragraph immediately before or after a section, click in front or behind the section, and then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter."
|
||
msgstr "For å sette inn et nytt avsnitt umiddelbart før eller etter en bolk, klikk foran eller etter bolken, og trykk på <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Tilvalg</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> + Enter."
|
||
|
||
#: sections.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"sections.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3154242\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Sections and Columns"
|
||
msgstr "Bolker og spalter"
|
||
|
||
#: sections.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"sections.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154255\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can insert sections into an existing section. For example, you can insert a section containing two columns into a section that contains one column."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan sette inn bolker i en eksisterende bolk. For eksempel kan du sette inn en bolk som inneholder to spalter i en bolk som inneholder en spalte."
|
||
|
||
#: sections.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"sections.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154845\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "A section layout, for example on the number of columns, has priority over the page layout defined in a page style."
|
||
msgstr "Et bolkutseende, på for eksempel tallet på spalter, har forrang over sideoppsettet, som er angitt i en sidestil."
|
||
|
||
#: sections.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"sections.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155883\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#dde\" name=\"DDE\">DDE</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#dde\" name=\"DDE\">DDE</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: send2html.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"send2html.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Saving Text Documents in HTML Format"
|
||
msgstr "Lagre tekstdokumenter i HTML-format"
|
||
|
||
#: send2html.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"send2html.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3145087\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>text documents; publishing in HTML</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>HTML documents; creating from text documents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>homepage creation</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>saving;in HTML format</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tekstdokumenter; publiser som HTML</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>HTML-dokumenter; lage fra tekstdokumenter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lage hjemmeside</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lagre;i HTML-format</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: send2html.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"send2html.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3145087\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"send2html\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/send2html.xhp\" name=\"Saving Text Documents in HTML Format\">Saving Text Documents in HTML Format</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"send2html\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/send2html.xhp\" name=\"Gem tekstdokumenter i HTML-format\">Lagre tekstdokumenter i HTML-format</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: send2html.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"send2html.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149825\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can save a $[officename] Writer document in HTML format, so that you can view it in a web browser. If you want, you can associate a page break with a specific heading paragraph style to generate a separate HTML page each time the style appears in the document. $[officename] Writer automatically creates a page containing hyperlinks to each of these pages."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan lagre et $[officename] Writer-dokument i HTML-format, så det kan vises i en nettleser. Et sideskift kan tilegnes en bestemt overskriftsstil for å lage en egen HTML-side hver gang stilen forekommer i dokumentet. $[officename] Writer lager automatisk en side som inneholder hyperlenker til hver av sidene."
|
||
|
||
#: send2html.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"send2html.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155922\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "When you save a text document in HTML format, any graphics in the document are saved into the HTML document as embedded data streams. $[officename] tries to keep the original format of graphics, i.e. JPEG pictures or SVG images will be saved into HTML as such. All other graphic formats are saved as PNG."
|
||
msgstr "Når du lagrer et tekstdokument i HTML-format, blir bildene i dokumentet lagret i HTML-dokumentet som innebygget direkteoverføring. $[officename] prøver å bevare originalformatet for bildene. JPEG- og SVG-bilder blir såøedes lagret som JPEG og SVG. Alle andre bildeformat blir lagret som PNG."
|
||
|
||
#: send2html.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"send2html.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155868\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Apply one of the default $[officename] heading paragraph styles, for example, \"Heading 1\", to the paragraphs where you want to generate a new HTML page."
|
||
msgstr "Bruk en av standardoverskriftsstilene i $[officename] til avsnittsoverskriftene, for eksempel, «Overskrift 1» til de avsnitta der en ny HTML-side skal lages."
|
||
|
||
#: send2html.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"send2html.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156100\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>File - Send - Create HTML Document</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Fil → Send → Lag HTML-dokument</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: send2html.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"send2html.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149281\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Styles</item> box, select the paragraph style that you want to use to generate a new HTML page."
|
||
msgstr "I feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Stiler</item>, velg avsnittsstilen som skal brukes for å lage en ny HTML-side."
|
||
|
||
#: send2html.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"send2html.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153407\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Enter a path and a name for the HTML document, and then click <emph>Save</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Skriv inn en sti og et navn på HTML-dokumentet, og klikk på <emph>Lagre</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: shortcut_writing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Applying Text Formatting While You Type"
|
||
msgstr "Legge til tekstformatering mens du skriver"
|
||
|
||
#: shortcut_writing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3149689\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; formatting bold while typing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formatting; bold, while typing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>keyboard;bold formatting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>bold;formatting while typing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>shortcut keys;bold formatting</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tekst; fet formatering mens du skriver</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatering; fet, mens du skriver</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tastatur;fet formatering</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>fet;formatering mens du skriver</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hurtigtaster;fet formatering</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: shortcut_writing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149689\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"shortcut_writing\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/shortcut_writing.xhp\" name=\"Applying Text Formatting While You Type\">Applying Text Formatting While You Type</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"shortcut_writing\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/shortcut_writing.xhp\" name=\"Legge til tekstformatering mens du skriver\">Legge til tekstformatering mens du skriver</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: shortcut_writing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155909\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To apply bold formatting"
|
||
msgstr "For å bruke fet formatering"
|
||
|
||
#: shortcut_writing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155861\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the text that you want to format."
|
||
msgstr "Velg teksten som du vil formatere."
|
||
|
||
#: shortcut_writing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149836\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+B."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Kommando </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> + B."
|
||
|
||
#: shortcut_writing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156112\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can also press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+B, type the text that you want to format in bold, and then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+B when you are finished."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan også trykke på <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Kommando </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> + B, skriv inn teksten du vil formatere med fet, og trykk på <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Kommando </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> + B når du er ferdig."
|
||
|
||
#: shortcut_writing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3151909\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To apply italic formatting"
|
||
msgstr "For å bruke fet formatering"
|
||
|
||
#: shortcut_writing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3151861\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the text that you want to format."
|
||
msgstr "Velg teksten som du vil formatere."
|
||
|
||
#: shortcut_writing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3141836\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+I."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Kommando </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> + B."
|
||
|
||
#: shortcut_writing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3151112\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can also press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+I, type the text that you want to format in italic, and then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+I when you are finished."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan også trykke på <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Kommando </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> + B, skriv inn teksten du vil formatere med fet, og trykk på <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Kommando </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> + B når du er ferdig."
|
||
|
||
#: shortcut_writing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3152909\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To underline text"
|
||
msgstr "Understreking av tekst"
|
||
|
||
#: shortcut_writing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3152861\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the text that you want to underline."
|
||
msgstr "Velg teksten du vil endre på."
|
||
|
||
#: shortcut_writing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3142836\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+U."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Kommando </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> + B."
|
||
|
||
#: shortcut_writing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3152112\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can also press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+U, type the text that you want underlined, and then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+U when you are finished."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan også trykke på <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Kommando </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> + B, skriv inn teksten du vil formatere med fet, og trykk på <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Kommando </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> + B når du er ferdig."
|
||
|
||
#: shortcut_writing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149648\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp\" name=\"Keyboard shortcut for text documents\">Keyboard shortcut for text documents</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp\" name=\"Keyboard shortcut for text documents\">Hurtigtaster for tekstdokumenter</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: shortcut_writing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149611\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/main0400.xhp\" name=\"Keyboard shortcut in $[officename]\">Keyboard shortcut in $[officename]</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/main0400.xhp\" name=\"Tastaturgenvej i $[officename]\">Hurtigtaster i $[officename]</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: smarttags.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"smarttags.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Using Smart Tags"
|
||
msgstr "Bruk av smarte tagger"
|
||
|
||
#: smarttags.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"smarttags.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3155622\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>smart tags</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function; smart tags</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>options;smart tags</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>disabling;smart tags</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>installing;smart tags</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>smarte tagger</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Autoretting-funksjon; smarte tagger</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>innstillinger;smarte tagger</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>deaktivere;smarte tagger</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>installere;smarte tagger</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: smarttags.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"smarttags.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3563951\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"smarttags\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/smarttags.xhp\">Using Smart Tags</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"smarttags\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/smarttags.xhp\">Bruk av smarte tagger</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: smarttags.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"smarttags.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id368358\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Smart Tags provide additional information and functionality to specified words in a Writer document. The available features can be different for different Smart Tags extensions."
|
||
msgstr "Smarte tagger gir mer informasjon og funksjoner til utvalgte ord i et Writer-dokument. De tilgjengelige funksjonene kan være forskjellige i ulike utvidelser."
|
||
|
||
#: smarttags.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"smarttags.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id9298379\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Installing Smart Tags"
|
||
msgstr "Installere smarte tagger"
|
||
|
||
#: smarttags.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"smarttags.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1827448\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Smart Tags can be supplied as <link href=\"text/shared/01/packagemanager.xhp\">extensions</link> to %PRODUCTNAME Writer."
|
||
msgstr "Smarte tagger kan leveres som <link href=\"text/shared/01/packagemanager.xhp\">utvidelser</link> til %PRODUCTNAME Writer."
|
||
|
||
#: smarttags.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"smarttags.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id2508621\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To install a Smart Tag, do one of the following:"
|
||
msgstr "Gjør følgende for å installere en smart tagg:"
|
||
|
||
#: smarttags.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"smarttags.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3856013\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Save the *.oxt extension file to your harddrive, then double-click the *.oxt file in your file manager. Alternatively, in %PRODUCTNAME choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Extension Manager</item> to open the Extension Manager, click Add and browse to the file."
|
||
msgstr "Lagre fila med filetternavnet *.oxt, dobbeltklikk på fila i filbehandleren. Alternativt, i %PRODUCTNAME velg <item type=\"menuitem\">Verktøy → Utvidelser</item> for å åpne dialogvinduet Utvidelser , klikk på Legg til og finn fila."
|
||
|
||
#: smarttags.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"smarttags.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id7814264\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click a Smart Tag *.oxt file link on a web page and open the link with the default application. This requires a properly configured Web browser."
|
||
msgstr "Dobbeltklikk på en smart tagg *.oxt-lenke på en nettside. Dette krever en en riktig oppsatt nettleser."
|
||
|
||
#: smarttags.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"smarttags.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id8142338\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Smart Tags Menu"
|
||
msgstr "Smarte tagger-menyen"
|
||
|
||
#: smarttags.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"smarttags.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1917477\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Any text in a Writer document can be marked with a Smart Tag, by default a magenta colored underline. You can change the color in <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"menuitem\"> - %PRODUCTNAME - Application Colors</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Enhver tekst i et Writer dokument kan markeres med en Smarte Tagger, standard er en magentafarget understreking. Du kan endre fargen i <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"menuitem\"> %PRODUCTNAME - Innstillinger</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"menuitem\"> Verktøy - Alternativer</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"menuitem\">- %PRODUCTNAME - Applikasjonsfarger</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: smarttags.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"smarttags.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id192266\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "When you point to a Smart Tag, a tip help informs you to Ctrl-click to open the Smart Tags menu. If you don't use a mouse, position the cursor inside the marked text and open the context menu by Shift+F10."
|
||
msgstr "Når du holder musa over en Smmart Tagg, vil et tips informere deg om at du kan åpne menyen Smarte Tagger med Ctrl + klikk. Hvis du ikke bruker musa, kan du plassere skrivemerket i den markerte teksten og åpne sprettoppmenyen med Skift + F10."
|
||
|
||
#: smarttags.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"smarttags.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1998962\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the Smart Tags menu you see the available actions that are defined for this Smart Tag. Choose an option from the menu. The <item type=\"menuitem\">Smart Tags Options</item> command opens the <link href=\"text/shared/01/06040700.xhp\">Smart Tags</link> page of Tools - Autocorrect Options."
|
||
msgstr "I menyen for smarte tagger kan du se de tilgjengelige handlingene som er definerte for denne smarte taggen. Velg en innstilling fra menyen. Kommandoen <item type=\"menuitem\">Innstillinger for smarte tagger</item> åpner siden <link href=\"text/shared/01/06040700.xhp\">Smarte tagger</link> i «Verktøy → Innstillinger for autoretting»."
|
||
|
||
#: smarttags.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"smarttags.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id2376476\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Enable and Disable Smart Tags"
|
||
msgstr "For å ta i bruk og slå av smarte tagger"
|
||
|
||
#: smarttags.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"smarttags.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id349131\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "When you have installed at least one Smart Tags extension, you see the <link href=\"text/shared/01/06040700.xhp\">Smart Tags</link> page in <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Autocorrect Options</item>. Use this dialog to enable or disable Smart Tags and to manage the installed tags."
|
||
msgstr "Når du har installeret minst en smarttaggutvidelse, vil du se <link href=\"text/shared/01/06040700.xhp\">Smarte tagger</link> siden i dialogvinduet <item type=\"menuitem\">Verktøy → Autoretting</item>. Bruk dette dialogvinduet for å ta i bruk eller slå av smarte tagger og for å håndtere de installerte smarttaggene."
|
||
|
||
#: smarttags.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"smarttags.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1216467\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Text that is recognized as a Smart Tag is not checked by the automatic spellcheck."
|
||
msgstr "Tekst som gjenkjennes som en smarttagg blir ikke kontrolleret med den automatiske stavekontrollen."
|
||
|
||
#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Checking Spelling and Grammar"
|
||
msgstr "Kontrollere staving og grammatikk"
|
||
|
||
#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3149684\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>spellcheck; checking text documents manually</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>checking spelling;manually</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>grammar checker</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>stavevekontroll; manuelt kontrollere tekstdokumenter</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value> stavekontroll;manuelt</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>gramatikk kontroll</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149684\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"spellcheck_dialog\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp\" name=\"Checking Spelling and Grammar\">Checking Spelling and Grammar</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"spellcheck_dialog\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp\" name=\"Checking Spelling and Grammar\"> Stave- og grammatikkontroll</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149814\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can manually check the spelling and grammar of a text selection or the entire document."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan kontrollere staving og grammatikk manuelt i en tekstmarkering eller i hele dokumentet."
|
||
|
||
#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id0525200902184476\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To check the spelling and the grammar of a text, the appropriate dictionaries must be installed. For many languages three different dictionaries exist: a spellchecker, a hyphenation dictionary, and a thesaurus. Each dictionary covers one language only. Grammar checkers can be downloaded and installed as extensions. See the <link href=\"https://extensions.libreoffice.org/extension-center?getCategories=Dictionary\">extensions web page</link>."
|
||
msgstr "For å kontrollere staving og gramatikk i en tekst, må de aktuelle ordbøkene være installert. For mange språk er tre forskjellige ordbøker tilgjengelige, stavekontroll, orddeling og en synonymordbok. Hver språkbok dekker kun et språk og disse kan bli lastet ned og installert som utvidelser. Se <link href=\"https://extensions.libreoffice.org/extension-center?getCategories=Dictionary\"> Websiden for utvidelser</link>."
|
||
|
||
#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149828\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The spellcheck starts at the current cursor position, or at the beginning of the text selection."
|
||
msgstr "Stavekontrollen begynner ved plasseringa til skrivemerket eller ved begynnelsen av tekstvalget."
|
||
|
||
#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155859\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click in the document, or select the text that you want to check."
|
||
msgstr "Klikk i dokumentet, eller velg teksten som skal kontrolleres."
|
||
|
||
#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149836\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Spelling and Grammar</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Vel <emph>Verktøy → Stave- og grammatikkontroll</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156104\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "When a possible spelling error is encountered, the <item type=\"menuitem\">Spellcheck</item> dialog opens and $[officename] offers some suggested corrections."
|
||
msgstr "Når en mulig stavefeil påtreffes, åpnes <item type=\"menuitem\">Stavekontrollen</item> og $[officename] viser alternative forslag."
|
||
|
||
#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149861\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Do one of the following:"
|
||
msgstr "Gjør dette:"
|
||
|
||
#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145099\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To accept a correction, click the suggestion, and then click <emph>Correct</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Du godtar forslaget ved å klikke på forslaget og deretter på <emph>Endre</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156241\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Edit the sentence in the upper text box, and then click <emph>Correct</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Rediger setningen i den øvre tekstboksen og klikk deretter på <emph>Endre</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155886\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To add the unknown word to a user-defined dictionary, click <emph>Add to Dictionary</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klikk på <emph>Legg til i ordlisten</emph> for å legge til ordet i den bruker definerte ordlisten."
|
||
|
||
#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147107\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06010000.xhp\" name=\"Spellcheck dialog\">Spelling and Grammar dialog</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06010000.xhp\" name=\"Dialogen stavekontrol\">Dialogvinduet Stavekontroll</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: stylist_fillformat.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"stylist_fillformat.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Applying Styles in Fill Format Mode"
|
||
msgstr "Legge til stiler i fyllformattilstand"
|
||
|
||
#: stylist_fillformat.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"stylist_fillformat.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3145084\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>fill format mode</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>copying; styles, by fill format mode</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>brush for copying styles</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>styles; transferring</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formats; copying and pasting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text formats; copying and pasting</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>fyllformatmodus</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>kopiere; stiler, med fyllformatmodus</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatpensel til å kopiere stiler</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>stiler; overføre</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>format; kopiere og lime inn</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tekstformat; kopiere og lime inn</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: stylist_fillformat.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"stylist_fillformat.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3145084\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"stylist_fillformat\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp\" name=\"Applying Styles in Fill Format Mode\">Applying Styles in Fill Format Mode</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"stylist_fillformat\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp\" name=\"Legge til stiler i Fyllformatmodus\">Legge til stiler i Fyllformatmodus</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: stylist_fillformat.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"stylist_fillformat.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155855\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can quickly apply styles, such as paragraph and character styles, in your document by using the Fill Format Mode in the Styles and Formatting window."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan ikke bruke manuell nummerering til avsnitt som er listet under «Spesialstiler» i vinduet Stilbehandler."
|
||
|
||
#: stylist_fillformat.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"stylist_fillformat.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156114\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Format → Stilbehandler</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: stylist_fillformat.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"stylist_fillformat.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153128\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the icon of the style category that you want to apply."
|
||
msgstr "Klikk på ikonet for stiltypen som du vil legge til."
|
||
|
||
#: stylist_fillformat.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"stylist_fillformat.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145090\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the style, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Fill Format Mode</item> icon <image id=\"img_id3149644\" src=\"cmd/sc_fillstyle.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149644\">Icon</alt></image> in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Styles and Formatting</item> window."
|
||
msgstr "Klikk på stilen og deretter på ikonet <item type=\"menuitem\">Fyllformatmodus</item> <image id=\"img_id3149644\" src=\"cmd/sc_fillstyle.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149644\">Ikon</alt></image> i vinduet <item type=\"menuitem\">Stiler og formatering</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: stylist_fillformat.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"stylist_fillformat.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153371\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Move the mouse pointer to where you want to apply the style in the document, and click. To apply the style to more than one item, drag to select the items, and then release."
|
||
msgstr "Flytt pekeren til der du vil bruke stilen i dokumentet og klikk. For å legge til stilen på mer enn et element, dra for å velge elementene og slipp."
|
||
|
||
#: stylist_fillformat.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"stylist_fillformat.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154263\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Press <item type=\"keycode\">Esc</item> when finished."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på <item type=\"keycode\">Esc</item> når du er ferdig."
|
||
|
||
#: stylist_fillformat.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"stylist_fillformat.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3159259\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"Styles and Formatting\">Styles and Formatting</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"Styles and Formatting\">Stilbehandler</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Creating New Styles From Selections"
|
||
msgstr "Lage ny stiler fra utvalg"
|
||
|
||
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3155911\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>styles; creating from selections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>drag and drop;creating new styles</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>copying;styles, from selections</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>stiler; lage fra utvalg</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>dra og slipp;lage nye stiler</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>kopiere;stiler, fra utvalg</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155911\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"stylist_fromselect\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp\" name=\"Creating New Styles From Selections\">Creating New Styles From Selections</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"stylist_fromselect\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp\" name=\"Lage nye stiler fra utvalg\">Lage nye stiler fra utvalg</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149829\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Create a New Style From a Manually Formatted Selection"
|
||
msgstr "For å lage ny stil fra et manuelt formatert utvalg"
|
||
|
||
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156097\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Format → Stilbehandler</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153402\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the icon of the style category that you want to create."
|
||
msgstr "Klikk på knappen for stilkategorien som skal lages."
|
||
|
||
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153119\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click in the document where you want to copy the style from, for example, in a paragraph that you applied manual formatting to."
|
||
msgstr "Klikk i dokumentet som du vil kopiere stilen fra, for eksempel i et avsnitt som du har brukt manuell formatering på."
|
||
|
||
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153138\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the arrow next to the <item type=\"menuitem\">New Style from Selection</item> icon and choose <item type=\"menuitem\">New Style from Selection</item> from the submenu"
|
||
msgstr "Klikk på pilen ved siden av <item type=\"menuitem\">Ny stil fra utvalg</item> og velg <item type=\"menuitem\">Ny stil fra utvalg</item> i undermenyen"
|
||
|
||
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156260\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Type a name in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style Name</item> box."
|
||
msgstr "Skriv inn et mellomrom i boksen<item type=\"menuitem\">Etter</item> ."
|
||
|
||
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154411\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3153373\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Create a New Style by Drag-And-Drop"
|
||
msgstr "Slik lager du en ny stil gjenn dra og slipp"
|
||
|
||
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154233\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Format → Stilbehandler</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154258\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the icon of the style category that you want to create."
|
||
msgstr "Klikk på knappen for stilkategorien som skal lages."
|
||
|
||
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154851\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select at least one character, or object, in the style that you want to copy. For page and frame styles, select at least one character or object in the page or frame."
|
||
msgstr "Velg minst tt tegn eller objekt i stil som du vil kopiere. For side- og rammestiler, velg minst et tegn eller objekt på siden eller i ramma."
|
||
|
||
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154871\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Drag the character or object to the Styles and Formatting window and release."
|
||
msgstr "Dra tegnet eller objektet til Stiler og formateringsvinduet og slipp."
|
||
|
||
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN107B2\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "For paragraph and character styles, you can drag-and-drop onto the respective icon in the Styles and Formatting window. You do not need to open that style category in advance."
|
||
msgstr "For avsnitts- og tegnstiler kan du dra og slippa på det tilsvarende symbolet i vinduet «Stiler og formatering». Du behøver ikke åpne stilkategorien på forhånd."
|
||
|
||
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN107B5\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can also drag-and-drop a frame into the Styles and Formatting window to create a new frame style: Click the frame, wait a moment with the mouse button pressed down, but without moving the mouse, then drag to the Styles and Formatting window and drop the frame onto the Frame Styles icon."
|
||
msgstr "Det er også mulig å dra og slippe en ramme i stilhåndtereren for å skape en ny rammestil. Klikk på rammen, vent en kort tid med museknappen nede utan å flytte musa. Dra rammen over i stilhåndtereren og slipp den i symbolet for rammestiler."
|
||
|
||
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149988\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"Styles and Formatting\">Styles and Formatting</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"Styles and Formatting\">Stilbehandler</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: stylist_update.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"stylist_update.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Updating Styles From Selections"
|
||
msgstr "Oppdatere stiler fra utvalg"
|
||
|
||
#: stylist_update.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"stylist_update.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3155915\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>Stylist, see Styles and Formatting window</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>styles; updating from selections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>templates; updating from selections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>Styles and Formatting window; updating from selections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>updating; styles, from selections</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>Stylist, se Stilbehandler-vinduet</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>stiler; oppdatere fra utvalg</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>maler; oppdatere fra utvalg</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Stilerbehandler-vindu; oppdatere fra utvalg</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>oppdatere; stiler, fra utvalg</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: stylist_update.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"stylist_update.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155915\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"stylist_update\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp\" name=\"Updating Styles From Selections\">Updating Styles From Selections</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"stylist_update\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp\" name=\"Updating Styles From Selections\">Oppdatere stiler fra utvalg</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: stylist_update.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"stylist_update.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149838\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Format → Stilbehandler</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: stylist_update.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"stylist_update.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156107\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the icon of the style category that you want to update."
|
||
msgstr "Klikk på knappen for stiltypen som du vil oppdatere."
|
||
|
||
#: stylist_update.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"stylist_update.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149283\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the document, click from where you want to copy the updated style. For example, click a paragraph to which you applied some manual formatting that you want to copy now."
|
||
msgstr "Klikk i dokumentet hvor du vil kopiere den oppdaterte stilen fra. Klikk for eksempel på et avsnitt som du har formatert manuelt."
|
||
|
||
#: stylist_update.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"stylist_update.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153402\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the Styles and Formatting window, click the style that you want to update."
|
||
msgstr "I vinduet Stilbehander, klikk på stilen som skal oppdateres."
|
||
|
||
#: stylist_update.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"stylist_update.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153119\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the arrow next to the <emph>New Style from Selection</emph> icon and choose <emph>Update Style</emph> from the submenu."
|
||
msgstr "Klikk på pila ved siden av knappen <emph>Ny stil fra utvalg</emph> og velg <emph>Ny stil fra utvalg</emph> fra undermenyen."
|
||
|
||
#: stylist_update.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"stylist_update.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id0310200910360780\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Only the manually formatted attributes of the text at the cursor position in the document will be added to the style that is selected in the Styles and Formatting window. Any attributes that were applied as part of a style will not be added to the updated style."
|
||
msgstr "Det er bare manuelt formaterte attributter ved skrivemerkets plassering i teksten som blir lagt til stilen som er valgt i vinduet Stilbehandler. Attributter lagt til som en del av stilen vil ikke bli lagt til i den oppdaterte stilen."
|
||
|
||
#: stylist_update.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"stylist_update.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155498\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"Styles and Formatting\">Styles and Formatting</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"Styles and Formatting\">Stilbehandler</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: subscript.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"subscript.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Making Text Superscript or Subscript"
|
||
msgstr "Lage hevet eller senket skrift"
|
||
|
||
#: subscript.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"subscript.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3155174\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; subscript and superscript</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>superscript text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>subscript text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>characters;subscript and superscript</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tekst; senket skrift og uthevet skrift</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>uthevet skrift</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>senket skrift</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tegn;senket skrift og uthevet skrift</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: subscript.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"subscript.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155174\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"subscript\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/subscript.xhp\" name=\"Making Text Superscript or Subscript\">Making Text Superscript or Subscript</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"subscript\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/subscript.xhp\" name=\"Fremstilling af hævet skrift eller sænket skrift\">Lage hevet eller senket skrift</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: subscript.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"subscript.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155917\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the text that you want to make superscript or subscript."
|
||
msgstr "Velg teksten som du vil gjøre om til hevet eller senket skrift."
|
||
|
||
#: subscript.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"subscript.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155865\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Do one of the following:"
|
||
msgstr "Gjør dette:"
|
||
|
||
#: subscript.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"subscript.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149829\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Character - Position</emph>, and then select <emph>Superscript</emph> or <emph>Subscript</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Vel <emph>Format → Tegn → Plassering</emph> og velg deretter <emph>Uthevet skrift</emph> eller <emph>Senket skrift</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: subscript.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"subscript.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156111\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+P to make the text superscript, and <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+B to make the text subscript."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan også trykke på <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Kommando </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> + B, skriv inn teksten du vil formatere med fet, og trykk på <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Kommando </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> + B når du er ferdig."
|
||
|
||
#: subscript.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"subscript.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153416\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05020500.xhp\" name=\"Format - Character - Position\">Format - Character - Position</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05020500.xhp\" name=\"Formater – Tegn – Placering\">Format → Tegn → Posisjon</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: subscript.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"subscript.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154705\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06040200.xhp\" name=\"Tools - AutoCorrect - Replace\">Tools - AutoCorrect - Replace</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06040200.xhp\" name=\"Verktøy → Autoretting → Erstatt\">Verktøy → Autoretting → Erstatt</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: table_cellmerge.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_cellmerge.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Merging and Splitting Cells"
|
||
msgstr "Slå sammen og dele celler"
|
||
|
||
#: table_cellmerge.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_cellmerge.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3147240\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>cells; merging/splitting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables; merging cells</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>cell merges</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>splitting cells;by menu command</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>merging;cells</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>celler; slå sammen/dele</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tabeller; slå sammen celler</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cellesammenslåing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>dele celler;med menykommando</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>slå sammen;celler</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: table_cellmerge.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_cellmerge.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id6618243\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"table_cellmerge\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp\" name=\"Merging and Splitting Cells\">Merging and Splitting Cells</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"table_cellmerge\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp\" name=\"Fletning og opdeling af celler\">Slå sammen og dele celler</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: table_cellmerge.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_cellmerge.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1211890\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can select adjacent cells, then merge them into a single cell. Conversely, you can take a large cell and divide it into individual cells."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan velge tilgrensede celler, og så slå dem sammen til en enkelt celle. Du kan også ta en stor celle og dele den inn i enkeltstående celler."
|
||
|
||
#: table_cellmerge.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_cellmerge.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3463850\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Merge Cells"
|
||
msgstr "Slik slår du sammen celler"
|
||
|
||
#: table_cellmerge.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_cellmerge.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id5708792\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the adjacent cells."
|
||
msgstr "Velg de tilgrensede cellene."
|
||
|
||
#: table_cellmerge.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_cellmerge.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id6301461\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Table - Merge Cells</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Tabell → Slå sammen celler</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: table_cellmerge.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_cellmerge.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id9156468\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Split Cells"
|
||
msgstr "Slik splitter du celler"
|
||
|
||
#: table_cellmerge.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_cellmerge.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3415936\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Place the cursor in the cell to be split."
|
||
msgstr "Plasser skrivemerket i cella som skal deles opp."
|
||
|
||
#: table_cellmerge.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_cellmerge.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id4044312\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Table - Split Cells</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Tabell → Del celler</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: table_cellmerge.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_cellmerge.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id634174\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "A dialog allows you to split the cell into two or more cells, horizontally or vertically."
|
||
msgstr "Et dialogvindu gir deg muligheten til dele cellen i to eller flere celler, vannrett eller loddrett."
|
||
|
||
#: table_cells.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_cells.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Adding or Deleting a Row or Column to a Table Using the Keyboard"
|
||
msgstr "Legge til eller slette en rad eller en kolonne i en tabell ved bruk av tastaturet"
|
||
|
||
#: table_cells.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_cells.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3156377\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>rows; inserting/deleting in tables by keyboard</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>columns; inserting/deleting in tables by keyboard</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables; editing by keyboard</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>keyboard;adding or deleting rows/columns</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>splitting cells;by keyboard</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>merging;cells, by keyboard</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>deleting;rows/columns, by keyboard</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting;rows/columns, by keyboard</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>rader; sette inn/slette i tabeller med tastatur</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>kolonner; sette inn/slette i tabeller med tastatur</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tabeller; redigere med tastatur</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tastatur;legge til eller slette rader/kolonner</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>dele celler;med tastatur</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>slå sammen;celler, med tastatur</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>slette;rader/kolonner, med tastatur</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sette inn;rader/kolonner, med tastatur</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: table_cells.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_cells.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3156377\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"table_cells\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_cells.xhp\" name=\"Adding or Deleting a Row or Column to a Table Using the Keyboard\">Adding or Deleting a Row or Column to a Table Using the Keyboard</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"table_cells\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_cells.xhp\" name=\"Adding or Deleting a Row or Column to a Table Using the Keyboard\">Legge til eller slette en rad eller kolonne i en tabell med tastaturet</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: table_cells.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_cells.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149487\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can add or delete rows or columns in tables as well as split or merge table cells using the keyboard."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan legge til eller slette rader og kolonner i tabeller og også dele og slå sammen tabellceller fra tastaturet."
|
||
|
||
#: table_cells.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_cells.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155906\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To insert a new row in a table, place the cursor in a table cell, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Insert, and then press the up or down arrow key. You can also move the cursor to the last cell in the table, and then press Tab."
|
||
msgstr "For å sette inn en ny rad i en tabell, plasser skrivemerket i en tabellcelle, trykk på <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Tilvalg</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> + Insert, og så Pil opp eller Pil ned. Du kan også flytte skrivemerket til den siste cella i tabellen og så trykke på Tabulator."
|
||
|
||
#: table_cells.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_cells.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147412\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To insert a new column, place the cursor in a table cell, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Insert, and then press the left or right arrow key."
|
||
msgstr "For å sette inn en ny kolonne kan du plassere skrivemerket i en tabellcelle, trykke <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Tilvalg</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> + Insert og så trykke på Pil venstre eller Pil høyre."
|
||
|
||
#: table_cells.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_cells.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156096\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To split a table cell instead of adding a column, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Insert, and then hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> while you press the left or right arrow key."
|
||
msgstr "For å dele en tabellcelle i stedet for å legge til en kolonne, kan du trykke på<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Tilvalg</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> + Insert, og deretter holde<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Kommando</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> nede mens du trykker på venstre eller høyre pil."
|
||
|
||
#: table_cells.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_cells.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153408\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To delete a row, place the cursor in a table cell, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Delete, and then press the up or down arrow key."
|
||
msgstr "For å slette en rad, plasser skrivemerket i en tabellcelle, trykk på <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Tilvalg</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> + Delete og trykk så på Pil opp eller ned."
|
||
|
||
#: table_cells.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_cells.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149626\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To delete a column, place the cursor in a table cell, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Delete, and then press the left or the right arrow key."
|
||
msgstr "For å slette en kolonne, plasser skrivemerket i en tabellcelle, trykk <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Tilvalg</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> + Delete og trykk så på Pil venstre eller høyre."
|
||
|
||
#: table_cells.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_cells.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149612\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To merge a table into an adjacent cell, place the cursor in the cell, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Delete, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>, and then press the left or the right arrow key."
|
||
msgstr "For å slå sammen en tabell med en tilgrensende celle, plasser skrivemerket i cella, trykk på <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Tilvalg</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> + Delete, hold deretter<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Kommando</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>nede, og trykk så på Pil venstre eller høyre."
|
||
|
||
#: table_delete.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_delete.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Deleting Tables or the Contents of a Table"
|
||
msgstr "Slette tabeller eller innholdet i en tabell"
|
||
|
||
#: table_delete.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_delete.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3149489\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>deleting; tables or table contents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables; deleting</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>slette; tabeller eller tabellinnhold</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tabeller;slette</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: table_delete.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_delete.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149489\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"table_delete\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_delete.xhp\" name=\"Deleting Tables or the Contents of a Table\">Deleting Tables or the Contents of a Table</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"table_delete\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_delete.xhp\" name=\"Slette tabeller eller innholdet i en tabell\">Slette tabeller eller innholdet i en tabell</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: table_delete.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_delete.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155918\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can delete a table from your document, or delete the contents of the table."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan slette en tabell fra dokumentet, eller slette innholdet i tabellen."
|
||
|
||
#: table_delete.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_delete.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155863\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To delete a whole table, click in the table, and then choose <emph>Table - Delete - Table</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "For å slette en hel tabell, klikk i tabellen og velg deretter <emph>Tabell - Slett - Tabell</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: table_delete.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_delete.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153415\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To delete the contents of a table, click in the table, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A until all cells are selected, and then press Delete or Backspace."
|
||
msgstr "For å slette innholdet i en tabell kan du klikke i tabellen, trykke på <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Kommando</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> + A inntil alle celler er valgt, og så trykke på Delete eller Rettetasten."
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Inserting Tables"
|
||
msgstr "Sette inn tabeller"
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3156377\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>tables; inserting text tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting; tables in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>DDE; inserting tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>OLE objects; inserting tables in</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>cells;inserting from spreadsheets</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables in spreadsheets;inserting in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>spreadsheets;inserting tables from</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>Tabeller; sett inn teksttabeller</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sett inn; tabeller i tekst</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>DDE; sett inn tabeller</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>OLE objekter; sett inn tabeller i </bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>celler;sett inn fra regneark</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tabeller i regneark;sett inn i tekst</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>regneark;sett ii tabeller fra</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3156377\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"table_insert\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Tables\">Inserting Tables</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"table_insert\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp\" name=\"Sette inn tabeller\">Sette inn tabeller</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149489\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "There are several ways to create a table in a text document. You can insert a table from a toolbar, through a menu command, or from a spreadsheet."
|
||
msgstr "Det er flere måter for å lage en tabell i et tekstdokument. Du kan sette inn en tabell fra en verktøylinje, gjennom en menykommando eller fra et regneark."
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155908\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Insert a Table From a Toolbar"
|
||
msgstr "Slik setter du inn en tabell fra verktøylinjen"
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155861\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Place the cursor in your document where you want to insert the table."
|
||
msgstr "Plasser skrivemerket i dokumentet der tabellen skal settes inn."
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147416\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "On the <emph>Standard</emph> or the <emph>Insert</emph> bar, click the arrow next to the <emph>Table</emph> icon."
|
||
msgstr "Klikk på pilen nær ikonet <emph>Tabell</emph> på verktøylinjen <emph>Standard</emph> eller <emph>Sett inn</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153398\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the table grid, drag to select the numbers of rows and columns that you want, and then release."
|
||
msgstr "Dra i tabellrutenettet for å velge antallet rader og kolonner, slipp deretter knappen."
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153416\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To cancel, drag to the other side until <emph>Cancel</emph> appears in the preview area of the grid."
|
||
msgstr "For å avbryte, dra til den andre siden til <emph>Avbryt</emph> dukker opp i forhåndsvisingen av rutenettet."
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3153135\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Insert a Table With a Menu Command"
|
||
msgstr "Slik stter du inn en tabell med en menykommando"
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149642\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Place the cursor in your document where you want to insert the table."
|
||
msgstr "Plasser skrivemerket i dokumentet der tabellen skal settes inn."
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149609\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Table - Insert - Table</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Tabell → Sett inn → Tabell</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149858\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <emph>Size</emph> area, enter the number of rows and columns."
|
||
msgstr "Skriv inn antallet på rader og kolonner i området <emph>Størrelse</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145097\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the options that you want, click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg innstillingene du ønsker og klikk på <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149572\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Insert a Table From a Calc Spreadsheet"
|
||
msgstr "Slik setter du inn en tabell fra et Calc regneark."
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149594\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Open the $[officename] Calc spreadsheet containing the cell range that you want to insert."
|
||
msgstr "Åpne $[officename] Calc-regnearket som inneholder celleområdet som skal settes inn."
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156250\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the spreadsheet, drag to select the cells."
|
||
msgstr "Dra for å velge cellene i regnearket."
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154395\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Edit - Copy</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Rediger → Kopier</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154420\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In your text document, do one of the following:"
|
||
msgstr "Gjør dette i tekstdokumentet:"
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153383\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Edit - Paste</emph>. The cell range is pasted as an OLE object. To edit the contents of the cells, double-click the object."
|
||
msgstr "Velg<emph> Rediger - Lim inn</emph>. Celleområdet blir limt inn som et OLE-objekt. Dobbeltklikk på objektet for å redigere det."
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154248\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Edit - Paste Special</emph>, and choose from the following options:"
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Endre → Former</emph> og velg en av disse alternativene:"
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154844\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Options"
|
||
msgstr "Innstillinger"
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154867\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Is inserted as..."
|
||
msgstr "Blir satt inn som …"
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155893\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "$[officename] $[officeversion] Spreadsheet"
|
||
msgstr "$[officename] $[officeversion]-regneark"
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149986\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "OLE object - as with <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+V or drag-and-drop"
|
||
msgstr "OLE-objekt - som med <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Kommando</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> + V eller dra og slipp"
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3148674\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "GDIMetaFile"
|
||
msgstr "GDIMetaFile"
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3148697\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Graphic"
|
||
msgstr "Bilde"
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153027\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Bitmap"
|
||
msgstr "Punktbilde"
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3148957\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Graphic"
|
||
msgstr "Bilde"
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147104\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "HTML"
|
||
msgstr "HTML"
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147126\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "HTML table"
|
||
msgstr "HTML-tabell"
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150223\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Unformatted text"
|
||
msgstr "Uformatert tekst"
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150246\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Text only, tab stops as separators"
|
||
msgstr "Bare tekst, tabulatorer som skilletegn"
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145227\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Formatted text [RTF]"
|
||
msgstr "Formatert tekst [RTF]"
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150938\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Text table"
|
||
msgstr "Teksttabell"
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150965\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\">DDE link (only under Windows) </caseinline></switchinline>"
|
||
msgstr "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\">DDE-lenke (bare under Windows)</caseinline></switchinline>"
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154377\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\">Table structure and contents, without formatting. With updating </caseinline></switchinline>"
|
||
msgstr "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\">Tabellstruktur og innhold, uten formatering. Med oppdatering </caseinline></switchinline>"
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3151093\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Drag-and-Drop a Cell Range From a Calc Spreadsheet"
|
||
msgstr "Dra og slipp et celleområde fra et regneark."
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3151116\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Open the $[officename] Calc spreadsheet containing the cell range that you want to insert."
|
||
msgstr "Åpne $[officename] Calc-regnearket som inneholder celleområdet som skal settes inn."
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150515\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the spreadsheet, drag to select the cells."
|
||
msgstr "Dra for å velge cellene i regnearket."
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150534\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click and hold the mouse button in the selected cells."
|
||
msgstr "Klikk og hold museknappen i de valgt cellene."
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147527\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Drag the selected cells into the text document."
|
||
msgstr "Dra de valgte cellene inn i tekstdokumentet."
|
||
|
||
#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Repeating a Table Header on a New Page"
|
||
msgstr "Gjenta en tabelloverskrift på en ny side"
|
||
|
||
#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3155870\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>tables; heading repetition after page breaks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>repeating; table headings after page breaks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>headings; repeating in tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>multi-page tables</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tabeller; repetisjon av overskrifter etter sideskift</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>gjentagelse;tabelloverskrifter etter sideskift</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>overskrifter; gjenta i tabeller</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>flersidige tabeller</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3153406\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"table_repeat_multiple_headers\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\" name=\"Repeating a Table Header on a New Page\">Repeating a Table Heading on a New Page</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"table_repeat_multiple_headers\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\" name=\"Gjenta en tabelloverskrift på en ny side\">Gjenta en tabelloverskrift på en ny side</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149636\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can repeat a table heading on each new page that the table spans."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan gjenta en tabelloverskrift på hver ny side som tabellen går over."
|
||
|
||
#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145098\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Table - Insert - Table</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Tabell → Sett inn → Tabell</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156240\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Heading</item> and the <item type=\"menuitem\">Repeat heading</item> check boxes."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <item type=\"menuitem\">Overskrift</item> og<item type=\"menuitem\">Gjenta overskrift</item> "
|
||
|
||
#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153376\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the number of rows and columns for the table."
|
||
msgstr "Velg antallet rader eller kolonner for tabellen."
|
||
|
||
#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153393\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: table_select.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_select.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Selecting Tables, Rows, and Columns"
|
||
msgstr "Velge tabeller, rader og kolonner"
|
||
|
||
#: table_select.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_select.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id7693411\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>selecting;tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables;selecting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>columns;selecting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rows;selecting</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>velge;tabeller</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tabeller;velge</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>kolonner;velge</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rader;velge</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: table_select.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_select.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN105F0\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"table_select\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_select.xhp\">Selecting Tables, Rows, and Columns</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"table_select\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_select.xhp\">Velge tabeller, rader og kolonner</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: table_select.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_select.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN1060E\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can select a table in a text document with a keyboard or with a mouse."
|
||
msgstr "Du må velge en tabell i et tekstdokument ved bruk av et tastatur eller med en mus."
|
||
|
||
#: table_select.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_select.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10614\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To select a table with the keyboard, move the cursor into the table, and then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A until all the cells are selected."
|
||
msgstr "For å velge en tabell med tastaturet, flytt skrivemerket inn i tabellen og trykk på <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Kommando</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> + A, til alle cellene er valgt."
|
||
|
||
#: table_select.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_select.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10633\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To select a table with the mouse, move the mouse pointer to a position just above and left of the table. The mouse pointer becomes a diagonal arrow. Click to select the table."
|
||
msgstr "For å velge en tabell med musa, flytt pekeren til en plassering like over og til venstre for tabellen. Pekeren blir en diagonal pil. Klikk for å velge tabellen."
|
||
|
||
#: table_select.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_select.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10637\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To select a row or column with the mouse, point to a position just left of the row or above the column. The mouse pointer becomes an arrow. Click to select the row or column."
|
||
msgstr "For å velge en rad eller kolonne med musa må du peke på en plassering like til venstre for raden, eller over kolonna. Pekeren blir til en pil. Klikk for å velge raden eller kolonna."
|
||
|
||
#: table_sizing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Resizing Rows and Columns in a Text Table"
|
||
msgstr "Endre størrelsen på rader og kolonner i en teksttabell"
|
||
|
||
#: table_sizing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3156108\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>cells; enlarging and reducing in text tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>table cells; enlarging/reducing in text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>keyboard; resizing rows/columns</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>resizing;rows and columns in text tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>enlarging columns,cells and table rows</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>reducing rows and columns in text tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; resizing/juxtaposing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>juxtaposing tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>heights of table rows</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>widths of table columns</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rows;resizing in tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>columns;resizing in tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>column widths in tables</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>celler; forstørring og forminsking i teksttabeller</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tabellceller; forstørre/forminske i tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tastatur; endre størrelse på rader/kolonner</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>endre størrelse; rader og kolonner i teksttabeller</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>forstørre kolonner, rader og tabellrader</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>forminska rader og kolonnar i teksttabellar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tabellar; endre størrelse/tilsammen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tilsammen tabeller</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>høyde på tabellrader</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bredde på tabellkolonner</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rader; endre størrelse i tabeller</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>kolonner; endre størrelse i tabeller</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>kolonnebredde i tabeller</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: table_sizing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3156108\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"table_sizing\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp\" name=\"Resizing Rows and Columns in a Text Table\">Resizing Rows and Columns in a Text Table</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"table_sizing\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp\" name=\"Resizing Rows and Columns in a Text Table\">Endre størrelse på rader og kolonner i en teksttabell</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: table_sizing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153140\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can resize the width of table cells and columns, as well as change the height of table rows."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan endre bredden på tabellceller og kolonner, samt endre høyden på tabellrader."
|
||
|
||
#: table_sizing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149615\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3149622\" src=\"cmd/sc_optimizetable.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149622\">Icon</alt></image>"
|
||
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3149622\" src=\"cmd/sc_optimizetable.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149622\">Ikon</alt></image>"
|
||
|
||
#: table_sizing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3146497\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can also distribute rows and columns evenly using the icons on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Optimize Size</item> toolbar on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Table</item> Bar."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan også fordele rader og kolonner jevnt ved hjelp av ikoner på verktøylinja <item type=\"menuitem\">Optimer størrelse</item> i <item type=\"menuitem\">Tabell</item>linja."
|
||
|
||
#: table_sizing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3145109\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Changing the Width of Columns and Cells"
|
||
msgstr "Endre bredden på kolonner og celler"
|
||
|
||
#: table_sizing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149574\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Change the Width of a Column"
|
||
msgstr "Slik endrer du bredden på en kolonne"
|
||
|
||
#: table_sizing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149587\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Do one of the following:"
|
||
msgstr "Gjør dette:"
|
||
|
||
#: table_sizing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156246\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Rest the mouse pointer over the column dividing line until the pointer becomes a separator icon, and then drag the line to a new location."
|
||
msgstr "Hold musepekeren over kolonneskillelinjen til den endres til et skilleikon, og dra deretter linjen til ni ny plassering."
|
||
|
||
#: table_sizing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145390\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Rest the mouse pointer over the column dividing line on the ruler until the pointer becomes a separator icon, and then drag the line to a new location."
|
||
msgstr "Hold musepekeren over kolonneskillelinjen på linjalen til den blir til et skilleikon, og dra deretter linjen til en ny plassering."
|
||
|
||
#: table_sizing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id0918200811260957\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> and then click and drag a line to scale all cells right or above the line proportionally."
|
||
msgstr "Hold nede<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Kommando</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>og klikk og dra deretter en linje til den omfatter alle celler til høyre eller over linjen. "
|
||
|
||
#: table_sizing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145411\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Place the cursor in a cell in the column, hold down the <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> key, and then press the left or the right arrow key."
|
||
msgstr "For å slette en kolonne, plasser skrivemerket i en tabellcelle, trykk <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Tilvalg</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>, og trykk på Pil venstre eller høyre."
|
||
|
||
#: table_sizing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153364\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To increase the distance from the left edge of the page to the edge of the table, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift, and then press the right arrow key."
|
||
msgstr "For å øke avstanden fra venstre kanten av siden til kanten på tabellen, hold nede <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift, og trykk høyre piltast."
|
||
|
||
#: table_sizing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155891\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can specify the behavior for the arrow keys by choosing <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</emph>, and selecting the options that you want in the <emph>Keyboard handling</emph> area."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan spesifisere oppførselen for piltatsene ved å velge <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Innstillinger</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Verktøy - Alternativer</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Tabell</emph>, og velg det alternativ du ønsker i <emph>Tastatur konfigurerings området</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: table_sizing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149993\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Change the Width of a Cell"
|
||
msgstr "Slik endrer du bredden på en celle"
|
||
|
||
#: table_sizing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3148676\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option+Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt+Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>, and then press the left or the right arrow key"
|
||
msgstr "Hold nede <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option+Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt+Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>, og trykk så venstre eller høyre piltast."
|
||
|
||
#: table_sizing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3153014\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Changing the Height of a Row"
|
||
msgstr "Endre høyden på en rad"
|
||
|
||
#: table_sizing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153035\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To change the height of a row, place the cursor in a cell in the row, hold down the <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> key, and then press the up or the down arrow key."
|
||
msgstr "For å slette en rad, plasser skrivemerket i en tabellcelle, trykk på <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Tilvalg</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>, og trykk på Pil opp eller ned."
|
||
|
||
#: table_sizing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id8478041\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Resizing a Whole Table"
|
||
msgstr "Slik endrer du størrelsen på en hel tabell"
|
||
|
||
#: table_sizing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3358867\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To change the width and height of a table, do one of the following:"
|
||
msgstr "For å endre bredden og høyden på en tabell, må du gjøre dette:"
|
||
|
||
#: table_sizing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id5366679\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click inside the table. In the rulers, drag the border between the white and the gray area to resize the table."
|
||
msgstr "Klikk i tabellen. På linjalene drar du i kanten mellom det hvite og det grå området for å endre størrelsen på tabellen."
|
||
|
||
#: table_sizing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1279030\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click inside the table. Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Table - Properties</item> to open a dialog and set the properties to the numbers."
|
||
msgstr "Klikk i tabellen. Velg <item type=\"menuitem\">Tabell → Tabellegenskaper</item> for å åpne et dialogvindu og stille inn egenskapene for tallene."
|
||
|
||
#: table_sizing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id5009308\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To wrap text to the sides of a table, and to arrange two tables next to another, you must insert the tables into a frame. Click inside the table, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A twice to select the whole table, then choose <emph>Insert - Frame</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "For å kunne bryte teksten ved kantene av en tabell og for å kunne sette opp to tabeller ved siden av hverandre, må du sette tabellene inn i en ramme. Klikk inne i tabellen og trykk <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+ A to ganger for å merke hele tabellen. Velg så <emph>Sett inn → Ramme</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: table_sizing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id4190496\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Tables within HTML pages do not offer the full range of properties and commands as tables in OpenDocument format."
|
||
msgstr "Tabeller inne i HTML-sider tilbyr ikke de samme egenskapene og kommandoene som tabeller i OpenDocument-formatet."
|
||
|
||
#: tablemode.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"tablemode.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Modifying Rows and Columns by Keyboard"
|
||
msgstr "Endre rader og kolonner ved bruk av tastaturet"
|
||
|
||
#: tablemode.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"tablemode.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3155856\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>table mode selection</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>proportional distribution of tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>relative distribution of table cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; adapting the width by keyboard</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells; adapting the width by keyboard</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>keyboard;modifying the behavior of rows/columns</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>behavior of rows/columns</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tabellmarkeringsmodus</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>proporsjonal fordeling av tabeller</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>relativ fordeling av tabellceller</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tabeller; tilpasse bredde med tastatur</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>celler; tilpasse bredde med tastatur</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tastatur;endre oppførsel for rader/kolonner</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>oppførsel for rader/kolonner</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: tablemode.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"tablemode.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155856\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"tablemode\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp\" name=\"Modifying the Behavior of Rows and Columns for Table\">Modifying Rows and Columns by Keyboard</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"tablemode\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp\" name=\"Modifying the Behavior of Rows and Columns for Table\">Endre rader og kolonner ved bruk av tastaturet</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: tablemode.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"tablemode.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149835\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "When you insert or delete cells, rows or columns in a table, the <item type=\"menuitem\">Behavior of rows/columns</item> options determine how the neighboring elements are affected. For example, you can only insert new rows and columns into a table with fixed row and column dimensions if space permits."
|
||
msgstr "Når du setter inn eller sletter celler, rader eller kolonner i en tabell, vil innstillingene som er gjort i <item type=\"menuitem\">Oppførsel til rader/kolonner</item> bestemma hvordan nabocellene blir påverket. For eksempel kan du sette inn nye rader og kolonner i en tabell med faste rad- og kolonnedimensjoner bare hvis det er plass til det."
|
||
|
||
#: tablemode.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"tablemode.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id7344279\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Note that these properties are valid only for changes to the column width that are made using the keyboard. Using the mouse, you are free to make any column width changes."
|
||
msgstr "Merk at disse egenskapene bare er gyldige for endringer av kolonnebredde som er lagd ved bruk av tastaturet. Ved bruk av musa, står du fritt til å endre kolonnebredde."
|
||
|
||
#: tablemode.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"tablemode.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156110\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To set the <item type=\"menuitem\">Behavior of rows/columns</item> options for tables in text documents, choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"menuitem\"> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</item>. There are three display modes for tables:"
|
||
msgstr "For å angi <item type=\"menuitem\">Rad og kolonne oppførsel</item> alternativer for brett i tekstdokumenter, velg <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME -> Innstillinger</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"menuitem\">Verktøy -> Alternativer</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer -> Tabell</item>. Det finnes tre visningsmodi for tabeller:"
|
||
|
||
#: tablemode.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"tablemode.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149638\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<emph>Fixed</emph> - changes only affect the adjacent cell, and not the entire table. For example, when you widen a cell, the adjacent cell becomes narrower, but the width of the table remains constant."
|
||
msgstr "<emph>Fast</emph> - endringer vil kun påverke den tilstøtende celle, ikke heie tabellen. Når du for eksempel gjør en celle bredere blir nabocella smalere, men bredden av tabellen forblir uforandret."
|
||
|
||
#: tablemode.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"tablemode.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149613\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<emph>Fixed, proportional</emph> - changes affect the entire table, and wide cells shrink more than narrow cells. For example, when you widen a cell, the adjacent cells become proportionally narrower, but the width of the table remains constant."
|
||
msgstr "<emph>Fast, proporsjonal</emph> - endringer vil påvirke heie tabellen. Brede celler blir mer forminsket enn smale celler. Når du for eksempel gjør en celle bredere, blir nabocellene proporsjonalt smalere, men bredden av tabellen blir uforandret."
|
||
|
||
#: tablemode.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"tablemode.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149864\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<emph>Variable</emph> - changes affect the table size. For example, when you widen a cell, the width of the table increases."
|
||
msgstr "<emph>Variabel</emph> - Endringene påvirker tabellstørrelsesn. Når du for eksempel gjør en celle bredere, blir hele tabellen bredere."
|
||
|
||
#: template_create.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"template_create.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Creating a Document Template"
|
||
msgstr "Lage en dokumentmal"
|
||
|
||
#: template_create.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"template_create.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3149688\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>document templates</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>templates; creating document templates</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>dokumentmaler</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>maler;skape dokumentmaler</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: template_create.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"template_create.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149688\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"template_create\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/template_create.xhp\" name=\"Creating a Document Template\">Creating a Document Template</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"template_create\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/template_create.xhp\" name=\"Oprettelse af en dokumentskabelon\">Lage en dokumentmal</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: template_create.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"template_create.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149492\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can create a template to use as the basis for creating new text documents."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan lage en ny mal som kan brukes som grunnlag for nye dokumenter."
|
||
|
||
#: template_create.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"template_create.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155915\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Create a document and add the content and formatting styles that you want."
|
||
msgstr "Lag et dokument og legg til innholdet og formateringsstilene som ønskes."
|
||
|
||
#: template_create.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"template_create.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147422\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">File - Templates - Save As Template</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <item type=\"menuitem\">Fil → Maler → Lagre som Mal</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: template_create.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"template_create.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149829\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">New Template</item> box, type a name for the new template."
|
||
msgstr "I feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Ny Mal</item>, skriv et navn på den nye malen."
|
||
|
||
#: template_create.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"template_create.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156098\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select a template category in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Categories</item> list."
|
||
msgstr "Velg en malkategori i <item type=\"menuitem\">Kategorilisten</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: template_create.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"template_create.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149281\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: template_create.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"template_create.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153404\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To create a document based on the template, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">File - New - Templates</item>, select the template, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">Open</item>."
|
||
msgstr "For å skape et dokument basert på en mal, velg <item type=\"menuitem\">Fil - Ny - Mal</item>, velg malen, og klikk så på <item type=\"menuitem\">Åpne</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: template_create.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"template_create.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149636\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/01110300.xhp\" name=\"File - Templates - Save As Template\">File - Templates - Save As Template</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/01110300.xhp\" name=\"File - Save As Template\">Fil → Lagre som mal</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: template_default.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"template_default.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Changing the Default Template"
|
||
msgstr "Endre standardmalen"
|
||
|
||
#: template_default.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"template_default.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3155913\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>default templates;defining/resetting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>defaults; templates</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>templates; default templates</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text documents;default templates</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>standardmaler;definere/nullstille</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>standard; maler</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>maler; standardmaler</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tekstdokument;standardmaler</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: template_default.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"template_default.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155913\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"template_default\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/template_default.xhp\" name=\"Changing the Default Template\">Changing the Default Template</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"template_default\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/template_default.xhp\" name=\"Endre standardmalen\">Endre standardmalen</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: template_default.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"template_default.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145569\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The default template contains the default formatting information for new text documents. If you want, you can create a new template and use it as the default template."
|
||
msgstr "Standardmalen inneholder standardformateringsinformasjon for nye tekstdokumenter. Du kan lage en ny mal og bruke den som standardmal."
|
||
|
||
#: template_default.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"template_default.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id6414990\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Create a Default Template"
|
||
msgstr "Slik skaper du en Standard Mal"
|
||
|
||
#: template_default.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"template_default.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149838\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Create a document and the content and formatting styles that you want."
|
||
msgstr "Lag et dokument, innholdet og formateringsstilene som ønskes."
|
||
|
||
#: template_default.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"template_default.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156101\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">File - Templates - Save As Template</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <item type=\"menuitem\">Fil → Maler → Lagre som</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: template_default.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"template_default.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149283\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <emph>New Template</emph> box, type a name for the new template."
|
||
msgstr "I feltet <emph>Ny Mal</emph>, skriv et navn på den nye malen."
|
||
|
||
#: template_default.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"template_default.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153409\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the dialog that appears, double-click the \"My Templates\" folder, and then click <emph>Save</emph>. You will then be prompted for a name; write it and click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Dobbeltklikk på mappa «Mine maler» i dialogvinduet som kommer opp og deretter på <emph>Lagre</emph>. Skriv inn navnet på malen og trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: template_default.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"template_default.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153140\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>File - New - Templates</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Fil → Ny → Mal</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: template_default.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"template_default.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149952\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Double-click the \"My Templates\" folder."
|
||
msgstr "Dobbeltklikk på mappa «Mine maler»."
|
||
|
||
#: template_default.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"template_default.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149970\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click on the template that you created, and click <emph>Set as Default</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klikk på malen du lagde og klikk deretter på <emph>Sett som standard</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: template_default.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"template_default.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149620\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Close the dialog."
|
||
msgstr "Steng dialogvinduet."
|
||
|
||
#: templates_styles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"templates_styles.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Templates and Styles"
|
||
msgstr "Maler og stiler"
|
||
|
||
#: templates_styles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"templates_styles.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3153396\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>formatting styles; styles and templates</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>styles; styles and templates</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>organizing; templates (guide)</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>templates; organizing (guide)</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>formateringsstiler; stiler og maler</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>stiler;stiler og maler</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>organisere; maler (veiledning)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>maler; organisere(veiviser)</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: templates_styles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"templates_styles.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3153396\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"templates_styles\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp\" name=\"Templates and Styles\">Templates and Styles</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"templates_styles\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp\" name=\"Maler og stiler\">Maler og stiler</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: templates_styles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"templates_styles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149635\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "A template is a document that contains specific formatting styles, graphics, tables, objects, and other information. A template is used as the basis for creating other documents. For example, you can define paragraph and character styles in a document, save the document as a template, and then use the template to create a new document with the same styles."
|
||
msgstr "En mal er et dokument som inneholder visse stiler, bilder, tabeller, objekter og annen informasjon. En mal blir brukt som grunnlag for å opprette andre dokumenter. Du kan for eksempel oppgi avsnitts- og tegnstiler i et dokument, lagret dokumentet som en mal, og bruk denne for å opprette et nytt dokument med de samme stilene."
|
||
|
||
#: templates_styles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"templates_styles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149957\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Unless you specify otherwise, every new $[officename] text document is based on the default template."
|
||
msgstr "Med mindre du angir noe annet, vil et nytt tekstdokument i $[officename] være basert på standardmalen."
|
||
|
||
#: templates_styles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"templates_styles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149974\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "$[officename] has a number of <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp\" name=\"predefined templates\">predefined templates</link> that you can use to create different types or text documents, such as business letters."
|
||
msgstr "$[officename] har et antall <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp\" name=\"predefined templates\">forhåndslagede maler</link>, som du kan bruke for å opprette ulike typer eller tekstdokumenter, som for eksempel forretningsbrev."
|
||
|
||
#: text_animation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_animation.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Animating Text"
|
||
msgstr "Animere tekst"
|
||
|
||
#: text_animation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_animation.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3151182\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>text animation</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>effects; text animation</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>animations;text</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tekst animasjon</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>effekter; tekstanimasjon</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>animasjoner; tekst</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: text_animation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_animation.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3151182\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"text_animation\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_animation.xhp\" name=\"Animating Text\">Animating Text</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"text_animation\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_animation.xhp\" name=\"Animere tekst\">Animere tekst</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: text_animation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_animation.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145080\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can only animate text that is contained in a drawing object, such as rectangles, lines, or text objects. For example, draw a rectangle, then double-click the rectangle and enter your text."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan bare animere tekst som er en del av et tegneobjekt. For eksempel rektangler, linjer eller tekstobjekter. Tegn for eksempel et rektangel, dobbeltklikk det og skriv inn teksten."
|
||
|
||
#: text_animation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_animation.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149811\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the drawing object containing the text that you want to animate."
|
||
msgstr "Velg tegneobjektet som inneholder teksten som skal animeres."
|
||
|
||
#: text_animation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_animation.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155178\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Object - Text Attributes</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Text Animation</item> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <item type=\"menuitem\">Format → Objekt - Tekstatributt</item> og klikk på <item type=\"menuitem\">Tekstanimasjoner</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: text_animation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_animation.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149819\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Effect</item> box, select the animation that you want."
|
||
msgstr "I <item type=\"menuitem\">Effekter</item>, velg den animasjonen du ønsker å bruke."
|
||
|
||
#: text_animation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_animation.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145786\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Set the properties of the effect, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg egenskapene for effekten og trykk på <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: text_capital.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_capital.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Changing the Case of Text"
|
||
msgstr "Endre skriftstørrelse i en tekst"
|
||
|
||
#: text_capital.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_capital.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3155182\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>characters; uppercase or lowercase</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text; uppercase or lowercase</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lowercase letters; text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>uppercase; formatting text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>capital letters;changing to small letters</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>changing;cases of text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>initial capitals in titles</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>small capitals (guide)</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tegn; store eller små bokstaver</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tekst; store eller små bokstaver</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>små bokstaver; tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>store bokstaver; formatering av tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>store bokstaver;endra til små bokstaver</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>skifte;mellom små og store bokstaver</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>første bokstav i titler stor</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>kapitel (veiviser)</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: text_capital.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_capital.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155182\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"text_capital\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_capital.xhp\" name=\"Changing the Case of Text\">Changing the Case of Text</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"text_capital\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_capital.xhp\" name=\"Endre skriftstørrelse i en tekst\">Endre skriftstørrelse i en tekst</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: text_capital.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_capital.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155916\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can change the case of text, format text with small capitals, or capitalize the first letter of each word in a selection."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan bytte skriftstørrelse i en tekst, formatere tekst med små forbokstaver, eller forstørre første bokstav i hvert valgte ord."
|
||
|
||
#: text_capital.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_capital.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10728\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "When you apply formatting to your text by <emph>Format - Character</emph>, the text stays the same, it is only displayed in another way. On the other hand, when you choose <emph>Format - Text</emph> or <emph>Format - Text - Change Case</emph>, the text is permanently changed."
|
||
msgstr "Når du bruker formatering i teksten gjennom <emph>Format - Tegn</emph>, blir teksten den samme, den vises bare på en annen måte. På den andre siden, når du velger <emph>Format - Tekst </emph> eller<emph>Format ->Tekst- Endre -> Liten/Stor bokstav</emph>, blir teksten permanent endret."
|
||
|
||
#: text_capital.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_capital.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155861\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Capitalize Text"
|
||
msgstr "Slik endrer du tekst til store bokstaver"
|
||
|
||
#: text_capital.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_capital.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147420\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the text that you want to capitalize."
|
||
msgstr "Velg teksten du vil endre på."
|
||
|
||
#: text_capital.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_capital.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149841\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Do one of the following:"
|
||
msgstr "Gjør dette:"
|
||
|
||
#: text_capital.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_capital.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1120200910485778\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Text - Uppercase</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Tekst - Endre - Stor bokstav</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: text_capital.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_capital.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1120200910485775\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Character</item>, click the Font Effects tab, then select the type of capitalization in the Effects box. \"Capitals\" capitalizes all letters. \"Title\" capitalizes the first letter of each word. \"Small capitals\" capitalizes all letters, but in a reduced font size."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <item type=\"menuitem\">Format → Tegn</item>, klikk på fanen «Skrifteffekter» og velg «Store bokstaver» i nedtrekksmenyen «Effekter». Valget «Overskrifter» i denne menyen gjør at første bokstav i hvert ord blir stor, mens «Kapitler» gjør alle bokstavene store, men i en mindre skriftstørrelse."
|
||
|
||
#: text_capital.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_capital.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149644\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Change Text to Lowercase"
|
||
msgstr "Slik endrer du tekst til små bokstaver"
|
||
|
||
#: text_capital.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_capital.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149964\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the text that you want to change to lowercase."
|
||
msgstr "Velg teksten som skal endres til små bokstaver."
|
||
|
||
#: text_capital.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_capital.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149606\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Do one of the following:"
|
||
msgstr "Gjør dette:"
|
||
|
||
#: text_capital.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_capital.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id112020091049000\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Text - Lowercase</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Tekst - Endre - Liten bokstav</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: text_capital.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_capital.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1120200910490034\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Character</item>, click the Font Effects tab, then select \"Lowercase\" in the Effects box."
|
||
msgstr "Velg<item type=\"menuitem\">Format → Tegn</item> og klikk på fanen «Skrifteffekter» og velg «Små bokstavar» i nedtrekksmenyen «Effekter»."
|
||
|
||
#: text_centervert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_centervert.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Using a Frame to Center Text on a Page"
|
||
msgstr "Bruke en ramme for å midtstille tekst på en side"
|
||
|
||
#: text_centervert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_centervert.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3155177\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>text frames; centering on pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>centering;text frames on pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>title pages; centering text on</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tekstrammer; sentrer på sider</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sentrering; tekstrammer på sider</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tittelsider; sentrere tekst</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: text_centervert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_centervert.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155177\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"text_centervert\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_centervert.xhp\" name=\"Using a Frame to Center Text on a Page\">Using a Frame to Center Text on a Page</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"text_centervert\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_centervert.xhp\" name=\"Bruke en ramme for å midtstille tekst på en side\">Bruke en ramme for å midtstille tekst på en side</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: text_centervert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_centervert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155920\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the text that you want to center on the page."
|
||
msgstr "Velg teksten som skal midtstilles på sida."
|
||
|
||
#: text_centervert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_centervert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155868\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Frame</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Sett inn → Fil</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: text_centervert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_centervert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3152765\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Anchor</item> area, select <item type=\"menuitem\">To page</item>."
|
||
msgstr "I <item type=\"menuitem\">Anker</item>, velg <item type=\"menuitem\">Til side</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: text_centervert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_centervert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149844\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Size</item> area, set the dimensions of the frame."
|
||
msgstr "I <item type=\"menuitem\">sTØRRELSE</item>, angi rammens dimensjoner."
|
||
|
||
#: text_centervert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_centervert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156114\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Position</item> area, select \"Center\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Horizontal</item> and <item type=\"menuitem\">Vertical</item> boxes."
|
||
msgstr "I <item type=\"menuitem\">Posisjon</item>, velg \"Sentrer\" i <item type=\"menuitem\">Horisontal</item>og <item type=\"menuitem\">Vertikal</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: text_centervert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_centervert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153410\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: text_centervert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_centervert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149615\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To hide the borders of the frame, select the frame, and then choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Frame and Object - Properties</item>. Click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Borders</item> tab, and then click in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Set No Border</item> box in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Line Arrangement</item> area."
|
||
msgstr "For å skjule rammekantene, velg rammen og velg så <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Ramme/Objekt</item>. Klikk på <item type=\"menuitem\">Kanter</item>, og klikk så <item type=\"menuitem\">Ingen kanter</item> i <item type=\"menuitem\">Linje oppsett</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: text_centervert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_centervert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145098\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To resize the frame, drag the edges of the frame."
|
||
msgstr "Dra i rammekantene for å endre størrelsen."
|
||
|
||
#: text_direct_cursor.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_direct_cursor.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Using the Direct Cursor"
|
||
msgstr "Bruke direkte skrivemerke"
|
||
|
||
#: text_direct_cursor.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_direct_cursor.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3155178\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; cursor</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>entering text with direct cursor</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>direct cursor; settings</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>writing with direct cursor</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cursor;direct cursor</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>settings;direct cursor</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tekst; markør</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>skrive inn tekst med direkte-markør</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>direkte-markør; innstillinger</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>skrive med direkte-markør</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>markør;direkte-markør</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>innstillinger;direkte-markør</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: text_direct_cursor.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_direct_cursor.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155178\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"text_direct_cursor\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_direct_cursor.xhp\" name=\"Using the Direct Cursor\">Using the Direct Cursor</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"text_direct_cursor\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_direct_cursor.xhp\" name=\"Bruk av direkte skrivemerke\">Bruk av direkte skrivemerke</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: text_direct_cursor.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_direct_cursor.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155908\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The direct cursor allows you to enter text anywhere on a page."
|
||
msgstr "Det direkte skrivemerket lar deg skrive inn tekst hvor som helst på en side."
|
||
|
||
#: text_direct_cursor.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_direct_cursor.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155921\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To set the behavior of the direct cursor, choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan bestemme egenskapene for direktemarkøren ved å velge <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME → Innstillinger</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Verktøy → Alternativer</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> → %PRODUCTNAME Writer → Formateringsstøtte</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: text_direct_cursor.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_direct_cursor.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN106A3\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools</item> bar, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Direct Cursor</item> icon <image id=\"img_id3149846\" src=\"cmd/sc_shadowcursor.png\" width=\"0.222in\" height=\"0.222in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149846\">Icon</alt></image>."
|
||
msgstr "I <item type=\"menuitem\">Verktøy</item>, klikk på <item type=\"menuitem\">Direktemarkør</item> <image id=\"img_id3149846\" src=\"cmd/sc_shadowcursor.png\" width=\"0.222in\" height=\"0.222in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149846\">Ikon</alt></image>."
|
||
|
||
#: text_direct_cursor.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_direct_cursor.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN106C5\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click in a free space in the text document. The mouse pointer changes to reflect the alignment that will be applied to the text that you type:"
|
||
msgstr "Klikk i et ledig sted i tekstdokumentet. Pekeren endrer seg for å vise justeringa som vil bli brukt til den teksten som skrives:"
|
||
|
||
#: text_direct_cursor.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_direct_cursor.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN106C8\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<image id=\"img_id5471987\" src=\"media/helpimg/dircursleft.png\" width=\"0.1457in\" height=\"0.3228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id5471987\">Icon</alt></image> Align left"
|
||
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id5471987\" src=\"media/helpimg/dircursleft.png\" width=\"0.1457in\" height=\"0.3228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id5471987\"></alt></image>venstreJuster"
|
||
|
||
#: text_direct_cursor.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_direct_cursor.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN106E4\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<image id=\"img_id5730253\" src=\"media/helpimg/dircurscent.png\" width=\"0.2398in\" height=\"0.3228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id5730253\">Icon</alt></image> Centered"
|
||
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id5730253\" src=\"media/helpimg/dircurscent.png\" width=\"0.2398in\" height=\"0.3228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id5730253\">Ikon</alt></image>Sentrert"
|
||
|
||
#: text_direct_cursor.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_direct_cursor.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10700\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<image id=\"img_id6953622\" src=\"media/helpimg/dircursright.png\" width=\"0.1563in\" height=\"0.3228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id6953622\">Icon</alt></image> Align right"
|
||
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id6953622\" src=\"media/helpimg/dircursright.png\" width=\"0.1563in\" height=\"0.3228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id6953622\">IKON</alt></image>høyrejuster"
|
||
|
||
#: text_direct_cursor.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_direct_cursor.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN1071D\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Type your text. %PRODUCTNAME automatically inserts the required number of blank lines, and, if the options are enabled, tabs and spaces."
|
||
msgstr "Skriv teksten. %PRODUCTNAME sett automatisk inn det nødvendige antallet tomme linjer, og hvis innstillingene er tatt i bruk, tabulatorer og mellomrom."
|
||
|
||
#: text_emphasize.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_emphasize.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Emphasizing Text"
|
||
msgstr "Framhevelse av tekst"
|
||
|
||
#: text_emphasize.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_emphasize.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3149820\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; emphasizing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>emphasizing text</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tekst; framheve</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>framhevelse av tekst</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: text_emphasize.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_emphasize.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149820\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"text_emphasize\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp\" name=\"Emphasizing Text\">Emphasizing Text</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"text_emphasize\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp\" name=\"Framhevelse av tekst\">Framhevelse av tekst</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: text_emphasize.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_emphasize.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155922\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Here are a few examples of how to emphasize text in a document:"
|
||
msgstr "Her er noen få eksempler på hvordan man framhever tekst i et dokument:"
|
||
|
||
#: text_emphasize.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_emphasize.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147412\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the text and apply a different font style or effect, such as <emph>bold</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg teksten og bruk en annen skriftstil eller effekt, som for eksempel <emph>fet</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: text_emphasize.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_emphasize.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149840\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Right-click in a paragraph, choose <emph>Paragraph, </emph>set the options that you want, for example, the background color, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Høyreklikk i et avsnitt og velg <emph>Avsnitt</emph>. Velg innstillinger, for eksempel bakgrunnsfarge, og trykk på <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: text_emphasize.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_emphasize.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150084\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the text, and then choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Frame</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Marker teksten og velg <item type=\"menuitem\">Sett inn → Ramme</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: text_emphasize.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_emphasize.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id6924649\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Use the Text tool on the Drawing toolbar."
|
||
msgstr "Bruk tekstverktøyet i verktøylinja Tegning"
|
||
|
||
#: text_emphasize.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_emphasize.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN106E7\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Use Fontwork. To open the Fontwork window, click the Fontwork Gallery icon on the Drawing bar."
|
||
msgstr "Bruk Fontwork. Du åpner Fontworkvinduet ved å trykke på symbolet for Fontworkgalleriet på verktøylinja for tegning."
|
||
|
||
#: text_frame.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_frame.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Inserting, Editing, and Linking Text Frames"
|
||
msgstr "Innsetting, redigering og lenking av tekstrammer"
|
||
|
||
#: text_frame.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_frame.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3149487\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>text frames; inserting/editing/linking</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>editing;text frames</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting;text frames</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>resizing;text frames, by mouse</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>scaling; text frames, by mouse</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>links;text frames</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text flow; from frame to frame</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>frames; linking</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>printing;hiding text frames from printing</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tekstrammer; sett inn/redigere/lenke</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>redigere;tekstrammer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sette inn;tekstrammer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>endre størrelse;tekstrammer, med mus</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>skalere; tekstrammer, med mus</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lenke;tekstrammer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tekstflyt; fra ramme til ramme</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rammer; lenke</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>utskriving;skjule tekst fra utskriving</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: text_frame.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_frame.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149487\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"text_frame\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp\" name=\"Inserting, Editing, and Linking Text Frames\">Inserting, Editing, and Linking Text Frames</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"text_frame\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp\" name=\"Innsetting, redigering og lenking av tekstrammer\">Innsetting, redigering og lenking av tekstrammer</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: text_frame.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_frame.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149842\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "A text frame is a container for text and graphics that you can place anywhere on a page. You can also use a frame to apply a column layout to text."
|
||
msgstr "En tekstramme er en beholder for tekst og bilde som du kan plassere hvor som helst på en side. Du kan også bruke en ramme for å legge et spalteoppsett til en tekst."
|
||
|
||
#: text_frame.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_frame.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3156104\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Insert a Text Frame"
|
||
msgstr "Slik setter du inn en tekstramme"
|
||
|
||
#: text_frame.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_frame.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149961\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the text that you want to include in the frame."
|
||
msgstr "Velg teksten som skal tas med i ramma."
|
||
|
||
#: text_frame.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_frame.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149602\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Frame</emph>, and click OK."
|
||
msgstr "Velg<emph>Sett inn → Ramme</emph> og trykk OK."
|
||
|
||
#: text_frame.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_frame.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3145115\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Edit a Text Frame"
|
||
msgstr "Slik redigerer du en tekstramme"
|
||
|
||
#: text_frame.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_frame.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149578\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To edit the contents of a text frame, click in the frame, and make the changes that you want."
|
||
msgstr "For å redigere innholdet av en tekstramme, klikk i ramma, og gjør de ønskede endringene."
|
||
|
||
#: text_frame.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_frame.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156239\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To edit a frame, select the frame, right-click, and then choose a formatting option. You can also right-click the selected frame, and choose <emph>Frame</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "For å redigere en ramme, høyreklikk og velg formatinnstilling. Du kan også høyreklikk på den markerte ramma og velg <emph>Ramme</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: text_frame.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_frame.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156261\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To resize a text frame, click an edge of the frame, and drag one of the edges or corners of the frame. Hold down Shift while you drag to maintain the proportion of the frame."
|
||
msgstr "Du endrer størrelsen på en tekstramme ved å klikke på en kant eller et hjørne av ramma og dra dit du ønsker. Hold nede Shift-tasten for å beholde sideforholdet."
|
||
|
||
#: text_frame.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_frame.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3153386\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Hide Text From Printing"
|
||
msgstr "Slik skjuler du tekst ved utskrift"
|
||
|
||
#: text_frame.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_frame.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154262\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Any Writer text frame can be set to a mode which allows viewing the text on screen, but hides the text from printing."
|
||
msgstr "Hvilken som helst tekstramme i Writer kan bli satt til en tilstand som tillater visning av teksten på skjermen, men skjuler teksten ved utskrift."
|
||
|
||
#: text_frame.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_frame.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154858\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the text frame (you see the eight handles)."
|
||
msgstr "Velg tekstramma (du ser de åtte handtakene)."
|
||
|
||
#: text_frame.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_frame.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155875\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Frame and Object - Properties - Options</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg fanen <emph>Format → Ramme/objekt → Alternativer</emph>"
|
||
|
||
#: text_frame.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_frame.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155899\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <emph>Properties</emph> area, unmark the <emph>Print</emph> check box and click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Fjern markeringen i avkryssingsfeltet <emph>Skriv ut</emph> i området <emph>Egenskaper</emph> og trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: text_frame.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_frame.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3148701\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Link Text Frames"
|
||
msgstr "Slik lenker du sammen tekstrammer"
|
||
|
||
#: text_frame.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_frame.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149986\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can link Writer text frames so that their contents automatically flow from one frame to another."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan lenke sammen tekstrammer i Writer, så innholdet automatisk flyter fra den ene ramma til den annen."
|
||
|
||
#: text_frame.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_frame.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153025\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the edge of a frame that you want to link. Selection handles appear on the edges of the frame."
|
||
msgstr "Klikk på kanten av en ramme som du vil lenke. Valghåndtak vises på kantene av ramma."
|
||
|
||
#: text_frame.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_frame.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150223\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Frame</item> Bar, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Link Frames</item> icon <image id=\"img_id3148968\" src=\"cmd/sc_chainframes.png\" width=\"0.222in\" height=\"0.222in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3148968\">Icon</alt></image>."
|
||
msgstr "Klikk <item type=\"menuitem\">Ramme</item>så på <item type=\"menuitem\">Lenk rammer</item> Ikon<image id=\"img_id3148968\" src=\"cmd/sc_chainframes.png\" width=\"0.222in\" height=\"0.222in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3148968\">Ikon</alt></image> "
|
||
|
||
#: text_frame.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_frame.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150930\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the frame that you want to link to."
|
||
msgstr "Klikk på ramma som skal lenkes til."
|
||
|
||
#: text_frame.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_frame.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150947\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can only link frames if:"
|
||
msgstr "Rammer kan bare lenkes hvis:"
|
||
|
||
#: text_frame.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_frame.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150969\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The target frame is empty."
|
||
msgstr "Målramma er tom."
|
||
|
||
#: text_frame.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_frame.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154365\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The target frame is not linked to another frame."
|
||
msgstr "Målramma ikke er lenka til en annen ramme."
|
||
|
||
#: text_frame.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_frame.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154383\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The source and the target frames are in the same section. For example, you cannot link a header frame to a footer frame."
|
||
msgstr "Kilde- og målrammene er i samme bolk. For eksempel kan du ikke lenke en topptekstramme med en bunntekstramme."
|
||
|
||
#: text_frame.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_frame.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145559\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The source frame does not have a next link."
|
||
msgstr "Kilderamma ikke har en neste lenke."
|
||
|
||
#: text_frame.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_frame.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145577\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The target or the source frame are not contained in each other."
|
||
msgstr "Mål- eller kilderamme ikke er en del av hverandre."
|
||
|
||
#: text_frame.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_frame.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3151083\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "When you select a linked frame, a line is displayed that connects the linked frames."
|
||
msgstr "Når du velger en lenka ramme, blir en linje som forbinder de vist."
|
||
|
||
#: text_frame.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_frame.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id5853144\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The AutoSize feature is available only for the last frame in a chain of linked frames."
|
||
msgstr "Funksjonen automatisk størrelse er tilgjengelig bare for den siste rammen i en rad av lenkede rammer."
|
||
|
||
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Navigating and Selecting With the Keyboard"
|
||
msgstr "Navigering og valg ved bruk av tastaturet"
|
||
|
||
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3159260\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; navigating and selecting with keyboard</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>navigating; in text, with keyboard</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>selecting;text, with keyboard</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>keyboard; navigating and selecting in text</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tekst; navigere og markere med tastaturet</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>navigere; i tekst, med tastaturet</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>markere;tekst, med tastaturet</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tastatur; navigere og markere i tekst</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3159260\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"text_nav_keyb\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp\" name=\"Navigating and Selecting With the Keyboard\">Navigating and Selecting With the Keyboard</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"text_nav_keyb\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp\" name=\"Navigering og valg med tastaturet\">Navigering og valg med tastaturet</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155179\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can navigate through a document and make selections with the keyboard."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan navigere gjennom et dokument og gjøre valg med tastaturet."
|
||
|
||
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1031200810571916\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To move the cursor, press the key or key combination given in the following table."
|
||
msgstr "For å flytte skrivemerket, trykk tasten eller tastekombinasjonen beskrevet i den følgende tabellen:"
|
||
|
||
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1031200810571929\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To select the characters under the moving cursor, additionally hold down the Shift key when you move the cursor."
|
||
msgstr "For å velge tegnene under det flyttende skrivemerket, hold nede Shift mens du flytter."
|
||
|
||
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155918\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Key"
|
||
msgstr "Nøkkel"
|
||
|
||
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155870\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Function"
|
||
msgstr "Funksjon"
|
||
|
||
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156220\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<emph>+</emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>Command key</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Ctrl key</emph></defaultinline></switchinline>"
|
||
msgstr "<emph> + </emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>Cmd</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Ctrl-tasten</emph></defaultinline></switchinline>"
|
||
|
||
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156113\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Right, left arrow keys"
|
||
msgstr "Høyre- og venstre pil"
|
||
|
||
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150105\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Moves the cursor one character to the left or to the right."
|
||
msgstr "Flytter skrivemerket et tegn til venstre eller høyre."
|
||
|
||
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153418\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Moves the cursor one word to the left or to the right."
|
||
msgstr "Flytter skrivemerket et ord til venstre eller høyre."
|
||
|
||
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149629\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Up, down arrow keys"
|
||
msgstr "Pil opp og pil ned"
|
||
|
||
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149949\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Moves the cursor up or down one line."
|
||
msgstr "Flytter skrivemerket en linje opp eller ned."
|
||
|
||
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149972\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "(<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command+Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl+Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>) Moves the current paragraph up or down."
|
||
msgstr "(<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command + Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl + Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>) Flytter det gjeldende avsnittet opp eller ned."
|
||
|
||
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149624\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Home"
|
||
msgstr "Home"
|
||
|
||
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149871\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Moves the cursor to the beginning of the current line."
|
||
msgstr "Flytter skrivemerket til begynnelsen av den gjeldende linja."
|
||
|
||
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145108\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Moves the cursor to the beginning of the document."
|
||
msgstr "Flytter skrivemerket til begynnelsen av dokumentet."
|
||
|
||
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149586\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Home"
|
||
msgstr "Home"
|
||
|
||
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156237\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In a table"
|
||
msgstr "I en tabell"
|
||
|
||
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156260\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Moves the cursor to the beginning of the contents in the current cell."
|
||
msgstr "Flytter skrivemerket til slutten av innholdet i den gjeldende cella."
|
||
|
||
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145409\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Moves the cursor to the beginning of the contents of the current cell. Press again to move the cursor to the first cell in the table. Press again to move the cursor to the beginning of the document."
|
||
msgstr "Flytter skrivemerket til slutten av innholdet av den gjeldende cella. Trykk igjen for å flytte skrivemerket til den siste cella i tabellen. Trykk igjen for å flytte skrivemerket til begynnelsen av dokumentet."
|
||
|
||
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154410\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "End"
|
||
msgstr "End"
|
||
|
||
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153372\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Moves the cursor to the end of the current line."
|
||
msgstr "Flytter skrivemerket til slutten av den gjeldende linja."
|
||
|
||
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154235\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Moves the cursor to the end of the document"
|
||
msgstr "Flytter skrivemerket til slutten av dokumentet."
|
||
|
||
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154262\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "End"
|
||
msgstr "End"
|
||
|
||
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154850\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In a table"
|
||
msgstr "I en tabell"
|
||
|
||
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154873\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Moves to the end of the contents in the current cell."
|
||
msgstr "Flytter til slutten av innholdet i den gjeldende cella."
|
||
|
||
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155894\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Moves the cursor to the end of the contents of the current cell. Press again to move the cursor to the last cell in the table. Press again to move the cursor to the end of the document."
|
||
msgstr "Flytter skrivemerket til slutten av innholdet i den gjeldende cella. Trykk igjen for å flytte skrivemerket til den siste cella i tabellen. Trykk igjen for å flytte skrivemerket til slutten av dokumentet."
|
||
|
||
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155944\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "PgUp"
|
||
msgstr "Page Up"
|
||
|
||
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3148678\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Scrolls up one page."
|
||
msgstr "Ruller opp en side."
|
||
|
||
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3148701\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Moves the cursor to the header."
|
||
msgstr "Flytter skrivemerket til toppteksten."
|
||
|
||
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149998\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "PgDn"
|
||
msgstr "Page Down"
|
||
|
||
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153018\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Scroll down one page."
|
||
msgstr "Rull ned en side."
|
||
|
||
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3148949\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Moves the cursor to the footer."
|
||
msgstr "Flytter skrivenmerket til bunnteksten."
|
||
|
||
#: text_rotate.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_rotate.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Rotating Text"
|
||
msgstr "Rotering av tekst"
|
||
|
||
#: text_rotate.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_rotate.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3155911\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; rotating</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>rotating;text</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tekst; framheve</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>framhevelse av tekst</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: text_rotate.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_rotate.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155911\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"text_rotate\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_rotate.xhp\" name=\"Rotating Text\">Rotating Text</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"text_rotate\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_rotate.xhp\" name=\"Rotering av tekst\">Rotering av tekst</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: text_rotate.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_rotate.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147410\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can only rotate text that is contained in a drawing object."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan bare rotere tekst som er en del av et tegneobjekt."
|
||
|
||
#: text_rotate.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_rotate.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153130\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">View - Toolbars- Drawing</item> to open the <item type=\"menuitem\">Drawing</item> toolbar."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <item type=\"menuitem\">Vis - Verktøylinje - Tegning</item> for å åpne <item type=\"menuitem\">Tegning menylinja</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: text_rotate.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_rotate.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149866\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the <link href=\"text/shared/02/01140000.xhp\" name=\"Text\"><item type=\"menuitem\">Text</item></link> icon <image id=\"img_id3149600\" src=\"cmd/sc_texttoolbox.png\" width=\"0.564cm\" height=\"0.564cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149600\">Icon</alt></image>."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på ikonet <link href=\"text/shared/02/01140000.xhp\" name=\"Text\"><item type=\"menuitem\">Tekst</item></link> <image id=\"img_id3149600\" src=\"cmd/sc_texttoolbox.png\" width=\"0.564cm\" height=\"0.564cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149600\">Ikon</alt></image>."
|
||
|
||
#: text_rotate.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_rotate.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149590\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Drag in your document to draw the text object, and then type your text."
|
||
msgstr "Dra i dokumentet for å tegne tekstobjektet og skriv inn teksten."
|
||
|
||
#: text_rotate.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_rotate.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154415\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click outside of the object, then click the text you entered. Click the <link href=\"text/shared/02/05090000.xhp\" name=\"Object Rotation Mode\"><item type=\"menuitem\">Rotate</item></link> icon <image id=\"img_id3145405\" src=\"cmd/sc_toggleobjectrotatemode.png\" width=\"0.564cm\" height=\"0.564cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3145405\">Icon</alt></image> on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Drawing Object Properties</item> toolbar."
|
||
msgstr "Klikk først utenfor objektet og deretter på teksten du skrev inn. Klikk på symboet <link href=\"text/shared/02/05090000.xhp\" name=\"Object Rotation Mode\"><item type=\"menuitem\">Roter</item></link> <image id=\"img_id3145405\" src=\"cmd/sc_toggleobjectrotatemode.png\" width=\"0.564cm\" height=\"0.564cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3145405\">Ikon</alt></image> på verktøylinja for <item type=\"menuitem\">Innstillinger for tegneobjekt</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: text_rotate.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_rotate.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154252\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Drag one of the corner handles of the text object."
|
||
msgstr "Dra i et av hjørnehåndtakene på tekstobjektet."
|
||
|
||
#: text_rotate.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_rotate.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154844\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can also right-click the text object, choose <emph>Position and Size</emph>, click the <emph>Rotation</emph> tab, and then enter a rotation angle or a new position for the object."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan også høyreklikke på tekstobjektet og velge <emph>Plassering og størrelse</emph>, klikke på fanen <emph>Rotasjon</emph> og skriv inn rotasjonsvinkelen eller en ny plassering av objektet."
|
||
|
||
#: text_rotate.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_rotate.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155888\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/02/01140000.xhp\" name=\"Show Draw Functions\">Show Draw Functions</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/02/01140000.xhp\" name=\"Vis tegnefunksjoner\">Vis tegnefunksjoner</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Inserting an Entire Text Document"
|
||
msgstr "Sette inn et helt tekstdokument"
|
||
|
||
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3155185\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>sections;inserting external content</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text documents;merging</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>links;inserting text documents as</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting;text documents</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>seksjoner;sett inn eksternt innhold</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tekstdokument;slå sammen</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lenker;sette inn tekstdokument som</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sette inn;tekstdokument</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155185\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"textdoc_inframe\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp\" name=\"Inserting an Entire Text Document\">Inserting an Entire Text Document</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"textdoc_inframe\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp\" name=\"Sette inn en helt tekstdokument\">Sette inn en helt tekstdokument</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id1812799\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Insert a Text File"
|
||
msgstr "Å sette inn en tekst fil"
|
||
|
||
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155855\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Place the cursor in the document where you want to insert the file."
|
||
msgstr "Plasser skrivemerket i dokumentet der fila skal settes inn."
|
||
|
||
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147412\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - File</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Sett inn → Fil</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149839\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Locate the text document that you want to insert, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Finn bildefila du vil sette inn, og trykk på <emph>Åpne</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3148858\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The contents of the text document are embedded into the current document and are not updated if the source file is changed. If you want the contents to automatically update when you change the source document, insert the file as a link."
|
||
msgstr "Innholdet av tekstdokumentet blir lagt inn i det gjeldende dokumentet og blir ikke oppdatert hvis kildefila blir endra. Hvis du vil at innholdet skal oppdaterers automatisk når kildedokumentet endres, så sett inn fila som en lenke."
|
||
|
||
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3156105\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Insert an Entire Text Document as a Link"
|
||
msgstr "Slik setter du inn et helt tekstdokument som lenke"
|
||
|
||
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150096\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Place the cursor in the document where you want to insert the file."
|
||
msgstr "Plasser skrivemerket i dokumentet der fila skal settes inn."
|
||
|
||
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153404\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Sett inn → Bolk</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153127\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Type a name in the <emph>New Section</emph> box, and then select the <emph>Link</emph> check box."
|
||
msgstr "Skriv et navn i feltet <emph>Nytt avsnitt</emph> og velg så <emph>Lenke</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149642\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">File Name</item> box, type the name of the file that you want to insert, or click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Browse</item> button and locate the file."
|
||
msgstr "I <item type=\"menuitem\">Filnavn</item>, skriv navnet på filen du vil sette inn, eller klikk <item type=\"menuitem\">Bla gjennom</item> og lokaliser filen."
|
||
|
||
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149968\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If the target text document contains sections, you can select the section that you want to insert in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Sections</item> box."
|
||
msgstr "Hvis måldokumentet inneholder seksjoner, kan du velge den seksjonen du vil sette in i <item type=\"menuitem\">Seksjoner</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149619\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If you want, set the formatting options for the section."
|
||
msgstr "Still inn formateringsvalgene for bolken."
|
||
|
||
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149862\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>Sett inn</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145099\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "$[officename] automatically updates the contents of the inserted section whenever the source document is changed. To manually update the contents of the section, choose <emph>Tools - Update - Update All</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "I $[officename] blir innholdet i den innsatte seksjonen opdatert automatisk når kildedokumentet blir endret. For å oppdatere innholdet i seksjonen manuelt, vegerl du <emph>Verktøy → Oppdater → Oppdater alt</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: using_hyphen.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Hyphenation"
|
||
msgstr "Orddeling"
|
||
|
||
#: using_hyphen.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3149695\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>hyphenation;manual/automatic</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>separation, see hyphenation</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>automatic hyphenation in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>manual hyphenation in text</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>orddeling;manuell/automatisk</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>deling, se orddeling</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>automatisk orddeling i tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>manuell orddeling i tekst</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: using_hyphen.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149695\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"using_hyphen\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp\" name=\"Hyphenation\">Hyphenation</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"using_hyphen\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp\" name=\"Orddeling\">Orddeling</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: using_hyphen.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155918\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "By default, $[officename] moves words that do not fit on a line to the next line. If you want, you can use automatic or manual hyphenation to avoid this behavior:"
|
||
msgstr "Som standard flytter $[officename] ord, som ikke passer på en linje til den neste linja. Hvis du vil, kan du bruke automatisk eller manuell orddeling for å unngå denne oppførselen:"
|
||
|
||
#: using_hyphen.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155864\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Automatic Hyphenation"
|
||
msgstr "Automatisk orddeling"
|
||
|
||
#: using_hyphen.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147414\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Automatic hyphenation inserts hyphens where they are needed in a paragraph. This option is only available for paragraph styles and individual paragraphs."
|
||
msgstr "Automatisk orddeling setter inn bindestreker hvor de trengs i et avsnitt. Denne innstillinga er bare tilgjengelig for avsnittsstiler og individuelle avsnitt."
|
||
|
||
#: using_hyphen.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149832\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Automatically Hyphenate Text in a Paragraph"
|
||
msgstr "Slik setter du automatisk orddeling i et avsnitt"
|
||
|
||
#: using_hyphen.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3148850\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Right-click in a paragraph, and choose <emph>Paragraph</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Høyreklikk i et avsnitt og velg <emph>Avsnitt</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: using_hyphen.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156104\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp\" name=\"Text Flow\"><emph>Text Flow</emph></link> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Klikk på fanen <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp\" name=\"Text Flow\"><emph>Tekstflyt</emph></link>."
|
||
|
||
#: using_hyphen.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150101\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the Hyphenation area, select the Automatically check box."
|
||
msgstr "Merk avkryssningsfeltet Automatisk i området Orddeling."
|
||
|
||
#: using_hyphen.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153121\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: using_hyphen.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149629\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Automatically Hyphenate Text in Multiple Paragraphs"
|
||
msgstr "Slik setter du inn automatisk orddeling i flere avsnitt"
|
||
|
||
#: using_hyphen.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149644\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If you want to automatically hyphenate more than one paragraph, use a paragraph style."
|
||
msgstr "Hvis du vil lage automatisk orddeling i mer enn et enkelt avsnitt, kan du bruke en avsnittsstil."
|
||
|
||
#: using_hyphen.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149956\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "For example, enable the automatic hyphenation option for the \"Default\" paragraph style, and then apply the style to the paragraphs that you want to hyphenate."
|
||
msgstr "Ta i bruk for eksempel den automatiske orddelingsinnstillinga for avsnittsstilen «Standard», og bruk deretter stilen på de avsnitta som skal orddeles."
|
||
|
||
#: using_hyphen.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149611\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>, and then click the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> icon."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Vis - Stiler og Formatering</emph>, og klikk så <emph>Avsnittsstiler</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: using_hyphen.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149867\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Right-click the paragraph style that you want to hyphenate, and then choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Høyreklikk på avsnittsstilen du vil ha orddeling i og velg deretter <emph>Endre</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: using_hyphen.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145106\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the Text Flow tab."
|
||
msgstr "Klikk på fanen for tekstflyt."
|
||
|
||
#: using_hyphen.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149582\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <emph>Hyphenation</emph> area, select the <emph>Automatically</emph> check box."
|
||
msgstr "Marker avkryssningsfeltet <emph>Automatisk</emph> i området <emph>Orddeling</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: using_hyphen.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156250\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: using_hyphen.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145400\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Apply the style to the paragraphs that you want to hyphenate."
|
||
msgstr "Bruk stilen på de avsnitta som skal orddeles."
|
||
|
||
#: using_hyphen.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3145417\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Manual Hyphenation"
|
||
msgstr "Manuell orddeling"
|
||
|
||
#: using_hyphen.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154400\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can insert a hyphen where you want on a line, or let $[officename] search for the words to hyphenate, and then offer a suggested hyphenation."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan sette inn en bindestrek hvor du ønsker på en linje, eller la $[officename] søke etter ordene som skal deles, og deretter foreslå en orddeling."
|
||
|
||
#: using_hyphen.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id6587651\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Manually Hyphenate Single Words"
|
||
msgstr "Slik deler du enkeltord manuelt"
|
||
|
||
#: using_hyphen.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153363\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To quickly insert a hyphen, click in the word where you want to add the hyphen, and then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Hyphen(-)."
|
||
msgstr "For raskt å sette inn en orddeling, klikk i ordet der du vil legge det til, og trykk på<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Kommando</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+ bindestrek(-)."
|
||
|
||
#: using_hyphen.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154244\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If you insert a manual hyphen in a word, the word is only hyphenated at the manual hyphen. No additional automatic hyphenation is applied for this word. A word with a manual hyphen will be hyphenated without regard to the settings on the <emph>Text Flow</emph> tab page."
|
||
msgstr "Hvis du setter inn en bindestrek manuelt i et ord, blir ordet delt bare ved den manuelle bindestreken. Det blir ikke utført annen orddeling på dette ordet. Et ord med manuell bindestrek blir orddelt utan hensyn til innstillingene i fanen <emph>Tekstflyt</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: using_hyphen.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3154847\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Manually Hyphenate Text in a Selection"
|
||
msgstr "Slik setter du inn manuell orddeling i et markert tekstområde"
|
||
|
||
#: using_hyphen.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154869\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the text that you want to hyphenate."
|
||
msgstr "Velg teksten som skal orddeles."
|
||
|
||
#: using_hyphen.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155886\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Language - Hyphenation</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Verktøy - Språk - Orddeling</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: using_hyphen.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154361\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp\" name=\"Text Flow\">Text Flow</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp\" name=\"Tekstflyt\">Tekstflyt</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbered_lists.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Adding Bullets"
|
||
msgstr "Legge til punkttegn"
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbered_lists.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3155186\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>bullet lists;turning on and off</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paragraphs; bulleted</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>bullets;adding and editing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formatting;bullets</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>removing;bullets in text documents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>changing;bulleting symbols</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>Punktlister;slå på og av</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>avsnitt; punktmerket</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>punktmerker;legg til og rediger</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formater;kulepunkt</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>fjerne;kulepunkter i tekstdokumenter</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>endre;punktmerkesymboler</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbered_lists.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155186\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"using_numbered_lists\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp\" name=\"Adding Bullets\">Adding Bullets</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"using_numbered_lists\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp\" name=\"Legge til punkttegn\">Legge til punkttegn</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbered_lists.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3291116\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Add Bullets"
|
||
msgstr "Slik legger du til punkttegn"
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbered_lists.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149829\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the paragraph(s) that you want to add bullets to."
|
||
msgstr "Velg avsnittet der punktmerking skal legges til."
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbered_lists.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149635\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatting</item> Bar, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Bullets On/Off</item> icon <image id=\"img_id3156108\" src=\"cmd/sc_defaultbullet.png\" width=\"0.423cm\" height=\"0.423cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3156108\">Icon</alt></image>."
|
||
msgstr "II <item type=\"menuitem\">Formateringslinjen</item>, klikk på<item type=\"menuitem\">Punktmarkering På/Av</item><image id=\"img_id3156108\" src=\"cmd/sc_defaultbullet.png\" width=\"0.423cm\" height=\"0.423cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3156108\">Ikon</alt></image>"
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbered_lists.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145403\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To remove bullets, select the bulleted paragraphs, and then click the <emph>Bullets On/Off</emph> icon on the <emph>Formatting</emph> Bar."
|
||
msgstr "Du fjernar punkttegnene ved å markere det punktmarkerte avsnittet og trykke på knappen <emph>Punktmarkering på/av</emph> på verktøylinja <emph>Formatering</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbered_lists.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3154403\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Format Bullets"
|
||
msgstr "Slik formaterer du punkttegn"
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbered_lists.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154416\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To change the formatting of a bulleted list, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Bullets and Numbering</item>."
|
||
msgstr "For å endre formateringen av punktmarkeringen, velger du <item type=\"menuitem\">Format → Punkt og nummerering</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbered_lists.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153390\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "For example, to change the bulleting symbol, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Options</item> tab, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Select</item> button next to <item type=\"menuitem\">Character</item>, and then select a special character. You can also click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Image</item> tab, and then click a symbol style in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Selection</item> area."
|
||
msgstr "For å endre punktmerketypen, klikk<item type=\"menuitem\">Alternativer</item>, klikk så<item type=\"menuitem\">Velg</item>knappen ved siden av <item type=\"menuitem\">Tegn</item>, og deretter velg et spesialtegn. Du kan også klikke <item type=\"menuitem\">Bilde</item>fanene, og så klikke en symbolstil i <item type=\"menuitem\">Valg</item>området."
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbered_lists2.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Adding Numbering"
|
||
msgstr "Legge til nummerering"
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbered_lists2.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3147418\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>numbering;paragraphs, on and off</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paragraphs; numbering on/off</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formatting;numbered lists</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting;numbering</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>nummerering;avsnitt, av og på</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>avsnitt;nummerering av/på</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatering;nummererte lister</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sette inn;nummerering</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbered_lists2.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3147418\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"using_numbered_lists2\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp\" name=\"Adding Numbering\">Adding Numbering</link> </variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"using_numbered_lists2\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp\" name=\"Adding Numbering\">Legge til nummering</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbered_lists2.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id4188970\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Add Numbering to a List"
|
||
msgstr "Slik legger du til en nummerering i en liste"
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbered_lists2.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153396\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the paragraph(s) that you want to add numbering to."
|
||
msgstr "Velg avsnittet der du vil legge til nummerering."
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbered_lists2.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149968\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatting</item> Bar, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering On/Off</item> icon <image id=\"img_id3153125\" src=\"cmd/sc_defaultnumbering.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3153125\">Icon</alt></image>."
|
||
msgstr "På <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatering</item> linjen, klikk <item type=\"menuitem\">Nummerering Av/Påf</item> icon <image id=\"img_id3153125\" src=\"cmd/sc_defaultnumbering.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3153125\">Ikon</alt></image>."
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbered_lists2.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149573\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To change the formatting and the hierarchy of a numbered list, click in the list, and then open the <emph>Bullets and Numbering</emph> toolbar."
|
||
msgstr "Du endrer formateringen og hierarkiet for en nummerert liste ved å klikke i lista og så åpne verktøylinja <emph>Punkt og nummerering</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbered_lists2.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153365\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To remove numbering, select the numbered paragraphs, and then click the <emph>Numbering On/Off</emph> icon on the <emph>Formatting</emph> Bar."
|
||
msgstr "For å fjerna nummereringen, merk de nummererte avsnittene og klikk på symbolet <emph>Nummerering av/på</emph> på verktøylinja <emph>Formatering</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbered_lists2.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3154233\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Format a Numbered List"
|
||
msgstr "Slik formaterer du en nummerert liste"
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbered_lists2.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154246\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To change the formatting of a numbered list, click in the list, then choose <emph>Format - Bullets and Numbering</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan endre formateringen for en nummerert liste fra menyen <emph>Format → Punkt og nummerering</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Numbering and Numbering Styles"
|
||
msgstr "Nummerering og nummereringsstiler"
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3155174\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>numbering; manually/by styles</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>manual numbering in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paragraph styles;numbering</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>nummerering; manuelt/med stiler</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>manuell nummerering i tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>avsnittsstiler;nummerering</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155174\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"using_numbering\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp\" name=\"Numbering and Numbering Styles\">Numbering and Numbering Styles</link> </variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"using_numbering\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp\" name=\"Numbering and Numbering Styles\">Nummerering og nummereringsstiler</link> </variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149818\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can apply numbering to a paragraph manually or with a paragraph style."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan legge til nummerering til et avsnitt manuelt, eller med en avsnittsstil."
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id6140629\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Apply Numbering Manually"
|
||
msgstr "For å bruke nummerering manuelt"
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155866\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To apply numbering manually, click in the paragraph, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering On/Off</item> icon on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatting</item> Bar."
|
||
msgstr "For å angi nummerering manuelt, klikk i avsnittet, og klikk så <item type=\"menuitem\">Nummerering På/Av</item> i <item type=\"menuitem\"> Formatering</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153405\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You cannot apply manual numbering to paragraphs that are listed under \"Special Styles\" in the Styles and Formatting window."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan ikke bruke manuell nummerering til avsnitt som er listet under «Spesialstiler» i vinduet Stilbehandler."
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10711\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "When you press Enter in a numbered or bulleted list, <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> automatically numbers the next paragraph. To remove the numbering or bullet from the new paragraph, press Enter again."
|
||
msgstr "Når du trykker Enter i en nummer- eller punktliste, vil <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> automatisk nummerere det neste avsnittet. For å fjerne tallet eller punktet frå det nye avsnittet, trykker du Enter igjen."
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN1072B\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To change the hierarchical level of a bullet in a list, click in front of the paragraph, then press the Tab key."
|
||
msgstr "For å endre det hierarkiske nivået for et punkttegnn i en liste, trykker du foran avsnittet og deretter på Tabulatortasten."
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN1072F\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To change the bullets or numbering format for the current paragraph only, select a character or word in the paragraph, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Bullets and Numbering</item>, and then click a new format."
|
||
msgstr "Om du vil endre nummererings- eller punkttegnformatet bare for det gjeldende avsnittet, marker en bokstav eller et ord i avsnittet og velg <item type=\"menuitem\">Format → Punkt og nummerering</item> og klikk på et nytt format."
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10733\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To change the bullet or numbering format for all paragraphs in the list, ensure that the cursor is in the list, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Bullets and Numbering</item>, and then click a new format."
|
||
msgstr "Om du vil endre nummererings- eller punkttegnformatet for alle avsnitt i lista, se etter at markøren er i lista og velg <item type=\"menuitem\">Format → Punkt og nummerering</item> og klikk på et nytt format."
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10737\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To apply the same bullet or numbering format to all paragraphs in the list, select all paragraphs, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Bullets and Numbering</item>, and then click a format."
|
||
msgstr "Om du vil bruke det samme nummererings- eller punkttegnformatet for alle avsnitt i lista, marker alle avsnitt og velg <item type=\"menuitem\">Format → Punkt og nummerering</item> og klikk på et nytt format."
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN1073A\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can also use the commands on the <link href=\"text/swriter/main0206.xhp\" name=\"Numbering Object Bar\">Bullets and Numbering</link> toolbar to edit a numbered or bulleted list. To change the numbering or bullet format, click the <emph>Bullets and Numbering</emph> icon."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan også bruke kommandoaee i verktøylinja <link href=\"text/swriter/main0206.xhp\" name=\"Numbering Object Bar\">Punkt og nummerering</link> for å redigere en punktliste. For å endre formatet for nummereringen eller punktene, trykk på knappen <emph>Punkt og nummerering</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3153123\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Apply Numbering With a Paragraph Style"
|
||
msgstr "Slik bruker du nummerering i en avsnittsstil"
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153137\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Paragraph Styles give you greater control over numbering that you apply in a document. When you change the numbering format of the style, all paragraphs using the style are automatically updated."
|
||
msgstr "Avsnittsstiler gjir deg større kontroll over nummereringen du bruker i et dokument. Når du endrer nummereringsformat på stilen, blir alle avsnitt som bruker den automatisk oppdaterte."
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149646\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">View - Styles and Formatting</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Paragraph Styles</item> icon."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <item type=\"menuitem\">Vis - Stiler og Formatering</item>, og klikk<item type=\"menuitem\">Avsnittsstil</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149599\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Right-click the paragraph style that you want to apply numbering to, and then choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Høyreklikk på avsnittsstilen du vil legge til nummerering for og trykk deretter <emph>Endre</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149850\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Outline & Numbering</item> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Klikk <item type=\"menuitem\">Omriss og nummerering</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149874\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering Style</item> box, select the type of numbering that you want to use."
|
||
msgstr "I <item type=\"menuitem\">Nummeringsstiler</item>, velg den type nummerering du vil bruke."
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145113\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149589\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Apply the style to the paragraphs that you want to add numbering to."
|
||
msgstr "Bruk stilen på de avsnitta der du vil legge til nummerering."
|
||
|
||
#: using_thesaurus.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_thesaurus.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Thesaurus"
|
||
msgstr "Synonymordliste"
|
||
|
||
#: using_thesaurus.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_thesaurus.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3145576\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>thesaurus; related words</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>related words in thesaurus</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>spelling in thesaurus</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>dictionaries; thesaurus</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lexicon, see thesaurus</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>synonyms in thesaurus</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>searching;synonyms</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>synonymordbok; relaterte ord</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>relaterte ord i synonymordbok</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>staving i synonymordbok</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>ordbøker; synonymordbok</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>leksikon, se synonymordbok</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>synonym i synonymordbok</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>søkjig;synonym</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: using_thesaurus.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_thesaurus.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3145576\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"using_thesaurus\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp\" name=\"Thesaurus\">Thesaurus</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"using_thesaurus\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp\" name=\"Thesaurus\">Synonymordbok</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: using_thesaurus.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_thesaurus.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149820\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can use the thesaurus to look up synonyms or related terms."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan bruke synonymordboka til oppslag av synonym og relaterte ord."
|
||
|
||
#: using_thesaurus.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_thesaurus.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155920\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click in the word that you want to look up or replace."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på ordet du vil slå opp eller erstatte."
|
||
|
||
#: using_thesaurus.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_thesaurus.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155867\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Language - Thesaurus</emph>, or press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F7."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Verktøy → Beregn</emph>, eller trykk <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Kommando </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> + Plusstegnet (+)."
|
||
|
||
#: using_thesaurus.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_thesaurus.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149848\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the Alternatives list, click an entry to copy that related term to the \"Replace with\" text box."
|
||
msgstr "Klikk i lista over alternative ord på oppføringen som skal kopieres til tekstfeltet «Bytt ut med». "
|
||
|
||
#: using_thesaurus.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_thesaurus.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153136\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Optionally double-click an entry to look up related terms for that entry. On your keyboard, you can also press the arrow up or down keys to select an entry. Then press Return to replace, or press the spacebar to look up."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan også dobbeltklikke på en oppføring for å slå opp lignende uttrykk. På tastaturet kan du bruke Pil opp og Pil ned for å velge i lista og deretter trykke Enter-tasten for å sette inn oppføringen, eller trykke mellomromstasten for å søke etter andre uttrykk. "
|
||
|
||
#: using_thesaurus.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_thesaurus.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149644\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>Replace</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>Slett</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: using_thesaurus.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_thesaurus.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156263\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Initially, the thesaurus uses the language of the selected word in the document, if a thesaurus library for that language is installed. The title bar of the Thesaurus dialog displays the language in use."
|
||
msgstr "Dersom du bruker en annen språkinnstilling på enkelte ord eller avsnitt, blir synonymordboka for språket i teksten brukt."
|
||
|
||
#: using_thesaurus.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_thesaurus.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145113\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To look up the word in a different language, click the Language button, and select one of the installed thesaurus languages. A thesaurus library may not be available for all installed languages. You can install languages with a thesaurus library from the <link href=\"https://extensions.libreoffice.org/\">Extensions</link> web page."
|
||
msgstr "For å slå opp et ord i et annet språk, klikk på knappen «Språk» og velg et av språkene som har synonymordliste installert. Ikke alle språka har en slik ordbok. Du kan installere språk med synonymordliste fra nettsiden <link href=\"https://extensions.libreoffice.org/\">Utvidelser</link>."
|
||
|
||
#: using_thesaurus.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_thesaurus.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3196263\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If a thesaurus library is installed for the language of a word, the context menu of the word shows a Synonyms submenu. Select any of the terms from the submenu to replace the word."
|
||
msgstr "Hvis det er installert synonymordliste for det språket ordet hører til, vil høyreklikkmenyen for ordet vise undermenyen «Synonym». Bruk eventuelt et av forslagene i undermenyen i steden for det opprinnelige ordet."
|
||
|
||
#: using_thesaurus.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_thesaurus.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154392\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06020000.xhp\" name=\"Thesaurus\">Thesaurus</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06020000.xhp\" name=\"Thesaurus\">Synonymordbok</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: word_completion.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"word_completion.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Word Completion for Text Documents"
|
||
msgstr "Fullføring av ord i tekstdokumenter"
|
||
|
||
#: word_completion.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"word_completion.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3148882\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>automatic word completion</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>completion of words</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function; word completion</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>word completion;using/disabling</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>disabling;word completion</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>switching off;word completion</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>deactivating;word completion</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>refusing word completions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>rejecting word completions</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>automatisk ordfullføring</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>fullføring av ord</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Autoretting-funksjonen; ordfullføring</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>ordfullføring;bruke/slå av</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>slå av;ordfullføring</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>slå av;ordfullføring</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>slå av;ordfullføring</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>avvis ordfullføring</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>avvis ordfullføring</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: word_completion.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"word_completion.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10751\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"word_completion\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp\">Word Completion for Text Documents</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"word_completion\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp\">Fullføring av ord i tekstdokumenter</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: word_completion.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"word_completion.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN1076F\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "$[officename] collects words that you frequently use in the current session. When you later type the first three letters of a collected word, $[officename] automatically completes the word."
|
||
msgstr "$[officename] samler inn ord som du ofte bruker i den gjeldende økta. Når du senere skriver de første tre bokstavene av et samla inn ord, fullfører $[officename] automatisk ordet."
|
||
|
||
#: word_completion.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"word_completion.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149346\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If there is more than one word in the AutoCorrect memory that matches the three letters that you type, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Tab to cycle through the available words. To cycle in the opposite direction, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+Tab."
|
||
msgstr "Hvis det finnes mer enn et ord i autorettingsminnet som passer med de tre bokstavene du har skrevet inn, trykk <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Cmd</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> + Tabulator for å se gjennom lista etter passende ord. Ønsker du å leta bakover i lista, trykk <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Cmd</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> + Shift + Tabulator."
|
||
|
||
#: word_completion.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"word_completion.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN1078D\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Accept/Reject a Word Completion"
|
||
msgstr "For å godta eller avvise autofullføring av et ord"
|
||
|
||
#: word_completion.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"word_completion.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10794\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "By default, you accept the word completion by pressing the Enter key."
|
||
msgstr "Som standard godtar du fullføring av ord ved å trykke på Enter."
|
||
|
||
#: word_completion.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"word_completion.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN1079B\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To reject the word completion, continue typing with any other key."
|
||
msgstr "For å avvise ordfullførelsen, fortsetter du bare med å skrive."
|
||
|
||
#: word_completion.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"word_completion.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN1079E\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Switch off the Word Completion"
|
||
msgstr "Slik slår du av autofullføring av ord"
|
||
|
||
#: word_completion.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"word_completion.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN107A5\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options - Word Completion</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <item type=\"menuitem\">Verktøy → Autorettingsvalg - Alternativer - Ordfullføring</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: word_completion.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"word_completion.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN107AD\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Clear <emph>Enable word completion</emph> ."
|
||
msgstr "Fjern markeringen for <emph>Slå på fullføring av ord</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: word_completion.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"word_completion.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id7504806\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp\">Fine-Tuning the Word Completion</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp\">Finjustere fullføring av ord</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Fine-Tuning the Word Completion for Text Documents"
|
||
msgstr "Finjustere fullføring av ord i tekstdokument"
|
||
|
||
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3148882\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>settings;word completion</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>word completion;settings</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text documents;word completion settings</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>weekdays; automatically completing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>months; automatically completing</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>innstillinger;ordfullføring</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>ordfullføring;innstillinger</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tekstdokument;innstillinger for ordfullføring</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>vukedager; automatisk fullføring</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>måneder; automatisk fullføring</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id4745017\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"word_completion_adjust\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp\">Fine-Tuning the Word Completion for Text Documents</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"word_completion_adjust\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp\">Finjustering av ord i tekstdokumenter</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id4814294\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If you like it that $[officename] automatically completes the words that you frequently use, you can make further adjustments to refine that behavior. If you want, you can also save the current list of collected words so that it can be used in the next session."
|
||
msgstr "Ønsker du at $[officename] automatisk skal fullføre ord du ofte bruker, kan du tilpasse denne funksjonen etter egne behov. Du kan også lagre den gjeldende lista med oppsamlede ord slik at du kan bruke den neste gang."
|
||
|
||
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id2593462\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To fine-tune the word completion choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools – AutoCorrect Options - Word Completion</item> and select any of the following options:"
|
||
msgstr "For å fininnstille ordfullføringen velger du <item type=\"menuitem\">Verktøy → Innstillinger for autoretting → Fullføring av ord</item> og velger en av disse:"
|
||
|
||
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN107C6\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Insert an Additional Space Character"
|
||
msgstr "Slik setter du inn et ekstra mellomrom"
|
||
|
||
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10B03\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select <emph>Append space</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Legg til mellomrom</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10B0E\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The space character is appended after you type the first character of the next word after the auto-completed word. The space character is suppressed if the next character is a delimiter, such as a full stop or a new line character."
|
||
msgstr "Mellomromstegnet blir lagt til etter at du har skrevet inn det første tegnet til ordet som kommer etter det automatisk fullførte ordet. Mellomromstegnet blir ikke lagt till, hvis det neste tegnet er et skilletegn, som punktum eller et linjeskift."
|
||
|
||
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN107CC\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Define the Accept Key"
|
||
msgstr "Slik definerer du godta-tasten"
|
||
|
||
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10B20\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose the key to accept the suggested word using the <emph>Accept with</emph> list box."
|
||
msgstr "Velg tasten du skal bruke for å godkjenne ordforslaget i nedtrekkslista <emph>Godta med</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN107D2\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Select the Minimum Number of Characters"
|
||
msgstr "Slik angir du minimumantall av tegn."
|
||
|
||
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10B36\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Use the <emph>Min. word length</emph> box to set the minimum number of characters a word must have to be collected into the list."
|
||
msgstr "Bruk feltet <emph>Minste ordlengde</emph> for å sette hvor mange tegn eit ord må ha for å registreres i lista."
|
||
|
||
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN107D8\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Select the Scope of Collected Words"
|
||
msgstr "For å velge omfanget av innsamlede ord"
|
||
|
||
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10B4C\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Disable the option <emph>When closing a document, remove the words collected from it from the list</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Slå av alternativet<emph>Når du lukker dokumentet, fjern ord som er oppsamlet i lista fra det</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10B53\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Now the list is also valid for other documents that you open. When you close the last %PRODUCTNAME document, the word list is deleted."
|
||
msgstr "Nå er lista også gjeldene for andre dokumenter som du åpner. Nårdu stenger det siste %PRODUCTNAME-dokumentet, blir ordlista sletta."
|
||
|
||
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10B56\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If you enable the checkbox, the list is only valid as long as the current document is open."
|
||
msgstr "Lista er kun aktiv for det aktive dokumentet dersom du ikke aktivt aktiverer lista for alle dokumenter."
|
||
|
||
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id2634968\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If you want the word list to exist longer than the current %PRODUCTNAME session, save it as a document, as described in the following section."
|
||
msgstr "Hvis du ønsker at ordlista eksisterer lengre enn den gjeldende økta i %PRODUCTNAME, må du lagret den som et dokument som beskrevet i følgende avsnitt."
|
||
|
||
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN107DE\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Use the Word List for Further Sessions"
|
||
msgstr "Slik bruker du ordlista for flere økter"
|
||
|
||
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10B94\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If the automatic spellcheck option is enabled, only the words that are recognized by the spellcheck are collected."
|
||
msgstr "Hvis automatisk stavekontroll er slått på, vil kun ordene som kjennes igjen av stavekontrollen bli samlet inn."
|
||
|
||
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10BA1\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Use the word list to always start with a defined set of technical terms for the word completion feature."
|
||
msgstr "Bruk ordlista til alltid å begynne med eni viss mengde tekniske begrep til ordfullføring."
|
||
|
||
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10BA7\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Open the text document that contains the terms that you want to use for word completion."
|
||
msgstr "Åpne teksdokumentet som inneholder ordene du vil bruke til ordfullføring"
|
||
|
||
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10BAB\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The word completion feature collects the words."
|
||
msgstr "Ordfullføringsfunksjonen lagrer ordene."
|
||
|
||
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN107ED\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select all or some of the words in the list."
|
||
msgstr "Velg alle eller noen av ordene i lista."
|
||
|
||
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN107F4\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Use <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+C to copy all selected words into the clipboard. Paste the clipboard into a new document and save it to get a reference list of collected words."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Kommando </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl </defaultinline></switchinline>+ C for å kopiere alle de valgte ordene til utklippstavla. Sett så innholdet på utklippstavla inn i et nytt dokument og lagre det for å få en liste over lagrede ord."
|
||
|
||
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10BC6\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Later you can open the reference list and automatically collect the words, so that the word completion feature starts with a defined set of words."
|
||
msgstr "Senare kan du åpne denne listen og automatisk lagre ordene, slik at ordfullføringen starter med en definert mengde med ord på forhaåd."
|
||
|
||
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10809\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06040600.xhp\">Word Completion</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06040600.xhp\">Fullføring av ord</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id5458845\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp\">Using Word Completion</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp\">Bruke fullføring av ord</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: words_count.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"words_count.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Counting Words"
|
||
msgstr "Telle ord"
|
||
|
||
#: words_count.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"words_count.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3149686\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>words; counting in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>number of words</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>documents; number of words/characters</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text; number of words/characters</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>characters; counting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>number of characters</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>counting words</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>word counts</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>ord; telle itekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>antall ord</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>dokumenter; antall ord/tegn</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tekst; antall ord/tegn</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tegn; teller</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>antall tegn</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>telle ord</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>ordtelling</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: words_count.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"words_count.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149686\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"words_count\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/words_count.xhp\" name=\"Counting Words\">Counting Words</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"words_count\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/words_count.xhp\" name=\"Counting Words\">Teller ord</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: words_count.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"words_count.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN105D1\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Word and character count is shown in the status bar, and is kept up to date as you edit."
|
||
msgstr "Antall ord og tegn vises på statuslinjen, og holdes oppdatert mens du skriver."
|
||
|
||
#: words_count.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"words_count.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN106D1\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If you want to count only some text of your document, select the text."
|
||
msgstr "Hvis du bare vil telle noe av teksten i dokumentet, må du velge denne."
|
||
|
||
#: words_count.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"words_count.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149821\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To display extended statistics such as count of characters without spaces, double click the word count in the status bar, or choose <emph>Tools - Word Count</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "For å vise mer statistikk, som antall tegn uten mellomrom, dobbelklikk på ordtellingen på statuslinjen eller velg <emph>Verktøy - Ordtelling</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: words_count.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"words_count.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id1116200901133957\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "How does %PRODUCTNAME count words?"
|
||
msgstr "Hvordan teller %PRODUCTNAME ord?"
|
||
|
||
#: words_count.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"words_count.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1116200901133998\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In general, every string of characters between two spaces is a word. Dashes, tabs, line breaks, and paragraph breaks are word limits, too."
|
||
msgstr "Normalt er hv er teksstreng mellom to mellomrom et ord. Bindestrek, tabulatorer, linjeskift og avsnitt er også begrensninger mellom ord."
|
||
|
||
#: words_count.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"words_count.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1116200901133985\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Words with always visible hyphens, as in plug-in, add-on, user/config, are counted as one word each."
|
||
msgstr "Ord som alltid inneheolder en synlig delestrek, som plug-in og neste/forrige, blir regnet som et ord."
|
||
|
||
#: words_count.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"words_count.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id111620090113399\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The words can be a mix of letters, numbers, and special characters. So the following text counts as four words: abc123 1.23 \"$\" http://www.example.com."
|
||
msgstr "Ordene kan være en blanding av bokstaver, tall og spesialtegn. Den følgende teksten regnes som fire ord: abc123 1.23 \"$\" http://www.example.com.↔ Foreslå"
|
||
|
||
#: words_count.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"words_count.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id111620090113400\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To add a custom character to be considered as the word limit, choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - General</emph> and add the character into the <emph>Additional separators</emph> field."
|
||
msgstr "For å legge til et egendefinert tegn, som skal brukes som en skilletegn, velg <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Innstillinger</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>-Verktøy - Alternativer</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Generelt</emph> og legg til tegnet i <emph> Flere skilletegn</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: words_count.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"words_count.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN106E2\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To get some more statistics about the document, choose <emph>File - Properties - Statistics</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "For å få flere statisiske opplysninger om dokumentet, velg <emph>Fil → Egenskaper → Statistikk</emph> i filutforskeren."
|
||
|
||
#: words_count.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"words_count.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147418\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/01100400.xhp\" name=\"File - Properties - Statistics\">File - Properties - Statistics</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/01100400.xhp\" name=\"Fil → Egenskaper → Statistikk\">Fil → Egenskaper → Statistikk</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: wrap.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"wrap.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Wrapping Text Around Objects"
|
||
msgstr "Tekstbryting rundt objekt"
|
||
|
||
#: wrap.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"wrap.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3154486\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>text wrap around objects</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>contour editor</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>contour wrap</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text; formatting around objects</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formatting; contour wrap</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>objects; contour wrap</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>wrapping text;editing contours</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>editors;contour editor</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tekstbryting rundt objekter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>konturredigerer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value> konturbryting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tekst: formatering rundt objekter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatering ; konturbryting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>objekter; konturbryting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tekstbryting; redigere konturer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>editorer; kontur editor</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: wrap.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"wrap.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3154486\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"wrap\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp\" name=\"Wrapping Text Around Objects\">Wrapping Text Around Objects</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"wrap\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp\" name=\"Wrapping Text Around Objects\">Bryting av tekst rundt objekter</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: wrap.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"wrap.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id4792321\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Wrap Text Around an Object"
|
||
msgstr "Slik tilpasser du teksten rundt et objekt"
|
||
|
||
#: wrap.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"wrap.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149696\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the object."
|
||
msgstr "Velg objektet."
|
||
|
||
#: wrap.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"wrap.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155907\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Frame and Object - Properties</emph>, and then click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"Wrap\"><emph>Wrap</emph></link> tab to choose the wrapping style that you want to apply."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Format - Ramme og objekter - Egenskaper</emph>, og klikk så <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"Wrap\"><emph>Bryt </emph></link>for å velge brytningsstilen du vil benytte."
|
||
|
||
#: wrap.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"wrap.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155859\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The current wrapping style is indicated by a bullet."
|
||
msgstr "Den gjeldende tekstbrytingsstilen blir vist med et punkt."
|
||
|
||
#: wrap.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"wrap.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149834\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Specify the Wrapping Properties"
|
||
msgstr "Slik angir du brytningsegenskapene"
|
||
|
||
#: wrap.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"wrap.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154079\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the object."
|
||
msgstr "Velg objektet."
|
||
|
||
#: wrap.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"wrap.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153396\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Frame and Object - Properties</emph>, and then click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"Wrap\"><emph>Wrap</emph></link> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Velg <emph>Format - Ramme og objekter - Egenskaper</emph>, og klikk så <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"Wrap\"><emph>Bryt </emph></link>for å velge brytningsstilen du vil benytte."
|
||
|
||
#: wrap.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"wrap.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153370\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Set the options that you want."
|
||
msgstr "Velg de ønskede innstillingene."
|
||
|
||
#: wrap.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"wrap.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153386\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: wrap.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"wrap.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3154247\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Change the Wrapping Contour of a Graphic"
|
||
msgstr "Slik endrer du tekstbrytingsomrisset for et bilde"
|
||
|
||
#: wrap.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"wrap.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154262\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can change the shape that the text wraps around."
|
||
msgstr "Du kan endre det omrisset teksten blir brutt rundt.."
|
||
|
||
#: wrap.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"wrap.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154860\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the graphic, right-click, and then choose <emph>Wrap - Edit Contour</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Velg det grafiske objektet, høyreklikk, og velg så <emph> Bryt - Editer Kontur</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: wrap.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"wrap.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150231\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Use the tools to draw a new contour, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Apply</item> icon (green check mark)."
|
||
msgstr "Bruk verktøyene til å tegn e en ny kontur, klikk så <item type=\"menuitem\">Bruk</item> (grønt sjekkmerke)."
|
||
|
||
#: wrap.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"wrap.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150947\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Close the <item type=\"menuitem\">Contour Editor</item> window."
|
||
msgstr "Steng <item type=\"menuitem\">Kontur editoren</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: wrap.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"wrap.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150520\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp\" name=\"Contour Editor\">Contour Editor</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp\" name=\"Contour Editor\">Kontur editor</link>"
|